Desenho Unitizadora

®
OVALMATIC®
®
E9700 UNITYER
OPERATING
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
Lagoas VCP, Brazil
COVERED BY THE FOLLOWING PATENTS:
United States of America 6584891 Austria EPC 1274626

United States of America 6968779 China 01806510.4
United States of America D510585 European EP 1274626
United States of America D503942 Finland 1274626
United States of America D502188 Hong Kong 1051670
United States of America D504447 Portugal EPC 1274626
United States of America D501858 South Africa 2002/6815
United States of America D502189 Sweden 1274626
United States of America D502193 Taiwan NI-160845
United States of America D503416 United Kingdom 1274626
United States of America D502190
These materials, including but not limited to the text, images, layout and other content, are protected by
trade dress, copyright, trademark and other laws relating to intellectual property rights. No portion
or element of these materials may be copied or otherwise reproduced via any means, and these materials
®
and all related rights therein shall remain the exclusive property of Oval International unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing.
© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL®
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................1
1.2 SAFETY WARNINGS ......................................................................1
1.3 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS ..............................................1
1.4 MECHANICAL SAFETY.................................................................4
1.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ...................................................................4
1.6 PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY ..................................4
1.7 NOISE LEVEL ..................................................................................5
1.7.1 Measuring Conditions............................................................5
2 INTRODUCTION
2.1 THE E9700 UNITYER® ....................................................................7
2.2 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL .......................................................7
3 OPERATOR INTERFACE
3.1 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS....................................................9
3.2 UNITYER® E-STOP BUTTONS ......................................................9
3.3 MACHINE STATUS LIGHT............................................................9
3.4 HMI (TOUCHSCREEN) ...................................................................10
3.4.1 Interface Areas .......................................................................10
3.5 INTERFACE NAVIGATION ...........................................................11
3.5.1 Header Button Functions .......................................................11
3.5.2 Multiple Screens ....................................................................11
3.5.3 Detail Screens ........................................................................11
3.5.4 Closing Popup Windows........................................................12
3.6 INTERFACE STRUCTURE .............................................................12
3.6.1 Unityer® Main Screen ............................................................13
3.6.1.1 Auto Button..........................................................13
3.6.1.2 Stop Button ..........................................................13
3.6.1.3 Wires Remaining .................................................13
3.6.2 Machine Popup ......................................................................14
3.6.2.1 Feed & Tension....................................................14
3.6.2.1.1 Refeed ......................................................14
3.6.2.2 Tie Wire ...............................................................15
3.6.2.3 Twister Head........................................................15
3.6.2.3.1 Twister Cycle ...........................................15
3.6.2.4 Clear Wire............................................................15
3.6.2.5 Machine State Indicator .......................................16
3.6.3 Machine Detail.......................................................................16
3.6.3.1 Service Screen 1.........................................................16
3.6.3.1.1 Accumulator Wheel .................................17
3.6.3.1.2 Feed & Tension Wheel ............................17
3.6.3.1.3 Twister Head............................................18
3.6.3.1.4 Motor Positions........................................18
3.6.3.2 Service Screens 2 & 3 ................................................19
© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ii 1B657-0
3.6.3.3 Service Screen 4 & 5 .................................................19
3.6.3.4 Service Screen 6.........................................................20
3.6.3.5 System Screen 1.........................................................21
3.6.3.6 System Screen 2.........................................................22
3.6.3.7 Login (Advanced Settings) ........................................23
3.6.3.8 Config. Screens ..........................................................24
3.6.4 Conveyor Popup.....................................................................25
3.6.4.1 Forward & Reverse ..............................................25
3.6.5 Conveyor Detail .....................................................................26
3.6.6 Compactor Station Popup ......................................................27
3.6.6.1 Top Compactor ....................................................27
3.6.6.2 Side Compactor....................................................27
3.6.7 Compactor Station Detail.......................................................28
3.7 EVENT MESSAGES.........................................................................28
3.8 ALARM MESSAGES .......................................................................29
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................33
4.2 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER ....................................................33
4.3 THREADING THE UNITYER® .......................................................34
4.4 MACHINE RESET............................................................................35
4.5 STARTING HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR ....................................36
4.6 FEEDING ..........................................................................................36
4.7 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ............................................................37
4.8 TWIST KNOT ...................................................................................38
4.9 CONVEYOR OPERATION..............................................................38
4.10 MANUAL TYING CYCLE ..............................................................38
4.11 CLEARING THE MACHINE ...........................................................39
4.12 SIDE COMPACTOR.........................................................................40
4.13 TOP COMPACTOR ..........................................................................40
4.14 TENSIONING ERROR .....................................................................40
4.15 RECIRCULATION VALVE.............................................................41
5 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
5.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................46
5.2 WIRE APPLICATION ......................................................................46
5.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ............................................................48
6 ADJUSTMENTS
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ...........................................53
6.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................53
6.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................53
6.2 UNITYER® ADJUSTMENTS ...........................................................54
6.2.1 Removing the Tying Unit From the Compactor Station........54
6.2.2 Feed Stop Switch (FSS) .........................................................56
6.2.3 Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS)....................................57
6.2.4 Twister Closed Switch (TCS) ................................................57
6.2.5 Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) .....................................58

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED iii 1B657-0
6.2.6 Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) ..........................................59
6.2.7 Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S) .....................59
6.2.8 Feed And Tension Nip Wheel Force .....................................60
6.2.9 Wire Lubricator Adjustment ..................................................61
6.2.10 Installing The Tying Unit Into The
Compactor Station .................................................................62
6.2.11 Twister Pinion Timing ...........................................................63
6.2.12 Motor Locations.....................................................................64
6.2.13 Air Pressure Sufficient Switch...............................................65
6.2.14 Automatic Twister Pinion Oil Pump......................................65
6.2.15 Twister Pinion Oil Pump Delivery Adjustment.....................66
6.3 COMPACTOR STATION ADJUSTMENTS ...................................66
6.3.1 Pump Compensator Pressure .................................................67
6.3.2 Compactor Force....................................................................67
6.3.3 Top Compactor Closed Switch (TCCS) ................................69
6.3.4 Top Compactor Open Switch (TCOS)...................................70
6.3.5 Side Compactor Closed Switch (SCCS) ................................70
6.3.6 Side Compactor Open Switches (SCO1S, SCO2S)………...71
6.3.7 Side Compactor Speed...........................................................72
6.3.8 Bale Sensors (BES, BXS) ......................................................72
6.3.9 Conveyor Chain Tension Adjustment....................................73
6.3.10 Conveyor Closed Sensors (ECCS, XCCS) ............................74
6.3.11 Motor Locations ....................................................................74
6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT .......................................75
7 MAINTENANCE
7.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ...........................................87
7.1.1 Safety Warnings.....................................................................87
7.1.2 Personal Safety Provisions.....................................................87
7.2 “LOCK-OUT, TAG-OUT” PROCEDURE .......................................88
7.3 HYDRAULIC UNIT .........................................................................88
7.3.1 Pneumatic and Hydraulic Safety............................................88
7.3.2 Hydraulic Fluid ......................................................................89
7.3.3 Hydraulic Pump .....................................................................89
7.4 LUBRICANTS FOR THE UNITYER® .............................................90
7.4.1 Lubricants for the Wire Oiler.................................................90
7.4.2 Lubricants for the Automatic Twister Oil Pump ...................90
7.4.3 Lubricants for Gearmotors.....................................................90
7.5 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR EACH 8 HOUR SHIFT .........91
7.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WEEKLY .......................................92
7.7 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED MONTHLY ....................................93
7.8 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED QUARTERLY................................94
7.9 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED YEARLY........................................94
7.10 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED PERIODICALLY ...........................95

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED iv 1B657-0
8 TROUBLE SHOOTING
8.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................96
8.2 FAILS TO GRIP WIRE.....................................................................97
8.3 FAILS TO TENSION WIRE ............................................................97
8.4 FAILS TO TWIST OR DOES NOT COMPLETE TWIST ..............98
8.5 FAILS TO CUT WIRE ......................................................................98
8.6 FAILS TO FEED WIRE ....................................................................98
8.7 WIRE BUCKLES OUT OF THE TRACK........................................99
8.8 FAILS TO COMPLETE FEED .........................................................99
8.9 UNIT DOES NOT STOP...................................................................100
8.10 WIRE BREAKS IN THE KNOT.......................................................100
8.11 WIRE IMPROPERLY LOCATED ...................................................100
8.12 PUMP MOTOR DOES NOT START OR SHUTS DOWN .............101
8.13 WIRE TENSIONS PREMATURELY...............................................102
8.14 TOP COMPACTOR DOES NOT DESCEND ..................................102
8.15 SIDE COMPACTOR DOES NOT COME IN OR IS
INTERRUPTED ...............................................................................102
8.16 CYCLE DOES NOT START ............................................................102
9 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
9.1 WIRE TENSILE TESTING MACHINE...........................................104
9.2 PUSHER VALVE..............................................................................104
10 UNITYER® TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .............105
11 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION

11.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................108
11.2 SAFETY WARNINGS ......................................................................108
11.3 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS ..............................................108
11.4 MECHANICAL SAFETY.................................................................109
11.5 ELECTRICAL SAFETY ...................................................................110
11.6 PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY ..................................110
11.7 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION ........................................111
11.8 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION...............................................................111
11.9 INSTALLING THE UNITYER® .......................................................112
11.10 INSTALLING THE COIL CARRIER ..............................................113
11.11 INSTALLING THE CONTROL PANELS AND
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ..................................................................113
12 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION

12.1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................114
12.2 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION. .......................................114
12.3 CLEARING THE MACHINE ...........................................................114

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED v 1B657-0
12.4 REMOVING THE EQUIPMENT FROM ITS ORIGINAL
LOCATION. ......................................................................................115
12.5 REMOVING THE COIL CARRIER.................................................115
12.6 TYING UNIT REMOVAL................................................................115
12.7 CONVEYORS. ..................................................................................115
12.8 THE SIDE COMPACTORS AND TOP COMPACTOR..................115
12.9 DE-INSTALLING THE CONTROL PANELS AND
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT. .................................................................116
13 RECOMMENDED UNITIZING WIRE

SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................................117
13.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................117
14 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST..............119

14.1 TYING UNIT
14.1.1 TWISTER LOWER END
14.1.2 TWISTER UPPER END
14.1.3 FEED & TENSION
14.1.4 TRACK
14.1.5 ARCH
14.1.6 FRAME, TU
14.1.7 WIRING, TU
14.1.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE
14.1.9 CONTROL PANEL, TU
14.1.10 LUBRICATION
14.1.11 PNEUMATIC
14.1.12 CASTER SPACER
14.1.13 DECAL
14.1.14 COIL CARRIER
14.1.15 COIL CARRIER DECAL
14.1.16 PAYOFF SYSTEM
14.1.17 MAINTENANCE STATION
14.2 COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
14.2.1 FRAME, COMPACTING RH & LH
14.2.2 CONVEYOR
14.2.3 SIDE COMPACTOR
14.2.4 TOP COMPACTOR
14.2.5 HYDRAULIC UNIT
14.2.6 HYDRAULIC PIPING
14.2.7 WIRING, COMPACTING
14.2.8 CONTROL PANEL, COMPACTING
14.2.9 MECHANICAL WIRE GUIDE
14.2.10 PNEUMATIC
14.2.11 SIDE WIRE GUIDE RH & LH
14.2.13 LOCATING
13.2.14 DECAL

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED vi 1B657-0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1.3 DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES
FIGURE 2.1 E9700 UNITYER®
FIGURE 4.1 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER

FIGURE 4.2 THREADING THE OVERHEAD PAYOFF ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 4.3 THREADING THE UNITYER®
FIGURE 4.14 CLEARING THE MACHINE
FIGURE 5.1A TYING UNIT SWITCH LOCATIONS

FIGURE 5.1B COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
FIGURE 5.1C COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS
FIGURE 6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE

COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR.
FIGURE 6.2.2 FSS ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.3 TCS AND TWNHS ADJUSTMENTS
FIGURE 6.2.8 FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.9 WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.2.10 INSTALLING THE TYING UNIT INTO THE
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
FIGURE 6.2.11A TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.11B TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.11C TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION
FIGURE 6.2.12 TYING UNIT MOTOR LOCATIONS
FIGURE 6.2.13 AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH
FIGURE 6.3.1 HYDRAULIC UNIT
FIGURE 6.3.6 SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCHES
FIGURE 6.3.8 CONVEYOR CHAIN ADJUSTMENT
FIGURE 6.3.10 COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR MOTOR LOCATIONS
FIGURE 6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED vii 1B657-0
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
BUTTONS
ES1B EMERGENCY STOP 1ST BUTTON (ON TYING UNIT)

ES2B EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON (ON TYING UNIT)
ESS1 EMERGENCY STOP 1ST BUTTON (ON COMPACTOR STN)
ESS2 EMERGENCY STOP 2ND BUTTON (ON COMPACTOR STN)
ESRRB EMERGENCY STOP RELAY RESET BUTTON (ON TYING UNIT)
ESRB EMERGENCY STOP RESET BUTTON (ON COMPACTOR STN)
SWITCHES
FTADS1 FEED TENSION ACCUMULATOR DOOR SWITCH #1

FTADS2 FEED TENSION ACCUMULATOR DOOR SWITCH #2
PUC POWER UP CONTACTOR
TWNHS TWISTER NOT HOME SWITCH
TWCS TWISTER CLOSED SWITCH
FSS FEED STOP SWITCH
WFTS WIRE FEED TUBE SWITCH
ACHS ACCUMULATOR HOME SWITCH
WES WIRE ENTRY SWITCH
NWP1S NIP WHEEL PULSE #1 SWITCH
NWP2S NIP WHEEL PULSE #2 SWITCH
WEDS WIRE EJECT DOOR SWITCH
PMC PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD CABLE
HTS HIGH TEMPERATURE SWITCH
LLS LOW LEVEL SWITCH
HCTS HYDRAULIC COOLER TEMPERATURE SWITCH
FBS FILTER BYPASS SWITCH
TCCS TOP COMPACTOR CLOSED SWITCH
SCCS SIDE COMPACTOR CLOSED SWITCH
ECCS ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCH
XCCS EXIT CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCH
BES BALE ENTRY SWITCH
BXS BALE EXIT SWITCH
TCOS TOP COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCH
SCO1S SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN #1 SWITCH
SCO2S SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN #2 SWITCH
RELAYS
PMR PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD RELAY

ALPR AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION PUMP RELAY
WESR WIRE EJECT SOLENOID RELAY
SMAR SERVICE MODE ACTIVE RELAY

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED viii 1B657-0
LIGHTS
MSL MACHINE STATUS LIGHT
VALVES
AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VALVE

PCOV PANEL COOLER ON VALVE
AWLV AUTOMATIC WIRE LUBRICATION VALVE
TCOV TOP COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE
TCCV TOP COMPACTOR CLOSE VALVE
TCCCV TOP COMPACTOR CLOSE CHECK VALVE
SCOV SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE
SCCV SIDE COMPACTOR CLOSE VALVE
RVV RE-CIRCULATE VALVE
POV PUSHER OPEN VALVE
PCV PUSHER CLOSE VALVE
PCV PANEL COOLER VALVE
TOPV TWISTER OIL PUMP VALVE
MOTORS
FTM FEED AND TENSION MOTOR

AM ACCUMULATOR MOTOR
TM TWISTER HEAD MOTOR
ALPM AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION PUMP MOTOR
ACFM ACCUMULATOR COOLING FAN MOTOR
FCFM FEED TENSION COOLING FAN MOTOR
EF1M ENCLOSURE FAN #1 MOTOR
EF2M ENCLOSURE FAN #2 MOTOR
CFM COOLER FAN MOTOR
HPM HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR
ECM ENTRY CONVEYOR MOTOR
XCM EXIT CONVEYOR MOTOR
SOLENOIDS
WESD WIRE EJECT SOLENOID

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ix 1B657-0
1.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
1.1. INTRODUCTION
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free service for
many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully considered to
ensure operator safety, easy operation, and machine longevity. Our engineering and
manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality. As with any
powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of damage or injury if appropriate
precautions are not taken. You must carefully read and fully understand the safety section
and safety precautions in other sections of this manual before installation, operation,
maintenance, or de-installation of the E9700 Unityer®. The safety section details inherent
risks and general safety considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of this
machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in personal injury or equipment
damage. All operating and maintenance personnel must be trained by Oval International® in
the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of this machine.
1.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the E9700 Unityer® indicate situations that
require extra attention during installation, operation and maintenance of the machine.
Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate a potentially hazardous
situation. The different safety symbols are:
Prohibited: Black image on White circle with Red Slash.
Mandatory: White Image on Blue Background.
Warning: Yellow triangle with Black border and image.
1.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel of these
hazards. The hazard pictograms are:
General Danger Symbol
Automatic Start
Crush Hazard

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1 1B657-0
Crush Hazard, from sides
Crush Hazard, from above
Electric Shock Hazard
Entanglement Hazard
Fall Hazard
Hot Surface – Burn Hazard
Push/Pull Hazard
Puncture Hazard Due To High Pressure Fluid.
Slip Hazard
Tip Hazard
Trip Hazard
Stay Clear
Do Not Remove Guard
Foot Protection Required!
Hand Protection Required!
Use Appropriate Hearing Protection!
Use Eye Protection!
Be Familiar With The Operator’s Manual And Observe Its Safety Precautions.
Lock Out The Machine In The De-energized State.
Forktruck point
Lift point

THE UNITYER® IS
DESIGNED TO GROUP STACKS OF PULP TOGETHER AND TIE THEM WITH
STEEL WIRES. ALL OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
WORKING ON OR AROUND THE UNITYER® MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR THEIR
POSITION.
THE E9700 UNITYER® OPERATION IS FULLY AUTOMATED AND

THE UNITYER® CAN START OR CYCLE WITHOUT WARNING! ANY
INATTENTION WHILE CLOSE TO THE UNITYER® COULD RESULT IN
PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
THE E9700 UNITYER® IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF AN

AUTOMATED BALING SYSTEM. AS SUCH, IT INTERACTS WITH OTHER
MACHINES IN THE SYSTEM IN A CONTROLLED FASHION. CARE MUST BE
TAKEN, WHEN ADJUSTING ANY SWITCH OR SENSOR, TO PREVENT AN
UNEXPECTED OR UNCONTROLLED START.
PRECAUTIONS MUST ALSO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT UNITS FROM

BEING AUTOMATICALLY CONVEYED INTO THE UNITYER® WHEN IT IS NOT
IN SERVICE. SHUTTING DOWN THE UNITYER® DOES NOT NECESSARILY
PREVENT THE UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM EQUIPMENT IN THE BALE
FINISHING LINE FROM OPERATING.
FOR ALL MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES, NOT REQUIRING THE

UNITYER® TO BE IN OPERATION, A "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT" PROCEDURE
APPLIES (SEE THE "MAINTENANCE" SECTION OF THIS MANUAL). ALL
OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE AND PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR
AROUND THE UNITYER® DURING INSTALLATION MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR
THEIR POSITION. THE E9700 UNITYER® IS GENERALLY LOCATED IN A HIGH
NOISE AREA. ALL PERSONNEL MUST WEAR APPROPRIATE HEARING
PROTECTION. EYE PROTECTION MUST BE WORN IN THE VICINITY OF THE
UNITYER® DUE TO THE HAZARD PRESENTED BY SHARP WIRE ENDS.
CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE

FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SETTING UP, OPERATING, OR
DE-INSTALLING THE UNITYER®. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE
PRECAUTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND / OR
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.

Figure 1.3 shows Danger Zones and Operation Zones. Danger Zones must not be
entered when the machine is in operation. Operation Zones are those areas an operator may
be expected to enter while operating the machine. Only properly trained personnel may
operate or maintain the machine.
1.4. MECHANICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on this machine.
1. Never work on the Unityer® when it is energized.
2. Remain clear of the bundle opening when the

machine is in the automatic or semi-automatic mode.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this
machine.
4. Remain clear of the wire path and wire coil when the Unityer® is
energized.
1.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when installing operating or

maintaining this Unityer®.
1. Ensure the correct voltage and phase is supplied.

2. Verify grounded equipment supplies.
3. Do not operate the Unityer® in a wet environment
4. Do not remove plug-in cables with the power supply under load.
See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

"MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
1.6. PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or

working on the Unityer®.
1. Do not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the Unityer®.

2. Do not stand, sit or lie on the Unityer®.

3. Inspect all connections, hoses, and fittings on a regular basis (see
"MAINTENANCE" section).
4. Periodically check Unityer® operation.
5. Clean hydraulic system fluid spillage as needed (see "MAINTENANCE" section).
6. Ensure that all components are correctly assembled before applying air pressure or
starting the Unityer® hydraulic pump.
See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

"MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
1.7. NOISE LEVEL.
WEAR EAR PROTECTION WHILE OPERATING THE MACHINE.
The sound pressure level of the E9700 Unityer® is 85dB(A) during machine operation.
1.7.1 MEASURING CONDITIONS
The sound pressure level was measured at the factory using a hand held Sound Level
Meter, Simpson Electric Company Model 885. Sound levels were measured around
the perimeter of the Unityer® and the Hydraulic Power Unit at a distance of 1.0 meter
from the outside surface of the Unityer® components, and at a height of 1.60 meters
from the floor. The Sound Level Meter was set to the dB (A) Weighting Scale, the
Range Switch was set to the 80 dB - 90 dB range, and the Slow Button was actuated.

DANGER ZONE
NO PASS
(DO NOT WALK
THROUGH HERE)
OPERATION
ZONE
DANGER ZONE
FIGURE 1.3
DANGER AND OPERATION ZONES

2.0 INTRODUCTION
2.1. THE E9700 UNITYER® (See Figure 2.1)
The E9700 Unityer® has been

designed to secure stacks of individual pulp bales into a unit using several steel wires. The
wires are automatically applied and tensioned around the unit, securely knotted, and
separated from the wire supply. Use of the E9700 Unityer® for any purpose other than
described in this publication is not authorized unless specifically approved by Oval
International®. Furthermore, deviations from machine settings require written approval from
Oval International® prior to implementation. The Unityer® must be shut down and the “lock
out, tag out” procedure must be followed during any maintenance procedure not requiring the
Unityer® to be in operation. See the "MAINTENANCE" section of this manual.
2.2. PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL.
The purpose of this manual is to:
1. Explain the operating principles.

2. Outline the maintenance and operating procedures.
3. Detail recommended adjustments of the E9700 Unityer®.
Figures are included in the text, which illustrate the general arrangement and identify major
components. A more detailed breakdown of the E9700 Unityer® will be found in drawings of
each assembly, including a complete parts list, in the final section of this manual.

TOP
COMPACTOR
HYDRAULIC
UNIT
E9700 TYING
UNIT
LIGHT
STACK
OPERATOR
INTERFACE
POWER
DISCONNECT
SIDE
COMPACTOR
CONTROL
CONVEYOR ENCLOSURE
TWISTER HEAD
SIDE
COMPACTOR
COIL
CARRIER
FIGURE 2.1
E9700 UNITYER

3.0 OPERATOR INTERFACE
3.1 CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
®
The E9700 Unityer is equipped with a Touch Screen, four Emergency Stop (E-Stop)
®
buttons, and a Light Stack. Control of and interaction with the E9700 Unityer is performed
by the operator through a series of graphic screens displayed on a touch screen panel. This
interface, referred to herein as the HMI for “Human Machine Interface”, is mounted in a
separate control station enclosure mounted on the Tying Unit control panel.
®
3.2 UNITYER E-STOP BUTTONS
The Unityer has four E-Stop buttons: two are located at each end of the Tying Unit and two
are located at each end of the Compactor Station. On the Tying Unit, one E-stop button is on
the operator station (ES1B) while the other is located on the vertical arch post at the opposite
end of the machine (ES2B). On the Compactor Station, one E-stop button is located on the
operator end (ESS1) while the other is located near the hydraulic unit on the opposite end
(ESS2). The E-Stop buttons are part of the control circuit controlling all machine functions
and interface to the bale finishing line control system.
Pressing any one of the E-Stop buttons immediately halts all Tying Unit and Compactor
Station functions and signals the bale line control system to halt all Conveyor functions. The
E-Stop buttons are to be used for emergency situations or to preclude machine operation
during minor maintenance tasks.
The E-Stop buttons are a ‘push-OFF-twist-ON’ type with large red mushroom buttons
mounted over a yellow background. Rotating the E-Stop mushroom button in the indicated
ON direction will enable the start circuit, provided all other switches in the circuit are
enabled. Pressing “RESET” from the Bale Line Control System (when the Tying Unit is not
in-station and the station jumper plug is installed), or the reset button on the HMI (when the
Tying Unit is in-station), will reset the emergency stop condition and restart the machine.
Once the emergency stop has been reset, it will signal the bale line control system to enable
the conveying functions.
3.3 MACHINE STATUS LIGHT
A machine status light (also referred to as the light stack – LS) is mounted next to the
electrical enclosure to apprise the operator of the machine state. The following are the states
of the machine that the machine status light indicates:
• On - Flashing Machine has halted because of operational error or emergency stop

command.
• On - Solid Machine is operating in automatic mode.
• Off Machine is in manual mode.

3.4 HMI (TOUCHSCREEN)
The HMI is used for displaying pertinent operational information and for inputting system
variables and manually operating the Tying Unit. The HMI has a main overview screen of
the Tying Unit from which the operator can select screens relating to different parts of the
machine. There are also screens that display system status information and alarm messages.
The displayed information includes operator prompts, fault messages and operational
information. The HMI displays text and graphics and has various pop-ups and sub-windows
that are accessed from the main screen. The pop-ups are displayed by pressing on the gray
part of the machine, such as the control panel or the conveyor motor. The sub-windows are
accessed from the pop-ups.
3.4.1 INTERFACE AREAS
The HMI is divided into three basic areas, ‘A’, ‘B’ & ‘C’, as shown in the figure
below.
‘A’ – “Screen Banner”
This area is always visible regardless of what operation screen is selected. The
corporate logos are displayed in this area, and pressing on it will always return the
user to the main screen.
‘B’ – “Screen Body”
This area displays the currently selected operation screen. As an operator navigates
through the different operational screens, this area will change to show the
appropriate functions available.
‘C’ – “Message Area”
This area displays a single line showing the most recent, or highest priority, event
message.

3.5 INTERFACE NAVIGATION
To use the HMI an understanding is required of how to navigate within the interface.
3.5.1 HEADER BUTTON FUNCTIONS
- Pressing the Oval logo will exit the user to the Windows CE
environment.
- This button represents active alarms on the machine. By pressing this

graphic, a list of alarms appear.
- The operator can return to the overview display from

any operational screen by pressing on the corporate logo.
- The “ESR” or Emergency Stop Reset button is to be pressed to

reset the machine on startup or when the machine is ready for operation.
- This banner graphic is visible when the machine is in Maintenance

Mode.
3.5.2 MULTIPLE SCREENS
When the screen you have open consists of multiple pages, a banner similar to the one
shown below will appear at the top of the screen body.
Pressing the number will change the display to the corresponding screen. The
currently displayed screen is the number with the darker background.
3.5.3 DETAIL SCREENS
When one of the pop-up screens is open, the button for the detail screens, shown
below, will be located in the lower right of the popup.
Pressing the button will change to the detail screen for the corresponding popup.

3.5.4 CLOSING POPUP WINDOWS
When pop-up windows are selected, this type of window will need to be closed by
pressing the “X” button, shown below, which will be located in the upper right corner
of the display.
3.6 INTERFACE STRUCTURE
The structure of the HMI is illustrated by the figure below:
The Unityer® main screen is the starting point from which the operator can navigate to any of
the functional groups comprising the interface. There are several configuration screens

which are accessible from the Machine Detail screen. Those marked with an asterisk (*) are
password protected.
3.6.1 UNITYER® MAIN SCREEN
The Unityer main screen, shown below, provides the operator with access to the three
different operational groups of the equipment – the conveyors, machine control and
compactor station.
The overview screen displays a counter for the total wires tied by the machine since it
was commissioned. There is an “AUTO” button for switching the mode of the Tying
Unit, and a “STOP” button for stopping the machine. The “WIRES REMAINING”
section shows the number of wires to be tied that remain and allows the value to be
adjusted once the machine cycle has began.
3.6.1.1 AUTO BUTTON
The “AUTO” button allows the operator to switch the Tying Unit and
Compactor Station to fully automatic mode. This button will switch the
machine control to automatic mode, provided there are not any conditions that
prevent the equipment from entering this mode.
3.6.1.2 STOP BUTTON
The “STOP” button allows the operator to stop the Tying Unit and Compactor
Station, and switches the machine to manual mode. This button does not
provide an immediate stop, such as the emergency stop does, but it will stop
the machine once it has completed the current cycle.
3.6.1.3 WIRES REMAINING
The value shown represents the remaining wires that are left to be tied on the
unit in the Compactor Station. The “+” and “-“ buttons allow this value to be
adjusted once the tying cycle has began, should that be necessary. To set the
default value for the number of wires to be tied, refer to the “SYSTEM
SCREEN 1” section in this manual.

3.6.2 MACHINE POPUP
The machine popup display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the core machine functions, as well as control over those functions.
This screen allows the operator to manually control the core machine functions. The
buttons are grouped by the part of the machine that they control, or by the function
that they represent.
There is an “AUTO” button on the screen for switching the mode of the machine, and
a “STOP” button for stopping the machine.
3.6.2.1 FEED & TENSION
These buttons are used to control the feeding and tensioning of the machine.
The operator must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
3.6.2.1.1 REFEED
This button will automatically feed wire until the wire has reached the
feed stop switch located in the twister head. The operator only needs
to press and release the button for the action to occur.
“REFEED”

3.6.2.2 TIE WIRE
This button will result in wires being tied by running the machine through a
full cycle. The Tying Unit will apply the configured number of wires around
the bale stack located in the arch. The full cycle consists of tensioning the
wire around the bale, twisting the wire into a knot, and feeding wire so that the
machine is ready for the next wire.
“TIE WIRE”
3.6.2.3 TWISTER HEAD
These buttons are used to control the twister head portion of the machine. The
operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to occur.
“OPEN”
“CLOSE”
3.6.2.3.1 TWISTER CYCLE
This button will cause the twister head to complete a full twist cycle.
The operator only needs to press and release the button for the action to
occur.
“TWISTER CYCLE”
3.6.2.4 CLEAR WIRE
This button will clear the Tying Unit of any wire currently loaded in the
machine. It will clear the wire by first drawing back any wire in the feed tube
and feeding it into the wire ejection tube. The wire loaded on the accumulator,
up to the point where wire is fed into the machine from the coil carrier, will
then be cleared. The operator only needs to press and release the button for
the action to occur.
NOTE: Before using the function, the wire must be cut at the entry to the
machine, and the wire located in the track and twister head must be removed
using the manual controls.
“CLEAR WIRE”

3.6.2.5 MACHINE STATE INDICATOR
The current state of the machine is shown by these indicators. The box will be
green to indicate a true condition for the corresponding state indicator.
“CLEAR” – The machine is clear of wire.
“HOME” – Both the twister head and accumulator wheel have completed their
homing sequences.
“FED” – The wire has been fed into the machine, up to the feed stop switch.
3.6.3 MACHINE DETAIL
The machine detail display, shown below, provides the operator with access to
advanced controls and system settings. The advanced settings are also accessed from
this screen, but those screens are password protected.
3.6.3.1 SERVICE SCREEN 1
The “SERVICE” button will access the 1st service screen, shown below. This
is one screen of five.

This screen allows the operator to individually control the feed & tension
wheel, accumulator wheel and the twister head. In the event that there is a
problem which can not be resolved using the standard controls for the
machine, these controls are available.
In order to enable these controls, the “SERVE” button must be pressed to set
the machine into service mode. When the operator leaves the service screens,
the service mode is disabled.
NOTE: When in the service mode, each motor in the machine will have the
torque setting set to maximum. Under normal operating conditions, the torque
settings for each motor will default to lower values.
3.6.3.1.1 ACCUMULATOR WHEEL
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the accumulator wheel.
The feed direction for this wheel is counter-clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”
“TENSION”
3.6.3.1.2 FEED & TENSION WHEEL
These buttons are used to control the rotation of the feed and tension
wheel. The feed direction for this wheel is clockwise. The operator
must press and hold the button for the action to occur.
“FEED”

“TENSION”
The button shown below is to control the coordinated movement of the

accumulator wheel with the feed & tension wheel.
“COORDINATED MOVEMENT”
When enabled, pressing the “FEED” or “TENSION” buttons under the

feed & tension wheel group will also result in the coordinated move of
the accumulator wheel. When disabled, only the feed & tension wheel
will move when the buttons are pressed.
3.6.3.1.3 TWISTER HEAD
These buttons are used to control the motion of the twister head. The
forward direction will rotate the twister head cam in the clockwise
direction. The operator must press and hold the button for the action to
occur.
“FORWARD”
“REVERSE”
3.6.3.1.4 MOTOR POSITIONS
The current position, in millimeters, of each motor is indicated in the

figure shown below.
“FTM PSN” – The position of the feed & tension motor. This is
defined as zero when the end of the wire is at the entry
side of the twister. A negative value indicates it is
between the wire feed tube switch (WFTS) and the entry
of the twister head.
“ACM PSN” – The position of the accumulator motor. This is defined

as zero when the accumulator wheel has no wire on it
and is in the home position.
“TWM PSN” – The position of the twister motor. This is defined as

zero when the twister motor is in the home position.

3.6.3.2 SERVICE SCREENS 2 & 3
The 2nd and 3rd service screens, shown below, display various machine inputs.
The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the corresponding input.
3.6.3.3 SERVICE SCREEN 4 & 5
The 4th and 5th service screens, shown below, displays various machine
outputs. The text will appear darker indicating the on state for the
corresponding output.

3.6.3.4 SERVICE SCREEN 6
The 6th service screen, shown below, displays the status codes from the motor
drives and provides some of the test functions.

“FTM STAT” – The status code for the feed & tension motor drive.
“ACM STAT” – The status code for the accumulator motor drive.
“TWM STAT” – The status code for the twister motor drive.
The “C.RUN” button and “Stop Counter”: When a machine is at the

Maintenance station and in Maintenance Mode, the operator can set a
number of wires to tie and press the “C.Run” or Continuous Run
Button and the machine will tie until that number has been reached.
The “T-MODE” Button: When the “T-MODE” or Test Mode button is

pressed, this allows certain higher level tests to be run enabling the
operation of the machine in this state.
3.6.3.5 SYSTEM SCREEN 1
The “SYSTEM” button will access the 1st system screen, shown below. This
is one screen of two.
This screen allows the operator to adjust certain machine settings. Touching
on the current setting will display a box and keyboard to allow the value to be
changed.
”WIRE TENSION” – The bale wire tension adjustment, in percent. The

maximum tension value is 100%, and the lower limit is determined by a
system parameter set in the configuration section.
“NUMBER OF WIRES TO TIE” – The number of wires that will be tied

around the unit each complete machine cycle.

3.6.3.6 SYSTEM SCREEN 2
The 2nd system screen is shown below.
OTHER
This screen allows the operator to make adjustments to the touchscreen

display.
“SYSTEM” – This button allows the user access to the control panel in Win
CE.
“UPDATE” – This button allows the HMI software to be updated while the
HMI software is being edited. This serves no function during regular operation
of the machine.
“Touch C.” – This will allow the touchscreen to be calibrated for touch
sensitivity.
“EXIT” – This button will exit the HMI software and into the Win CE
environment. Note: By exiting, to restart the HMI will require a machine
restart.
“ALARMS” – This button shows a list of current alarms.

3.6.3.7 LOGIN (ADVANCED SETTINGS)
In order for the user to access the screens under the “ADVANCED
SETTINGS” group, a user with the proper authorization level must login.
When the “LOGIN” buttons is pressed, the login window will appear.
By pressing the on the editable area (where the Xs are), a popup will appear to
enter the password. This password is originaly set to 9101 and changeable
after a successful login.

The current password is changeable by touching the New Password field.
To leave this window after a succesful longin, press the ESC button.
The CONFIG button is now accessible.
3.6.3.8 CONFIG SCREENS
The 1st configuration screen shown below:
This screen allows the adjustment of various machine parameters that are not
grouped in the other categories.

The 2nd configuration screen shown below:
This screen allows the selection of the number of wires to tie from either the
Unityer® or the Bale line. This can be helpful if the Bale Line has reason to
believe that the Stacks require more wires.
3.6.4 CONVEYOR POPUP
The conveyor popup display, shown below, provides the operator with control over
the conveyor functions.
The “STOP” button will both stop any movement of the conveyors and also switch
the conveyors to manual control mode in the bale line control system.
3.6.4.1 FORWARD & REVERSE
These buttons are used to manually control the forward and reverse motion of
the machine conveyors. The operator must press and hold the button for the
action to occur.
“FORWARD”
“REVERSE”

3.6.5 CONVEYOR DETAIL
The conveyor detail display, shown below, provides the operator with information on
the conveyor interlock signals. These interlocks consist of the signals between the
machine control system and the bale line control system.
“CONVEYOR STOPPED” - This signal is received from the bale finishing

line to indicate that the conveyor has stopped moving. The
wire tying cycle cannot begin unless the conveyor has
stopped.
“MOVE PERMIT” – This signal is sent to the bale finishing line to indicate
that it is safe to operate the conveyors. A machine cycle must
not be active and both the entry and exit conveyor sides must
be closed for this signal to be set.
“CONVEYOR IN AUTOMATIC MODE” – This signal is received from the

bale finishing line to indicate if the conveyor is set to
automatic mode in the bale line control system.
“ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED” – This signal is received from the bale

finishing line to indicate if the entry side conveyor is closed.
This signal comes from a sensor located on the conveyor, but
is wired into the bale line control system.
“EXIT CONVEYOR CLOSED” – This signal is received from the bale

finishing line to indicate if the exit side conveyor is closed.
This signal comes from sensors located on the conveyor, but is
wired into the bale line control system.
“BALE ENTRY SWITCH” – This signal is received from the bale finishing
line to indicate the state of the bale entry switch signal. This
signal comes from a sensor located on the conveyor, but is
wired into the bale line control system.
“BALE EXIT SWITCH” – This signal is received from the bale finishing line
to indicate the state of the bale exit switch signal. This signal

comes from a sensor located on the conveyor, but is wired into
the bale line control system.
3.6.6 COMPACTOR STATION POPUP
The compactor station popup display, shown below, provides the operator with
control over the compactor station functions.
The “STOP” button within each group will stop all motion of the compactor station
compactors, regardless of which button is pressed.
3.6.6.1 TOP COMPACTOR
These buttons are used to manually control the open (up) and close (down)
motion of the top compactor. The operator must press and hold the button for
“CLOSE”
“OPEN”
3.6.6.2 SIDE COMPACTOR
These buttons are used to manually control the open (out) and close (in)
motion of the side compactor. The operator must press and hold the button for
“CLOSE”
“OPEN”

3.6.7 COMPACTOR STATION DETAIL
The compactor station detail display, shown below, provides the operator with manual
control over the hydraulic unit.
3.7 EVENT MESSAGES
There are event messages that the system displays on the touchscreen to keep the operator
informed of the machine state. These messages are for information only and do not require
acknowledgement by the operator. Since only one message can be displayed at a time, the
most recent, or highest priority, event message will be displayed.
Below is a list of the event messages that the machine will display, along with a brief
explanation.
"Ready For Wire” – The machine is clear of wire, and both the accumulator and twister head
have been homed. The operator can load wire into the machine from
the payoff system.
"Automatic Wire Feed” – When wire is being fed into the machine initially, and the WES
senses the wire at the entry point, the machine will begin the
automatic wire feed stage.
"Out Of Wire” – During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
“Clearing Wire” – A wire clearing operation has been initiated by the operator, and the
machine is removing any wire loaded into it. This wire will be directed into
the wire exhaust tube.
"Emergency Stop" – The machine is in an emergency stop condition. The machine will
need to be reset to clear this condition.
"Accumulator Homing" – The accumulator is performing a homing function to prepare the

machine to be ready for wire to be loaded. This message usually
appears as part of the clear wire function.

"Automatic Mode" – The machine is operating in fully automatic mode, so only commands
from the bale line control system will control the tying equipment.
"Operator Apply Wire" – When the Tying Unit is in the manual mode, there is wire at the
FSS and the machine is ready for a wire tie cycle, this message is
displayed to signal that the operator has control over the wire
application process.
"Wire In Machine But Not Fed Up" – When the Tying Unit has wire at both the WES and the
WFTS, but not at the FSS, then this message will be
displayed.
"Service Mode Active" – The operator is in the service mode section of the HMI and has
enabled the machine service mode.
"Loading Drive Parameters" – When a parameter has been changed that must be downloaded
to the drives, this message will be displayed to indicate the
download is being performed.
"Stop Requested – Please Wait" – When a machine wire tie cycle is being performed, or
another automatic operation, and the “STOP” button is
pressed, this message will appear. Since the machine will
stop in an orderly and controlled fashion, this message tells
the operator that the stop request was received and the
machine is proceeding to a stopped state.
3.8 ALARM MESSAGES
There are alarm messages that the system displays on the HMI to inform the operator of
problems, required maintenance or machine failures. Alarm messages will require
acknowledgement by the operator, even if the alarm condition has cleared:
New alarms will appear in a small window on the touchscreen. The text describing the alarm
condition will appear in the window. If there are multiple new alarms then the operator can
use the scroll bar on the right side of the window to view all the alarms. The operator can

touch the alarm message once to highlight it and then use the “OK” button located on the
lower left of the alarm window to acknowledge that alarm. The operator must acknowledge
each alarm independently as there is no option to acknowledge all alarms with a single button
press. The window can also be closed without acknowledgement, or after only
acknowledging a couple of alarms, if the operator wants to acknowledge the remaining
alarms at a later time.
If there are alarms present in the machine then a small graphic, shown below, will appear in
the top middle banner of the touchscreen.
The number shown below the graphic is the total of the currently active alarms. By touching
this graphic, the Alarms window will be opened and the user will have the option of
acknowledging all current and past alarms. There is also an option to clear alarms.
The “CLR” button will only allow the clearing of non active alarms. All alarms listed will
show a timestamp of when the alarm appeared, and if the alarm has been acknowledged, it
will show that time as well.
There are in excess of 100 possible alarm messages, however most of these messages are
associated with possible faults in the drives that operate the feed/tension, accumulator and
twister head motors. Due to the quantity of alarms most are not listed here, and for those
associated with the motor drives the user should refer to the drive manufacturer
documentation for a complete explanation of the error. In all cases, the alarm messages are
written to be as clear and descriptive as possible to the operator, and should be self
explanatory. Where additional clarification may be required, those messages listed below
have brief explanations following them.
"Overfeed" – More wire has been fed into the machine than the track will hold, indicating an
overfeed condition. The wire has probably come out of the track during the
feeding cycle.
"Accumulator Wheel Past Home" – During the wire feed cycle, the accumulator wheel has
rotated past the home position of the wheel.

"Twister Not Home On Feed" – For wire to be fed through the twister head and around the
track, the head must be in the home position initially.
“Out Of Wire” - During a feed cycle, the supply of wire into the machine was depleted, as
signaled by the WES, and the machine stopped
"Autofeed Timeout" – During the autofeed cycle, the wire did not reach the FSS in a set
period of time, indicating a feeding problem.
"No Bale or No Wire Grip" – The minimum loop size of wire has been reached while
tensioning. There is either no bale present or the grip on the wire was lost
“Auto Cycle Tension Timeout” – The machine did not complete an automatic tension cycle
within a configured period of time.
“Wire Strip Required” – The manual operation attempted is not possible because the Tying
Unit must first have a wire strip operation performed.
“E-Stop Interlock Chain Broken” – When operating the Tying Unit out-of-line, the
maintenance plug must be connected to override the bale line e-stop
interlock.
“Wire At Feed Stop Switch” – When a wire clear function is attempted, but there is wire
present in the twister head at the FSS.
“Wire Jam” – The wire is jammed and cannot complete the feed.
“Twister Head Not Closed”- The Twister Head is not closed. The wire cannot be fed until
the Twister is closed. The Twister may not be in its home position, or
there may be an obstruction that is holding the twister cover open.
“Twister Cycle Timeout” – The twister has not completed its cycle causing the Twister to
time out.
“Auto Cycle Feed Time Out” – The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed
Stop Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have
escaped the track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.
“Wire Strip Timeout” –The Wire Strip Out function did not occur in the specified amount of
time. The end of the wire may have passed the end of the wire elect
pall and have tried to feed around the track.
“Accumulator Encoder Failure” – This message will appear if the control system detects that
the Accumulator Encoder is not functioning correctly.

“Twister Encoder Failure” - This message will appear if the control system detects that the
Twister Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Encoder Failure” - This message will appear if the control system detects
that the Feed and Tension Encoder is not functioning correctly.
“Feed and Tension Wire Door Not Closed” –The doors on the wire entry side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Feed and Tension Drive Door Not Closed” –The doors on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension Unit are not closed and latched.
“Panel E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the Operator
Interface Panel is actuated.
“Arch E-Stop Button Pressed” –The Emergency Stop Button located on the end of the Arch
is actuated.
“Wire Eject Door Not Closed” – The Wire Eject Door is not closed and latched. Or the
switch is not adjusted properly.
“Entry Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Entry Conveyors is not closed.
“Exit Side Conveyor Not Closed” – The Exit Conveyors is not closed.
“Refeed Cycle Timeout” - The wire did not feed around the track and actuate the Feed Stop
Switch in the specified amount of time. The wire may have escaped
the track during the feed cycle or the wire may be jammed.

4.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 INTRODUCTION
The E9700 Unityer® is designed to be installed in a fully automated production line. Though
automated, its operation and supply of wire must be periodically checked. The various
Unityer® functions may also be manually activated from the Unityer® operator station or
from a corresponding bale line operator station. Operation, inspection, maintenance, and
wire reload are to be performed only by properly trained and authorized personnel.
THIS MACHINE CAN START WITHOUT WARNING! DO

NOT CLIMB, WALK, SIT OR LIE ON THE UNITYER®. RISK TO LIFE, LIMB,
AND EQUIPMENT EXISTS.
ALWAYS REMAIN WITHIN DESIGNATED AREAS.

CONVEYOR LINES MAY START EVEN THOUGH A MACHINE IN THE LINE IS
NOT IN SERVICE. RISK TO LIFE, LIMB, AND EQUIPMENT EXISTS.
REMAIN IN DESIGNATED WORK AREAS AND DO

NOT REACH INTO THE MACHINE FROM THOSE DESIGNATED WORK
AREAS.
4.2 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER (see Figure 4.1)
Before loading the coil carrier, press one of the emergency stop buttons on the Tying Unit or
Compactor Station to ensure the Unityer® is disabled.
BECAUSE THE COIL CARRIER IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS, THERE

IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND THE
FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE COIL CARRIER.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE COIL CARRIER IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT ESPECIALLY WHEN LOADED WITH
A FULL SPOOL OF WIRE. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE AND CASTOR
CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE THE COIL
CARRIER. PULL OR PUSH WITH A STEADY FORCE, OR USE ADDITIONAL
PERSONNEL TO AVOID BACK OR OTHER INJURIES.

1. Open the Coil Carrier door.
2. Lift the coil of wire with a forklift, overhead crane, or other

approved method and raise it high enough to clear the coil carrier.
3. Position the coil carrier directly under the coil and lower
the coil until it rests on the carrier base.
4. Place the wire guide over the mandrel and lower it until it is resting on the mandrel.
5. Lock the wire guide to the mandrel with the locking pin.
6. Close the Coil Carrier door. Be careful when closing the Coil Carrier
doors to avoid being pinched.
7. Roll the Coil Carrier into position and secure it to the floor A
locking pin is provided to prevent the Coil Carrier from moving during operation.
Do not operate without the pin in place.
MAKE SURE THE COIL CARRIER IS IN PLACE AND SECURED PRIOR

TO MACHINE OPERATION.
4.3 THREADING THE UNITYER® (see Figure 4.3)
After the wire has been removed from the Tying Unit, new wire must be loaded by the
following steps:
THE ENDS OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP AND THE TYING

WIRE FREQUENTLY HAS SHARP SLIVERS THAT COULD CAUSE INJURY.
ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES AND USE EYE PROTECTION WHEN HANDLING THE
WIRE TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY.
SMALL STEPS ARE PROVIDED TO ALLOW THE OPERATOR TO

REACH THE UPPER REGION OF THE COIL CARRIER. HAND-HOLDS ARE
PROVIDED ALONG THE COLUMN. ALWAYS USE THE HAND-HOLDS WHEN
ACCESSING THE UPPER REGION OF THE COIL CARRIER TO PREVENT A
FALL.
1. Prepare the coil by removing the securing bands from the coil of wire.
2. Pass the free end of the wire through the wire guide and between the guide rolls and
the pulleys located on the payoff Frame (See Figure 4.2).
3. Pass the free end of the wire between the lower guide roll and pulley (See Figure 4.2).

BE CAREFUL WHEN THREADING THE WIRE THROUGH THE
GUIDE WHEELS AND THE WIRE STRAIGHTENER. CLOSE AND LATCH THE
COVER AFTER THE WIRE IS LOADED.
4. Open door on wire enclosure.

5. Thread the wire between the guide rolls on the wire straightener.
6. If necessary adjust the wire straightener by following the procedure described in
Section 6.4 Wire Straightener.
7. Close door on wire enclosure.
8. Clear all faults on the Unityer® and reset the “E-STOP” buttons as necessary.
9. From the Touch Screen, set the Unityer® to manual operation.
10. Select the Feed function: the Unityer® will automatically wait for the wire to be
inserted to the drive wheel.
11. As the wire passes the proximity switch in the Entry Guide, the
Drive Wheel will start to turn.
12. Slowly feed the end of the wire into the Entry Guide, pushing the
wire until it engages with the Drive and Nip Wheels, which will begin to draw the
wire in.
13. After the Drive and Nip Wheels engages the wire, the wire will be fed through the
Feed and Tension assembly until the end of the wire is sensed by the wire feed tube
switch.
14. To complete feeding the machine, manually press the Refeed button and the HMI.
Wire will be fed into the feed tube, through the twister head, around the track and
back into the twister head until the feed stop switch is actuated. The machine is then
ready to operate.
KEEP BODY AND CLOTHING CLEAR OF WIRE WHEN

OPERATING THE MACHINE.
4.4. MACHINE RESET
For the Tying Unit to operate it will have to be in a reset state. This state refers to the mode
of the emergency stop safety module located in the Tying Unit control panel.
1. Press the “Reset” button located next on the HMI.

2. The event message “Emergency Stop” should disappear, indicating the machine is
reset. There will be a noticeable, high pitched “humming” sound emanating from the
machine main enclosure. This sound also indicates the motors are energized and
ready for operation.
3. On the compactor station, in the situation where the Tying Unit is in-station, the
hydraulic unit will start up.

4.5. STARTING HYDRAULIC PUMP MOTOR
The hydraulic pump motor will run in automatic mode as long as there is not an emergency
stop condition or fault preventing it from running.
To switch the compactor station hydraulic unit into automatic mode the operator must
use the bale line control system HMI. This operation is not available in the Tying Unit HMI
system.
The pump will remain in operation until it is turned off by one of the following events:
1. The hydraulic unit “STOP” button is pressed.

2. An emergency stop condition occurs.
DO NOT DISCONNECT ANY HYDRAULIC

LINES DURING MACHINE OPERATION. THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM IS
PRESSURIZED WITH HOT HYDRAULIC FLUID. REMOVAL OF THESE LINES
COULD LEAD TO BURNS, EYE INJURIES, AND/OR SLIPPING HAZARDS. SEE
MAINTENANCE SECTION FOR PROPER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE HOT. DO NOT

TOUCH THEM WITHOUT TAKING PRECAUTIONS. SEE MAINTENANCE
SECTION FOR PROPER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MUST BE PERIODICALLY CHECKED FOR

PROPER AND SAFE OPERATION. SEE MAINTENANCE SECTION FOR
PROPER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES.
4.6. FEEDING
To feed the wire around the track, the Tying Unit must be reset and wire must have been
previously loaded.
NOTE: As the feed sequence takes place automatically after wire has been reloaded in the
automatic mode, it is not normally necessary to feed the wire manually.
1. Change to the “MACHINE POPUP” screen.

2. Switch the machine to manual mode by pressing the “STOP” button.
3. Press-and-hold the “FEED” button.
The wire can only be fed until the Feed Stop Switch detects wire in the Twister Head.

THERE IS ALWAYS THE POTENTIAL FOR WIRE TO ESCAPE
FROM THE TRACK DURING OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE. ALWAYS
WEAR EYE AND HAND PROTECTION WHEN OPERATING OR PERFORMING
MAINTENANCE. REMAIN IN THE OPERATION ZONE, WHEN OPERATING
THE MACHINE.
4.7. AUTOMATIC OPERATION
THE UNITYER® IS
DESIGNED TO GROUP STACKS OF PULP TOGETHER AND TIE THEM WITH
STEEL WIRES.
To set the automatic operation mode of the Unityer®, the hydraulic pump motor must be
running and in automatic mode (see section 4.5), the Unityer® Tying Unit must be loaded
with wire (see section 4.2 and 4.3) and wire must be fed around the track (see section 4.6).
1. Change to the Tying Unit “MAIN” screen.

2. Switch the machine mode to automatic by pressing the “AUTO” button.
3. The “AUTO” button will change to green to indicate the machine is in automatic
mode. Also, the event message will display “Automatic Mode”.
The machine will then operate automatically. All units conveyed into the Unityer® will be
compacted and tied in response to interlock signals received from the bale finishing line
control system.
DURING THE WIRE TYING OPERATION, REMAIN

CLEAR OF THE MACHINE. BODY PARTS COULD BE TRAPPED BETWEEN
THE UNIT AND THE STEEL WIRE.
THE CONTROLS OF THE UNITYER® ARE INTERLOCKED

WITH THE BALE FINISHING LINE CONTROL SYSTEM. A FAILURE IN THE
LINE CONTROLS COULD UNEXPECTEDLY START THE MACHINE. STAY
CLEAR OF THE MACHINE DURING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
ACTIVITIES.
FOLLOW ALL APPROPRIATE LOCK – OUT, TAG – OUT

PROCEDURES WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE.

4.8. TWIST KNOT
KEEP BODY PARTS AWAY FROM THE

TRACK/TWISTER HEAD AREA
The Twister Head can be operated manually to knot the wire. There are two different ways
to knot the wire. The operator is free to choose which method is preferred.
Method 1:

2. Switch the machine mode to manual by pressing “STOP”
3. Press the twister head “OPEN” button.
4. Wait until the Twister Head is open, as indicated by the button changing to green.
5. Press the twister head “CLOSE” button.
Method 2:

3. Press the twister head “CYCLE” button.
4.9 CONVEYOR OPERATION
The operator can manually control the movement of the conveyor.
1. Change to the “CONVEYOR POPUP” screen.

2. Switch the conveyor to manual mode by pressing “STOP”
3. Press-and-hold the “FORWARD” or “REVERSE” buttons to operate the conveyor in
the corresponding direction.
BEWARE OF CONVEYOR PINCH POINTS AND REMAIN

CLEAR OF THE CONVEYOR WHEN IT IS IN OPERATION.
4.10 MANUAL TYING CYCLE
A manual machine cycle can be started manually by the operator.
1. Change to the “COMPACTOR POPUP” screen

2. Press the Side Compactor close button to compress the bale stack from the side.
3. Press the Top Compactor close button to compress the bale stack from the top.

6. Press the machine “CYCLE” button.
The configured number of tight wires will be tied around the unit located in the compactor
station machine arch.
Once the tying cycle is completed
1. Change to the “COMPACTOR POPUP” screen

2. Press the Side Compactor open button to return them to the fully open position.
3. Press the Top Compactor open button to return them to the fully open position.
4.11 CLEARING THE MACHINE (See Figure 4.14)
When reloading wire into the machine, any remaining wire must be removed. This is known
as clearing the wire. This may also be required if the wire becomes damaged and must be cut
from the wire supply. The following guidelines are provided to clear all remaining wire from
the machine:
1. From the HMI, set the machine to manual mode.

2. Cut the wire at the Entry Guide.
4. If the wire is in place in the Twister Head, manually tension and twist the wire out of
the track.
5. Select the “CLEAR WIRE” button. The machine will then automatically draw back
any wire remaining in the track. After the wire has been drawn back, it will be fed
into the Wire Exhaust Coiler.
6. Wait for the wire clear cycle to be complete. The machine status indicator will change
to green for “CLEAR” when the cycle is finished.
7. Press one of the “E-STOP” buttons and verify that the Light Stack (LS) on the
machine is blinking.
WIRE MAY ESCAPE FROM THE EXHAUST TUBE. THE ENDS

OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP. WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND GLOVES TO
PREVENT INJURY.
8. Open the Wire Exhaust Coiler Door and remove the wire by hand. The door is
equipped with proximity switch (WEDS), which will prevent the machine from
restarting while the door is open.
9. After the wire has been removed, the door must be closed and latched to allow the
machine to be started again.

4.12 SIDE COMPACTOR
The operator can manually control the side compactor:
1. Change to the “COMPACTOR POPUP” screen.

2. Press and hold the Top Compactor open or close buttons to operate the compactor in
THE SIDE COMPACTORS ARE MOVED BY

HYDRAULIC FORCE. HYDRAULIC FLUID MIGHT LEAK FROM THE
CYLINDER CREATING A POTENTIAL SLIPPING HAZARD.
STAY CLEAR OF THE MACHINE WHEN MAINTENANCE

ACTIVITIES ARE IN PROGRESS. THE SIDE COMPACTORS CAN BE MOVED
INWARDS CREATING A CRUSH HAZARD.
4.13. TOP COMPACTOR
The operator can manually control the top compactor:
1. Change to the “COMPACTOR POPUP” screen.

2. Press and hold the Top Compactor open or close buttons to operate the compactor in
THE TOP COMPACTOR IS MOVED BY HYDRAULIC FORCE.

HYDRAULIC FLUID MIGHT LEAK FROM THE CYLINDERS, CREATING A
POTENTIAL SLIPPING HAZARD.
IF A HYDRAULIC HOSE BREAKS, THE TOP

COMPACTOR COULD MOVE DOWNWARDS. STAY CLEAR OF THE
MACHINE!
4.14 TENSIONING ERROR
In the event of a tensioning error, which occurs when the tensioning cycle encounters a “No
Bale” or a “No Grip” condition, the machine will initiate the following operational sequence:
1. The Twister Head will twist, cut and eject the wire.
2. The Twister Head will then remain in the open position.
3. Machine automatic mode operation will cease until the machine is cleared.

To clear the machine, follow these steps:
1. Press one of the red emergency stop buttons for the machine.
2. Clear the wire from the track using pliers or other appropriate tools.
3. Identify the cause for the tensioning error by following instructions located in the
“TROUBLE SHOOTING” section.
4.15 RECIRCULATION VALVE
When the product flow stops but the hydraulic pump is still running, a recirculation valve is
used to recirculate the fluid from the hydraulic reservoir to the valve manifold. The
recirculation valve is energized by the machine controller if the cooling fan is running and
the product flow has stopped for a set period of time, typically 10 minutes.

FIGURE 4.1
LOADING THE COIL CARRIER

FIGURE 4.2
THREADING THE OVERHEAD PAYOFF
ASSEMBLY

OPERATOR
INTERFACE
WIRE ENTRY
GUIDE
COIL
CARRIER
FIGURE 4.3
THREADING THE UNITYER

FIGURE 4.14
CLEARING THE MACHINE

5.0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
5.1. INTRODUCTION
The sequence of operation of the E9700 Unityer® is defined in two sections. The first (section
5.2.) will describe the application of a wire onto a unit. The second (section 5.3.) will
describe the automatic operation of the machine. Referring to wiring, program, and hydraulic
schematics will be helpful in following the sequence of operation. Refer to figures 5.1A,
5.1B, 5.1C for switch locations on both the Tying Unit and the Compactor Station.
BEFORE STARTING ANY PROCEDURE WITH THE UNITYER®,

ENSURE SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED. READ ALL
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IN THE "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS" AND IN THE
"SAFETY PRECAUTIONS" CHAPTER.
BEFORE INITIATING UNITYER®

OPERATION, ENSURE THAT NO UNIT CAN ARRIVE IN THE UNITYER® FROM
EITHER DIRECTION. BEFORE ANY MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ARE
PERFORMED ENSURE THAT THE MACHINE HAS BEEN SHUT DOWN AND
“LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED.
WEAR EYE AND HEARING PROTECTION WHEN OPERATING

THE E9700 UNITYER®
5.2 WIRE APPLICATION
The signal to apply a wire can be initiated either by the operator, when the E9700 Unityer® is
in manual mode or from the control system interlocks when the Tying Unit, Hydraulic Unit
and Compactor/Conveyor are all in the automatic mode. In either case, the sequence of
events to apply the wire will be identical.
The machine has five main operational cycles: 1) threading, 2) tensioning,

3) twisting, 4) feeding, and 5) wire clearing. The machine operates in two different
modes: manual and automatic. The tension, twist and feed cycles may function in either
automatic or manual mode, but are normally part of the automatic cycle. These cycles
may also be operated in the manual mode for maintenance and clearing. The threading and
wire clearing cycles will only operate in the manual mode.
The threading cycle is initiated only in the manual mode, and is used to prepare the Tying
Unit for use anytime a coil of wire is changed. The threading cycle is similar to the feed
cycle with the exception that the Feed and Tension Drive wheel does not start until the
Wire Entry Switch (WES) detects wire has been inserted into the Entry Guide. Continued
feeding of the wire by hand is required until the Drive Wheel and Nip Wheel engage the
wire. At that point, the wire is automatically drawn in and fed up to the Wire Feed Tube

Switch (WFTS). The operator can complete the feed cycle by pressing the refeed button
on the Touch Screen. The wire will then continue the feed into the Twister Head, around
the Track and back into the Twister Head on the second pass, where it will stop once the
Feed Stop Switch is actuated.
The tension cycle is initiated by a signal from the bale finishing line signal, when in
automatic mode, or by pressing the tension button on the Touch Screen when in the
manual mode. Initiation of the cycle by the bale finishing line will cause a complete
tension/twist/feed cycle. Initiation of the tension cycle by pressing-and-holding the
tension button will cause the machine to complete only a single complete tension cycle.
Initiation of the tension cycle causes the Drive Wheel to rotate at high speed in the tension
direction. The Drive and Nip Wheels provide the tractive force on the wire causing the
wire to be drawn from the track. As the wire is drawn into the Feed and Tension unit,
increased wire tension pulls the wire from the track and around the bale. As the wire is
drawn around the bale, the wire tension increases, causing the Gripper to firmly grip the
end of the wire. As the extra wire is drawn back, wire is wound around the Accumulator
Wheel until the Feed and Tension Nip Wheel stalls. When the Nip Wheel reaches zero
speed, the set maximum tension is being applied. Tension on the wire is maintained by
regulating the gearmotor torque. The amount of wire stored on the Accumulator Wheel is
monitored by the Accumulator drive encoder count. This count is then used during the
feed cycle to determine the feed transition point (transition from feeding accumulated wire
to feeding wire from an external source).
The twist cycle is initiated by the stalling of the Nip Wheel in automatic mode or, in
manual mode, by pressing the twister cycle button on the HMI. The Twister Head
gearmotor rotates the Twister Pinion through the mainshaft and a series of gears. The
wire is forced to wrap around itself three and one-half times forming a knot that secures
the wire to the bale. At the end of the twist cycle, the Rocking Cutter Carrier actuates,
cutting the tied wire from the wire supply. After the wire is cut, the Ejectors rise as the
Twister Pinion comes into alignment with the wire ejection path. The Twister Head is
opened momentarily as the Gripper releases the wire and the Ejectors force the tied wire
from the Twister Head. The Twister Head then continues to rotate, returns to the home
position and is ready for another cycle.
The feed cycle is initiated at the end of the twist cycle when in automatic mode, or by
pressing-and-holding the feed button on the HMI when in manual mode. The Drive and
Nip Wheels feed the wire into the Drive Entry Guide. Next, the wire is fed through the
Feed Tube and into the Twister Head. Then the wire is fed through the Twister Pinion,
around the track, into the Twister Head and through the Twister Pinion on the second
pass. When the wire is fed into the Twister Head on the second pass, it feeds past the
Gripper and comes to rest against the Stop Block. The spring loaded Gripper arm allows
the wire end to engage the toothed gripper insert securing the wire and preventing it from
pulling out. The feed cycle is complete when the wire is in place against the Stop Block
actuating the Feed Stop Switch. The Stop Block is located just past the gripper ensuring
the gripper is fully engaged with the wire.
The clearing cycle is initiated only in the manual mode by pressing the clear wire button
on the HMI. The clear cycle cannot be initiated if the wire is in place in the track such
that the Feed Stop switch is activated. If the Feed Stop Switch is made, the Tying Unit

must go through a tension/twist cycle before the clearing cycle can be initiated. Initiation
of the clearing cycle causes the Drive Wheel to rotate at low speed in the tension
direction. The Drive and Nip Wheel provide the tractive force to draw the wire from the
Track. As the wire is drawn back, it is wound around the Accumulator Wheel. When the
end of the wire is detected by the proximity switch located at the end of the Drive Wheel
path, the Drive Wheel continues to draw back wire until it clears the Wire Exhaust Gate.
The Wire Exhaust Gate is then opened by the Exhaust Gate Solenoid, the Drive Wheel is
reversed and the wire is fed through the Wire Exhaust Gate and into the Wire Exhaust
Coiler. After all the wire has been fed into the Wire Exhaust Coiler, the operator opens
the Exhaust Coiler Gate and removes the wire.
5.3 AUTOMATIC OPERATION
THE UNITYER® IS DESIGNED TO GROUP STACKS

OF PULP TOGETHER AND TIE THEM WITH STEEL WIRES. ALL OPERATORS
AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR AROUND THE
UNITYER® MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITION.
THIS MACHINE IS PART OF AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM AND IS NOT TO

BE OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY.
FIGURE 1.3 SHOWS DANGER ZONES AND

OPERATION ZONES. DANGER ZONES MUST NOT BE ENTERED WHEN THE
MACHINE IS IN OPERATION. OPERATION ZONES ARE THOSE AREAS AN
OPERATOR MAY BE EXPECTED TO ENTER WHILE OPERATING THE
MACHINE.
When operating the Unityer® in the automatic mode, the compactors will move to their home
positions, if they are not already there, and the conveyors may start to run. Initiation of the
tying cycle requires the following:
1. The machine must be loaded with wire (see sections 4.2 and 4.3)
2. Wire must be fed around the track (see section 4.6)
3. The hydraulic pump must be running (see section 4.5)
The machine must be in the automatic mode, which is selected by pressing the “AUTO”
button located on the main screen of the HMI.

STAY CLEAR OF THE UNITYER® WHEN
SWITCHING TO AUTOMATIC MODE. ALL UNITYER® FUNCTIONS CAN
START WITHOUT WARNING WHEN A UNIT ENTERS THE UNITYER®. ANY
PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
A unit conveyed into the machine will actuate the bale sensors (BES and BXS). The unit will
stop in position for the application of wires. When the unit is in position, both bale sensors
(BES and BXS) will be actuated by the unit, indicating that the unit is correctly positioned
for the wire tying cycle.
The Side Compactor Close Valve (SCCV) will then be energized. The Side Compactors will
move in compressing the unit to align the individual bales and obtain a properly aligned unit.
When the Side Compactors contact the unit, the Side Compactor Closed Switch (SCCS) will
be actuated by the rise in the hydraulic pressure. The Side Compactor Close Valve (SCCV)
will remain energized until the last wire has been applied.
Next the control system will signal the Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) to energize
which causes the top compactor to move down onto the unit and compress it. Having
compressed the unit, the hydraulic system pressure will rise, actuating the Top Compactor
Closed Switch (TCCS). The Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) will remain energized
until a configured number of wires have been tied, then the pressure will be released.
Once both the Top Compactor and Side Compactor are in, and the unit is being compressed,
the bale finishing line control system will signal the tying unit to begin the cycle. These
signals are conveyed through the machine interlocks that exist between the bale line and
tying unit.
During the application of the last wire, the Top Compactor Close Valve (TCCV) is de-
energized and the top compactor rests on the unit while the next wire is being fed. This
prevents the shock of the sudden top compactor direction change from down to up. The
actuation of the Feed Stop Switch (FSS) indicates the tying cycle is finished causing the Side
Compactor Open Valve (SCOV) and the Top Compactor Open Valve (TCOV) to energize.
Both the Side Compactor and Top Compactor then move to their home positions. The Side
Compactors arriving in their home position will actuate the side compactor cylinder mounted
Side Compactor Out Switch (SCOS). The Top Compactors arriving in their upper limit set
point will actuate the Top Compactor Open Switch (TCOS). The actuation of these switches
indicates the cycle is complete. This signal is then sent through the interlocks to the bale
finishing line. The completed unit will then be conveyed out of the machine.

WES
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

FTADS1
FTADS2
WEDS

ACHS
50
NWP1S
NWP2S
TCS
WFTS
FSS
TWNHS
1B657-0
FIGURE 5.1A
TYING UNIT SWITCH LOCATION
SCO2S
SCO1S
TCOS
ECCS
ES2B
XCCS
FIGURE 5.1B
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS

SCO1S
SCO2S
ECCS
ES1B
ES2B
XCCS
FIGURE 5.1C
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR SWITCH LOCATIONS

6.0 ADJUSTMENTS
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
Carefully read this safety section of this manual before making any adjustment to the
E9700 Unityer®. This safety section details inherent risks and general safety considerations
associated with the operation of this machine. Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury, equipment damage.
6.1.1 SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols corresponding to the warning symbols on the Unityer® are used
throughout this manual. They signal situations that require extra attention during
Unityer® installation, operation, or maintenance. Observe the associated precautions
carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous situations.
6.1.2 PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the
Unityer®, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Unityer® uses steel wire to
tie units of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye protection
must be worn at all times when working on or near the machine.
BEFORE INITIATING UNITYER® OPERATION,

ENSURE THAT NO UNITS CAN ARRIVE IN THE UNITYER® FROM EITHER
DIRECTION. BEFORE ANY ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE, ENSURE THAT THE
MACHINE IS SHUT DOWN AND “LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURES ARE
FOLLOWED.
UNITS ENTERING THE UNITYER® WITH THE

AUTOMATIC TYING CYCLE ENABLED REPRESENT A POTENTIALLY LIFE
THREATENING HAZARD FOR PERSONNEL WORKING AROUND THE
UNITYER®.
The Unityer’s® operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the
Unityer® could result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Unityer® may
start or cycle without warning! Precautions must be taken to prevent units from being
automatically conveyed into the Unityer® when it is out of service. Shutting down the
Unityer® does not necessarily prevent other bale line equipment from operating! For
all maintenance activities not requiring the Unityer® to be in operation a "lock out, tag
out" procedure applies (see MAINTENANCE" section of this manual). All operators
and maintenance personnel working on or around the Unityer® during installation
must be qualified for their position.

6.2 UNITYER® ADJUSTMENTS
BECAUSE THE TYING MACHINE IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS,

THERE IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND
THE FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE TYING MACHINE.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE TYING MACHINE IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE
AND CASTOR CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE
THE TYING MACHINE. PULL OR PUSH WITH A STEADY FORCE, OR USE
ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL TO AVOID BACK OR OTHER INJURY.
6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE COMPACTOR STATION (See
Figure 6.2.1)
When making Tying Unit adjustments, it is preferable to remove the Tying Unit from
the Compactor Station for increased accessibility. The Tying Unit installs in the frame
opening in the Compactor Station and is guided into place by two floor mounted
guide tubes. When the Tying Unit is installed in the line, a frame mounted stop and a
latch located on the right side of the machine holds the Tying Unit in place and
prevents it from backing out.
ALL OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE

PERSONNEL MUST BE TRAINED AND QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITIONS.
BEFORE REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE COMPACTOR

STATION, ALWAYS ENSURE THE TOP COMPACTOR IS IN THE CLOSED
(DOWN) POSITION. EQUIPMENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE TYING UNIT
IS REMOVED WITH THE TOP COMPACTOR IN ANY OTHER POSITION.
Prior to removing the Tying Unit from the Compactor Station, the
Conveyor Chain Pivots must be raised to allow the Tying Unit to be removed from the
Compactor Station. The Compactor Station is equipped with conveyor chain both on
the entry and exit side. The chain conveyors, nearest the operator end of the Tying
Unit, pivot up allowing the chains to clear the Tying Unit Twister Head when the
machine is inserted or withdrawn from the line.

SENSORS (ECCS, XCCS) PREVENT THE OPERATION OF THE
CONVEYOR WHILE THE CONVEYOR SEGMENTS ARE IN THE RAISED
POSITION.
DO NOT LIFT THE TYING MACHINE BY THE ARCH. IT MAY

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
The Tying Unit is removed from the Compactor Station by the following steps:
1. Press one of the “E-STOP” buttons and verify that the Light Stack on the Tying
Unit is blinking.
2. Rotate the red disconnect handle on the front of the Tying

Unit electrical enclosure to the OFF position.
3. Disconnect the power and inter-lock cables from the

Compactor Station.
4. Move the Coil Carrier aside and cut the wire, as necessary,
between the Coil Carrier and the Tying Unit.
5. Disconnect power to the Compactor Station.
6. Raise the operator side pivot chains on both the Entry and Exit conveyors.
7. Lift the gravity latch on the right side of the Tying Unit and pull
the Tying Unit from the Compactor Station section.
THERE IS A POSSIBLE PINCH POINT

BETWEEN THE MOVING COVER SPREADER AND THE FRAME. HOWEVER, IT
IS LOCATED WELL WITHIN THE DESIGNATED DANGER ZONE. STAY OUT
OF THE DANGER ZONE WHEN OPERATING THE MACHINE. FOLLOW ALL
APPROPRIATE LOCK – OUT, TAG – OUT PROCEDURES WHEN PERFORMING
MAINTENANCE.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL SPOKES PRESENT

A SHEARING HAZARD. DURING NORMAL OPERATION, THE SAFETY
SWITCH PREVENTS OPERATION WHEN THE DOORS ARE OPEN. THIS
ELIMINATES ANY DANGER TO THE OPERATOR. HOWEVER, IN
MAINTENANCE MODE THE MACHINE CAN BE OPERATED IN A JOG MODE.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL WILL TURN AT A REDUCED SPEED. KEEP
BODY PARTS AWAY AT ALL TIMES. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED
PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR MAINTAIN THE MACHINE AND ONLY ONE
PERSON MAY OPERATE THE CONTROLS AT A TIME.

THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL AND THE VARIOUS
NIP WHEELS PRESENT A PINCH HAZARD. DURING NORMAL OPERATION,
THE SAFETY SWITCH PREVENTS OPERATION WHEN THE DOORS ARE
OPEN. THIS ELIMINATES ANY DANGER TO THE OPERATOR. HOWEVER, IN
MAINTENANCE MODE THE MACHINE CAN BE OPERATED IN A JOG MODE.
THE ACCUMULATOR WHEEL WILL TURN AT A REDUCED SPEED. KEEP
BODY PARTS AWAY AT ALL TIMES. ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED
PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR MAINTAIN THE MACHINE AND ONLY ONE
PERSON MAY OPERATE THE CONTROLS AT A TIME.
6.2.2 FEED STOP SWITCH (FSS) (See Figure 6.2.2)
ONLY PROPERLY TRAINED PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE OR

MAINTAIN THE MACHINE.
The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is located on the cutter side of the Twister Head and is
actuated by the Stop Block mounting arm. The purpose of this switch is to confirm
the wire has been fed around the track and to initiate the wire tensioning cycle. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.

The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Remove the Twister Head access covers.

2. Disconnect the switch power cable.
3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nut.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the actuator flag until the face of
the switch is flush with the mounting block. The switch must not come into
contact with the feed stop switch lever when it is actuated.
5. Reconnect the switch power cable. If the cable does not route properly, turn the
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not exceed one-
half (1/2) turn on the switch
6. Tighten the proximity switch jam nut.

6.2.3 TWISTER NOT HOME SWITCH (TWNHS) (See Figure 6.2.3)

The Twister Not Home Switch (TWNHS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on
the side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Not Home Switch
establishes the home position of the Twister Head at start-up and periodically resets
the Twister Head encoder information as the Tying Unit operates. This switch must
be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified
maintenance personnel.

The Home Position Switch is adjusted by the following steps:

3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nuts.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the ejector cam until there is a
1.5mm (.060”) gap between the face of the switch and the cam.
6. Tighten the proximity switch jam nuts.
6.2.4 TWISTER CLOSED SWITCH (TCS) (See Figure 6.2.3)

The Twister Head Open switch (TCS) is located on the Twister Head side plate on the
side opposite the Feed and Tension unit. The Twister Closed Switch senses whether
or not the Twister Head Cover Plate is completely closed in the home position. This
switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or by
qualified maintenance personnel.

The Twister Closed Switch is adjusted by the following steps:

3. Loosen the proximity switch jam nuts.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the proximity switch target until
there is a 1.5mm (.060”) gap between the face of the switch and the target.
6.2.5 ACCUMULATOR HOME SWITCH (ACHS) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Accumulator Home Switch (ACHS) is located on the motor side of the Feed and
Tension enclosure. The Accumulator Home Switch senses when the Accumulator
Disc is in the home position. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval International®
Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Accumulator Switch is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the ACHS on the feed and
tension back plate.
3. Loosen the switch mount clamp screw.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the Accumulator Wheel mounted
Home Position Target until there is a 1.5mm (0.060”) gap between the face of
the switch and the home position target.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.

6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw
6.2.6 WIRE EJECT DOOR SWITCH (WEDS) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is located in the Feed and Tension Enclosure.
This switch serves as a safety interlock to ensure the Wire Eject Door is closed. This
switch normally will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced. When
adjustment is required, it must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Wire Eject Door Switch (WEDS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and locate the WEDS on the Wire Eject
Door mounting collar.
2. Remove the cover over the switch.
3. Disconnect the switch cable.
4. Loosen the proximity switch jam nut.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch towards the proximity target located on the
wire eject door until there is a 1mm (.040”) to 2mm (.080”) gap between the
face of the switch and the magnet. Make sure that the witness mark on the
switch lines up with the witness mark on the magnet.
6. Reconnect the switch power cable.
6.2.7 NIP WHEEL PULSE SWITCHES (NWP1S, NWP2S) (See Figure 5.1A)

The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches (NWP1S, NWP2S) are located on the motor side of
the Feed and Tension enclosure. The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches detect the stall of the
Tension Nip Wheel during the tension cycle. This indicates the predetermined wire
tension has been reached and the twist cycle can begin. This switch must be adjusted

by an Oval International® Service Representative or by qualified maintenance
personnel.

The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches are adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the feed and tension unit doors and firmly seat the top feed wheel against
the snap rings towards the feed and tension back plate.
4. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the nip wheel hub until there is a
1mm (.040”) gap between the face of the switch and the nip wheel hub.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct; do not to exceed
one-half turn.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw
6.2.8 FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE (See Figure 6.2.8)

The Feed and Tension Nip Wheels are each spring loaded providing the tractive force
for feeding and tensioning the wire. These adjustments should be carried out only
when needed to prevent the wheels from slipping on the wire or when Nip Wheels are
replaced. It is important to provide enough nip force to feed and tension the wire
without slipping; however, excessive pinch force shortens bearing life and deforms
the wire which can lead to feeding and wire strength issues.

The Nip Wheel force is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Shut down the Unityer® by pressing one of the E-stop buttons.

2. Open the feed and tension unit doors on both sides to access the Feed and
Tension Nip Wheel eccentric mounting hub.

3. On the Tension Nip Wheel (upper wheel), loosen the locking nut, at the end of
the spring shaft, until the spring has clearance between the locking nut and the
tension arm.
4. Slowly tighten the locking nut to remove all clearance; then turn the locking nut
5 full turns to compress the spring.
5. Next, check gap between the Tension Nip Wheel and the Drive Wheel; this gap
should be 0.3mm (.012”)
6. If adjustment is necessary, loosen the jam nut securing the Tension Wheel stop
nut and adjust the nut to obtain the 0.3mm (.012”) gap; tighten the jam nut
securely.
7. On the Feed Nip Wheel (lower wheel), loosen the locking nut, at the end of the
spring shaft, until the spring has clearance between the locking nut and the
tension arm.
8. Slowly tighten the locking nut to remove all clearance; then turn the locking nut
5 full turns to compress the spring.
9. Load wire in the machine and test the operation; increase or decrease the spring
nip force by adjusting the lock nuts on the Tension or Feed Nip Wheels as
needed.
6.2.9 WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT (See Figure 6.2.9)
The Wire Lubricator is mounted to the Entry Guide Post on the Feed Wheel Side
of the Feed and Tension Enclosure. USE ONLY oil that meets the specifications in
Section 7.4, as the Lubricant in the Wire Lubricator. The Wire Lubricator normally
will not require adjustment unless it has been replaced.


The Wire Lubricator is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Open the Feed and Tension Unit Doors and locate the Lubricator on the Entry
Guide Post.
2. Remove the plug located in the top of the Lubricator, fill it with CRC 2-26 and
replace the plug.
3. Turn the oil flow control knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the oil flow
control by turning the knob counter clockwise ½ turn.
4. Adjust the Air Flow control located on the inlet port of the Lubricator first by
turning the knob clockwise until it just seats. Open the airflow control by turning
the knob 3 full turns.

NOTE: Proper airflow is dependent on the pressure and flow of the incoming air
supply. Adjust the airflow and the lubricator flow to achieve adequate lubrication of
the wire. DO NOT over lubricate the wire, excessive lubrication of the wire will
cause the Feed Wheel to slip.
BECAUSE THE TYING MACHINE IS MOUNTED ON CASTORS,

THERE IS A ROLLING PINCH-POINT BETWEEN THE CASTOR WHEELS AND
THE FLOOR. BE SURE TO AVOID THE CASTORS AND ALWAYS WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION WHEN MOVING THE TYING MACHINE.
WHILE DESIGNED TO BE MOVABLE, THE TYING MACHINE IS

STILL A LARGE AND MASSIVE OBJECT. FLOOR CONDITION, FLOOR GRADE
AND CASTOR CONDITION ALL AFFECT THE FORCE REQUIRED TO MOVE
THE TYING MACHINE. PULL OR PUSH WITH A STEADY FORCE, OR USE
ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL TO AVOID BACK OR OTHER INJURY.
6.2.10 INSTALLING THE TYING UNIT INTO THE COMPACTOR STATION

(See Figure 6.2.10)

After the Tying Unit adjustments have been made, the following procedure is used to
re-install the machine into the Compactor Station. Prior to installing the Tying Unit
into the Compactor Station section, the entry and exit conveyor chains, (nearest the
Tying Unit entry end), must be raised to allow the Tying Unit to enter the Compactor
Station section. The chain conveyors nearest the machine entry side of the Tying Unit
pivot up allowing the chains to clear the Tying Unit twister head assembly when the
machine is inserted into the line.
BEFORE INSTALLING THE TYING UNIT INTO THE COMPACTOR

STATION, ALWAYS ENSURE THE TOP COMPACTOR IS IN THE CLOSED
(DOWN) POSITION. EQUIPMENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE TYING UNIT
IS REMOVED WITH THE TOP COMPACTOR IN ANY OTHER POSITION.
The Tying Unit is installed into the Compactor Station by the following steps:
1. Disconnect power to the Compactor Station section.

2. Raise the entry and exit chain pivots on the Tying Unit entry side
by operating the lift levers on the entry and exit conveyors.
3. Roll the Tying Unit into the Compactor Station ensuring the lead
caster is positioned between the floor mounted guide tubes. Continue rolling the
Tying Unit into the Compactor Station until it contacts the stop.
4. Engage the gravity latch with the Tying Unit.
5. Lower the chain pivots on both the entry and exit conveyors.
NOTE: The conveyor chain pivots are monitored by a sensor, which will prevent
the conveyors from running until the conveyor chains are lowered into position.
6. Place the Coil Carrier in position, and lock it to the floor.
7. Connect power to the Unityer® Compactor Station.
8. Connect the power and inter-lock cables from the Tying Unit
to the receptacles mounted on the Compactor Station frame and verify they do not
interfere with the adjacent equipment or the unit path.


6.2.11 TWISTER PINION TIMING (See Figure 6.2.11A, B, C).
The Twister Pinion must be installed and timed correctly in order for the knot to be
formed correctly. The Twister Pinion must be installed when the Twister is in the
home position. The twister is in the home position when the Twister Not Home
Switch (TWNHS) is off. From the HMI machine operation screen the “Home”
indicator box should be illuminated.
The Twister Pinion is timed by the following steps:
1. Remove all wire from the machine.

2. With the machine running, manually home the twister by pressing the “Twister
Closed” button on the HMI.
3. Verify that the twister is in the home position by looking at the Twister Not Home
Switch (TWNHS). The switch should indicate that the switch is off.
4. Press the E Stop Button and shut the off power to the machine.
5. Remove the Moving Cover and the Fixed Cover from the Twister Head.
Disconnect the Feed Stop Switch cable from the Feed Stop Switch.
6. Disconnect the Twister Pinion Oil tubing from the Twister Pinion bearings.

7. Disconnect the Air line from the bottom of the Gripper Body.
8. Remove the Right Hand Twister Bearing (The bearing closest to the Gripper).
9. Slide the Twister Pinion sideways out of the Left Hand Twister Pinion Bearing
which also disengages the Twister Pinion gear from the two Idler Gears.
10. Rotate the Twister Pinion so the slot is pointed straight up.
11. Reinstall the Twister Pinion by sliding it to the left into the idler gears and the Left
Hand Twister Bearing. Ensure that the slot of the Twister Pinion is pointed
straight up and is centered in the slot of the Twister Pinion Bearings.
12. Reinstall the Right Hand Twister Pinion Bearing.
13. Apply a few drops of oil to the Twister Pinion Bearing Journals.
14. Connect the Twister Pinion oil tubing to the Twister Pinion Bearings.
15. Connect the Air Line to the Gripper Body.
16. Install the Fixed Cover
17. Install the Moving Cover.
18. Connect the Feed Stop Switch Cable.
19. Start the machine.
20. From the HMI press the Twister “Open” button.
21. Check the position of the Twister Pinion Slot. It should be pointing straight up
and centered between the slots of the Twister Pinion Bearings.

6.2.12 MOTOR LOCATIONS (See Figure 6.2.12)
DO NOT OPERATE THE E9700 TYING UNIT WITHOUT ALL OF

THE MOTOR TERMINAL BOX COVERS IN PLACE. FOLLOW ALL
MAINTENANCE.
The motors used on the E9700 Tying Unit typically require no adjustments or
maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing. Figure 6.2.12 shows the motor
location for general orientation purposes.


6.2.13 AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH (APSS) (See Figure 6.2.12)
The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is located on the motor side of the Feed
and Tension Unit Enclosure adjacent to the Pneumatics Manifold. This switch senses
if there is sufficient instrument air pressure to run the Control Cabinet Air Cooler. In
the event that the instrument air pressure is low or the hose is not connected to the air
supply the machine will not run. This switch must be adjusted by an Oval
International® Service Representative or by qualified maintenance personnel.

The Air Pressure Sufficient Switch (APSS) is adjusted by the following steps:
1. Remove the Tying Machine from the line and move it to the Maintenance Station.
2. Connect the Tying Machine to the Power, Communication, and Air Supply at the
Maintenance Station.
3. Adjust the Air Regulator at the Maintenance Station to 5.5 Bars (80 PSI). Note:
The minimum air pressure that is required to operate the machine is 5.5 Bars
(80 PSI). The Control Cabinet Cooler will not operate effectively at lower
pressures. Damage to the Tying Machine could result if the air pressure is
not sufficient.
4. Open the motor side of the Feed and Tension Unit Enclosure and locate the
pressure switch.
5. Remove the protective cover from the top of the pressure switch.
6. Loosen the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
7. Adjust the pressure switch adjusting screw until the light on the connector just
comes on. This is the minimum amount of air pressure that is required to operate
the Control Cabinet Cooler.
8. Tighten the lock nut on the pressure switch adjusting screw.
9. Replace the protective cover.
6.2.14 AUTOMATIC TWISTER PINION OIL PUMP
The E9700 Tying Machine and Tying Unit are supplied with an automatic twister
pinion oil pump. The pump is operated by a valve that is controlled by the by the
PLC. The oil pump is used to automatically oil the twister pinion journal bearings.
Oval International® recommends using an ISO 32 grade oil. A list of recommended
oils can be found in section 7.4 of this manual.
Priming the Twister Pinion Oil Pump.
1. Fill the pump with suitable oil ISO 32 grade oil. ( A list of recommended oils is
located in section 7.4 of this manual)
2. Connect the tying machine to the air supply.

3. Disconnect the oil line from pump at the tee connection located at the twister.
4. On the pneumatic manifold locate the valve that controls the oil pump. It should
be the 2nd valve from the left hand side of the manifold.
5. Locate the manual override button on the valve located on the top of the valve.
6. Press and release the manual override button. Repeat the process until oil starts to
come out of the tubing at the tee connection.
7. Reconnect the tubing at the tee connection.
8. From the touch screen open the twister head.
9. Again press and release the manual override button on the valve until oil appears
at both the twister pinion bearing journals. When oil appears at the bearing
journals the system has been primed and is ready for operation.
6.2.15 TWISTER PINION OIL PUMP DELIVERY ADJUSTMENT
In normal operation the Automatic Twister Pinion Oil pump should cycle once every
1000 wires tied.
The pump stroke adjustment is preset at the factory. The stroke adjustment screw is
located on top of the pump housing. The top of the adjusting screw should be level
with the 2cc mark located on the pump mounting bracket. To adjust the stroke
delivery screw use the following procedure.
1. Locate the pump stroke adjustment screw.

2. Loosen the lock nut.
3. Turn the adjustment screw until the top of the screw is in line with the 2cc witness
mark located on the pump mounting bracket.
4. Tighten the locking nut.
6.3 COMPACTOR STATION ADJUSTMENTS
THE OVAL INTERNATIONAL® UNITYER® IS AN INTEGRAL

PART OF AN AUTOMATED BALING SYSTEM. AS SUCH, IT INTERACTS WITH
OTHER MACHINES IN THE SYSTEM IN A CONTROLLED FASHION. CARE
MUST BE TAKEN WHEN ADJUSTING ANY SWITCH OR SENSOR TO PREVENT
AN UNEXPECTED OR UNCONTROLLED START.

TEMPORARY WIRING, AIR LINES, AND OIL SPILLS MAY BE

PRESENT DURING MAINTENANCE; BE CAREFUL NOT TO TRIP.

THE PNEUMATIC WIRE GUIDES MOVE AUTOMATICALLY
DURING OPERATION, AND COULD PINCH OR CRUSH ANY BODY PART
CAUGHT BY A SUDDEN MOVEMENT. HOWEVER, THEY ARE LOCATED
WELL WITHIN THE DESIGNATED DANGER ZONE. STAY OUT OF THE
DANGER ZONE WHEN OPERATING THE MACHINE.
THE MECHANICAL WIRE GUIDES/TENSION CONTROL

MOVE AUTOMATICALLY DURING OPERATION, AND COULD PINCH OR
CRUSH ANY BODY PART CAUGHT BY A SUDDEN MOVEMENT. HOWEVER, IT
IS LOCATED WELL WITHIN THE DESIGNATED DANGER ZONE. STAY OUT
OF THE DANGER ZONE WHEN OPERATING THE MACHINE.
USE SAFETY EQUIPMENT WHEN WORKING NEAR THE TOP OF

THE MACHINE.
6.3.1. PUMP COMPENSATOR PRESSURE (See Figure 6.3.1)
The normal setting of the pump compensator depends on the machine configuration and
the required compactor forces. This will be determined during the machine startup by
the Oval International® Service Representative. Any adjustments to the pump
compensator shall be made by an Oval International® Service Representative or
authorized maintenance personnel. The pressure setting is measured by starting the
hydraulic power unit and reading the system pressure on the gage that is located on the
hydraulic manifold. The system pressure should be set to 14 bars (200 PSI) below the
system relief pressure, which is not to exceed 207 bars (3,000 PSI). The pressure is
adjusted by turning the adjustment screw located on the pump compensator. Turning
the screw clockwise increases the pressure. (See figure 6.3.1)
NOTE: IF YOU ARE UNSURE ABOUT MAKING AN ADJUSTMENT TO THE

PUMP COMPENSATOR PRESSURE, PLEASE CONTACT OVAL
INTERNATIONAL® FIRST!

6.3.2 COMPACTOR FORCE (See Figure 6.3.1)
The force applied by the Top Compactors is controlled by the Pressure Reducing
Valve (PRV) located on the end of the manifold below the Top Compactor Valve
(TCV) (see Figure 6.8). The compactor force will be determined at the time the
machine is installed. Side Compactor force is determined by system pressure and is
not independently adjustable. Adjustments to the Top compactor PRV must be made
by an Oval International® service representative or authorized maintenance personnel.

SEE "SAFETY PRECAUTIONS" AND "MAINTENANCE SECTIONS"
FOR THE PROPER PROCEDURES. OBSERVE ALL SAFETY WARNINGS.
THE UNITYER® HAS TO BE OPERATING TO ADJUST THIS SWITCH.

BE SURE NO PERSONNEL ARE IN THE DANGER ZONE BEFORE PROCEDING.
Compactor force is set by the following steps:
1. Start the hydraulic power unit as described in section 4.4.

2. Loosen the PRV valve stem locking nut.
3. Turn the valve stem until the proper pressure is obtained. The pressure is read
on the gauge adjacent to the Top Compactor Valve (TCV) (see Figure 6.9).
When facing the valve, turn the stem clockwise
4. Securely tighten the valve stem lock nut.
The following pressure setting will produce the following Top Compactor forces:
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE: COMPACTOR FORCE:
TOP COMPACTOR SIDE COMPACTOR
NEWTONS POUNDS NEWTONS POUNDS

BARS PSI
40 580 20824 4682 3772 848
60 870 31237 7023 5658 1272
80 1160 41649 9364 7543 1696
100 1450 52061 11704 9429 2120
120 1740 62473 14045 11315 2544
140 2031 72922 16394 13208 2969
160 2321 83334 18735 15093 3393
180 2611 93746 21076 16979 3817
200 2901 104158 23417 18865 4241
207 3002 107785 24232 19522 4389
THE TOP COMPACTOR IS MOVED BY HYDRAULIC FORCE.

BEWARE OF HYDRAULIC FLUID THAT MAY LEAK FROM THE COMPACTOR
CYLINDERS. SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
HAZARD.
IF A HYDRAULIC HOSE BREAKS, THE TOP COMPACTOR

COULD SUDDENLY DESCEND; STAY CLEAR OF THE MACHINE!

6.3.3 TOP COMPACTOR CLOSED SWITCH (TCCS) (See Figure 6.3.1)
The Top Compactor Closed Switch (TCCS) is located on the front of the manifold
just below the top compactor valve. (See Figure 6.3.1) The purpose of this switch is
to initiate the tensioning cycle after the top compactor has completed compacting a
unit. This pressure switch should be set to actuate at 200 PSI below the Top
Compactor PRV setting. This switch is to be adjusted by an Oval International®
Service Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.
THE UNITYER® HAS TO BE OPERATING TO ADJUST

THIS SWITCH. BE SURE NO PERSONNEL ARE IN THE DANGER ZONE
BEFORE PROCEDING.
Adjustment of the Top Compactor Closed Switch is made by the following steps:
1. Start the hydraulic power unit as described in section 4.5.

2. Set the machine to manual mode.
3. Adjust the compactor relief valve to 14 bars (200 PSI) below the desired
compactor force setting. Adjustment of this valve is described in section 6.3.2
“Compactor Force”.
4. Press and hold the Top Compactor “CLOSE” button located on the
“COMPACTOR POPUP” screen. This will allow the top compactor cylinders to
fully retract.
5. Removed the cover on the end of the TCCS Switch to access the adjusting
screw.
6. While monitoring the TCCS input in the control panel, or indicator light on the
TCCS, turn the adjusting screw until the TCCS indicator light is illuminated.
(Refer to the Wiring Schematic for the Top Compactor Closed Switch address
location).
7. Cycle the top compactor up and down to the travel limits to ensure the switch is
properly set.
8. Adjust the compactor relief valve back to its original setting and secure the
valve stem with the lock nut.


6.3.4 TOP COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCH (TCOS) (See Figure 5.1B)
The Top Compactor Open Switch (TCOS) is mounted on the entry frame column
above the Hydraulic Unit and Control Enclosure. The purpose of this switch is to
determine the upper stop position for the Top Compactor. The upper stop position
can be easily changed, to suit the unit size, by loosening the two adjustment knobs
and moving the switch up or down to suit the unit size. The target for this switch is
the cable carrier mounting bracket which is mounted to the entry side Top Compactor
end plate. Adjusting the switch vertically will not affect the sensing gap between the
target and the proximity switch.

THIS SWITCH IS LOCATED NEAR THE TOP OF THE

®
UNITYER . USE A LADDER OR OTHER MEANS TO ACCESS THE SWITCH. DO
NOT STAND ON THE HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT.
If it becomes necessary to adjust the sensing gap, the adjustment is made by the
following steps:
1. Move the Top Compactor to the open position to ensure the target is aligned
with the proximity switch.
5. Gently screw the proximity switch(s) in toward the proximity switch target until
there is a 8mm (.313”) gap between the switch face and the arch.
6. Tighten the switch mount clamp screw.

6.3.5 SIDE COMPACTOR CLOSED SWITCH (SCCS) (See Figure 6.3.1)
The Side Compactor Closed Switch (SCCS) is located on the front of the manifold
just below the Side Compactor Valve. The purpose of this switch is to initiate the top
compactor cycle following the completion of the side compactor cycle. This pressure
switch should be set to trip at 14 bars (200 PSI) below the system pressure setting.
This switch must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service Representative or
authorized maintenance personnel.

THE UNITYER® HAS TO BE OPERATING TO ADJUST THIS
SWITCH. BE SURE NO PERSONNEL ARE IN THE DANGER ZONE BEFORE
PROCEDING.
Adjustment of the Side Compactor Closed Switch is made by the following steps:
1. Start the hydraulic power unit as described in section 4.5

2. Set the machine to manual mode and conveyor to manual mode.
3. Adjust the system pressure to 14 bars (200 PSI) below the desired compactor
force setting. Adjustment of this valve is described in section 6.3.1 “Pump
Compensator Pressure”
4. With the machine in manual mode, press and hold the Side Compactor
“CLOSE” Button located on the “COMPACTOR POPUP” screen. This will
allow the side compactor cylinder to fully retract.
5. Remove the cover on the end of the SCCS Switch to access the adjusting screw.
6. While monitoring the SCCS input in the control panel, or the indicator light on
the SCCS, turn the adjusting screw until the SCCS indicator light is illuminated.
(Refer to the Wiring Schematic for the Side Compactor Closed address
location).
7. Actuate the side compactor out and back into the travel limit to insure that the
switch is properly set.
8. Adjust the pump compensator back to its original setting as described in section
“Pump Compensator Adjustment” and secure the lock nut.

6.3.6 SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCHES (SCO1S, SCO2S)(See Figure 6.3.6)
The Side Compactor Open Switches (SCO1S, SCO2S) are mounted on the top beam of
the main frame. The purpose of these switches is to determine the outward stop position
for the Side Compactors. The targets for these switches are the side compactor carriages.
If it becomes necessary to adjust the sensing gap, the adjustment is made by the following
steps:

1. Move the Side Compactors to the open position to ensure the target is aligned
with the proximity switch.

5. Gently screw the proximity switch in toward the proximity switch target until
there is an 8mm (.313”) gap between the switch face and the target.
7. Reconnect the switch power cable

6.3.7 SIDE COMPACTOR SPEED (See Figure 6.3.1)
The side compactor speed is controlled with two (2) flow control valves located
below the Side Compactor Valve on the back of the manifold. (See figure 6.3.1) The
speed of the side compactors must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or by authorized maintenance personnel. The side compactor speed is
set at installation and in normal operation should not need readjustment.

.
6.3.8 BALE SENSORS (BES, BXS) (See Figure 5.1B)
The Bale Sensors (BES, BXS) are located on the Entry and Exit Conveyor diagonally
opposite of each other. (See figure 5.1B). They sense units entering the Unityer® and
initiate the compacting and wire tying cycles. The unit enters the Unityer® and
actuates the upstream bale in position switch, allowing the unit to be conveyed and
centered in the Unityer®. The second bale in position switch detects the presence of
the second stack. Both switches must be actuated before the compacting and tying
cycles can start. These switches must be adjusted by an Oval International® Service
Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.

The Bale Sensor is adjusted by the following steps:

4. Lay a straight edge across the conveyor chains and the switch actuator and bring
the switch actuator level with the top of the conveyor chains.

5. Gently screw the proximity switch in towards the actuator flag until there is a
1mm (.040”) gap between the face of the switch and the flag.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct. Do not to exceed
one-half turn.

6.3.9 CONVEYOR CHAIN TENSION ADJUSTMENT (See Figure 6.3.8)
The conveyor chains are driven by two line shaft mounted gearmotors. The Conveyor
Chain tension is adjusted individually by moving the chain support frames. Each
support frame is secured with four mounting bolts and adjusted with an individual
jacking-screw. The conveyor chains do not require alignment under normal operating
conditions. The chain can come out of alignment only if the sprockets slip on their
shafts or if a bearing fails.

The Conveyor Chains are adjusted by the following steps:
2. Turn the main disconnect handles for the Unityer® and adjacent
bale finishing line conveyors to the “OFF” position and physically lock them in
the “OFF” position at the MCC panel. Use the “lock out, tag out” procedure to
ensure that the machines are secured in their off positions.
3. Loosen the jack screw jam nuts.
4. Loosen the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
5. Rotate the jack screws to tension the chain as needed. (Do not over tension the
chains, damage to the machine may occur.)
6. Tighten the appropriate support frame mounting bolts.
7. Tighten the jacking screw jam nuts.
8. Return the machine to normal operation.


6.3.10 CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCHES (ECCS, XCCS) (See Figure 5.1B)
The Conveyor Closed Switches (ECCS, XCCS) are located near the center of the
entry and exit conveyors. These switches are used to verify the conveyor Chain
Pivots are closed. If the Conveyor Chain Pivots are open the machine will be shut
down until the fault can be corrected. These switches must be adjusted by an Oval
International® Service Representative or authorized maintenance personnel.

The Conveyor Closed Switches (ECCS, XCCS) are adjusted by the following steps:

4. Gently screw the proximity switch(s) in towards the conveyor aprons until there
is a 8mm (.313”) gap between the switch face and the proximity switch target
located on the conveyor elevating shaft.
switch counter-clockwise (CCW) until the cable is correct. Do not to exceed
one-half turn.
6.3.11 MOTOR LOCATIONS (See Figure 6.3.10)
DO NOT OPERATE THE E9700 TYING UNIT WITHOUT ALL OF

THE MOTOR TERMINAL BOX COVERS IN PLACE. FOLLOW ALL
MAINTENANCE.
The motors used on the E9700 Compactor Station typically require no adjustments or
maintenance other than periodic gearbox servicing where applicable. Figure 6.3.10
shows the motor location for general orientation purposes.



6.4 WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT (See Figure 6.4)

The Wire Straightener is located on the Coil Carrier. The Wire Straightener should only
require adjustment periodically.
The Wire Straightener is adjusted by the following steps:
1. With a coil of wire installed on the Coil Carrier, thread the Payoff Pulleys as described in
Section 4.3
2. Open wire enclosure door.
3. Loosen the jam nut located and the roller mounting screw on the center roller of the Wire
Straightener.
4. Adjust the jack screw until the roll just touches the wire. Apply 2 complete turns to the
jack screw.
5. Tighten the jack screw nut and the roller mounting screw.
6. By hand, pull 2 or 3 meters of wire from the coil carrier.
7. Cut the wire were it exits the Wire Straightener and lay the cut wire on the floor.
8. Measure the curvature in the wire the wire should be straight within 10cm per 1 Meter of
length.
9. Repeat steps 1 through 7 to achieve the desired results.
10. Close wire enclosure door.
Note: DO NOT apply excessive force to the wire from the Wire Straightener, as the wire can
be reformed into a coil by the Wire Straightener. In addition, excessive force from the Wire
Straightener will create drag in the Wire Payoff and cause the Unityer® to labor.

LOCATING
LATCH
TYING
UNIT
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR
CHAIN
PIVOTS
CHAIN
PIVOT
LEVER
FIGURE 6.2.1
REMOVING THE TYING UNIT
FROM THE COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR

ADJUST SWITCH FLUSH
WITH MOUNTING BAR
JAM NUT
MOUNTING BAR
FSS
TWISTER HEAD
FIGURE 6.2.2
FSS ADJUSTMENT

TCS
TARGET
JAM NUT
TCS
JAM NUT
TWNHS
1.5MM (0.060”)
(TYPICAL FOR
BOTH SENSORS)
TWISTER HEAD
TWNHS TARGET
(EJECTOR CAM)
FIGURE 6.2.3
TCS AND TWNHS ADJUSTMENTS

FIGURE 6.2.8
FEED AND TENSION NIP WHEEL FORCE ADJUSTMENT

FIGURE 6.2.9
WIRE LUBRICATOR ADJUSTMENT

GRAVITY
LATCH
TYING
UNIT
CHAIN
PIVOTS
COMPACTOR / CONVEYOR
FIGURE 6.2.10
INSTALLING THE TYING UNIT
INTO THE COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR

FIGURE 6.2.11A
TWISTER HEAD PINION POSITION

FIXED TWISTER
COVER
MOVING TWISTER
COVER
FIGURE 6.2.11B

TWISTER PINION SLOT
STRAIGHT UP WHEN
TWISTER HEAD IS
OPEN
FIGURE 6.2.11C

FIGURE 6.2.12
TYING UNIT MOTOR LOCATIONS

FIGURE 6.2.13
AIR PRESSURE SUFFICIENT SWITCH

TOP COMPACTOR CHECK VALVE
TOP COMPACTOR PRV

TOP COMPACTOR VALVE
SIDE
COMPACTOR
VALVE
COOLER
RE-CIRCULATING
PUMP COMPENSATOR
VALVE
ADJUSTMENT
TOP COMPACTOR
CLOSED SWITCH
SIDE COMPACTOR
CLOSED SWITCH
SIDE
COMPACTOR
FLOW
SYSTEM PRESSURE CONTROLS
PRV
FIGURE 6.3.1
HYDRAULIC UNIT

SWITCH
MOUNT
CLAMP
8mm (.313”) GAP
SIDE
COMPACTOR
OPEN
SWITCH
SIDE
COMPACTOR
CARRIAGE
FIGURE 6.3.6
SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN SWITCHES
(SC01S & SC02S)

JAM NUT
JACKING
SCREW
MOUNTING
SCREWS (4)
FIGURE 6.3.8
CONVEYOR CHAIN ADJUSTMENT

COOLER FAN
MOTOR
(CFM)
ENTRY
CONVEYOR
MOTOR
(ECM)
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
MOTOR
(HPM)
EXIT
CONVEYOR
MOTOR
(XCM)
FIGURE 6.3.10
COMPACTOR/CONVEYOR MOTOR LOCATIONS

FIGURE 6.4
WIRE STRAIGHTENER ADJUSTMENT

7.0 MAINTENANCE
7.1. GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient and trouble-free
service for many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully
considered to ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our
engineering and manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure consistently high quality.
As with any powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of personal injury or
equipment damage if appropriate precautions are not taken. The safety section and safety
precautions in other related sections of this manual must be read and understood before
attempting installation, operation, maintenance, or removal of the E9700 Unityer®. The
safety section details the inherent risks and general safety considerations associated with the
operation and maintenance of this machine. Failure to follow the precautions could result in
personal injury or equipment damage,. All operations and maintenance personnel must be
trained by Oval International® in the proper handling, operation, and maintenance of this
machine. Oval International® will provide a certificate of completion to the maintenance
personnel, who attended the training provided by Oval International®. This certificate will be
kept on file at Oval International®
7.1.1. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols that correspond with warning symbols displayed in the vicinity of
the Unityer® are used throughout this manual. They indicate situations that require
extra attention during Unityer® installation, operation, maintenance, or de-installation.
Observe the associated precautions carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous
situations.
7.1.2. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
In order to protect personnel from the generally noisy environment around the
Unityer®, adequate hearing protection must be worn. The Unityer® uses steel wire to
secure units of pulp. Because sharp wire ends present a hazard, adequate eye
protection must be worn at all times when working on or near the machine.
BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE

UNITYER®, ENSURE THAT NO UNITS CAN BE CONVEYED INTO THE
UNITYER® FROM UPSTREAM OR DOWNSTREAM EQUIPMENTAND VERIFY
THAT THE UNITYER® IS SHUT DOWN. WHILE THE UNITYER® IS IN THE
AUTOMATIC MODE, UNITS ENTERING THE MACHINE PRESENT A
POTENTIALLY LIFE THREATENING HAZARD FOR PERSONNEL WORKING
AROUND THE MACHINE.

7.2. “LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURE.
The Unityer® operation is fully automated. Any inattention while close to the Unityer® could
result in personal injury or equipment damage. The Unityer® may start or cycle without
warning! Precautions must also be taken to prevent units from being automatically conveyed
into the Unityer® when it is out of service. Shutting down the Unityer® does not necessarily
prevent other equipment in the bale finishing line from operation! For all maintenance
activities not requiring the Unityer® to be in operation, a "lock out, tag out" procedure
applies. All personnel working on or around the Unityer® during installation must be
qualified for their position. All local laws and Mill mandated “lock out, tag out”
requirements that meet or exceed this procedure must be strictly adhered too.
“Lock out, tag out” procedure:
1. Ensure no units can be conveyed into the Unityer®.

2. Press the red stop button on the control panel.
3. Turn the Main Power Disconnect to “OFF”.
4. Lock the Main Power Disconnect in the “OFF” position.
5. Tag the main panel with a sign "MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES IN PROGRESS"
To re-establish the normal Unityer® operation, reverse the “lock out, tag out” procedure, and
follow the instructions as shown in section 4.0 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
BEFORE WORKING AROUND OR STARTING THE

UNITYER , ENSURE NO UNITS CAN BE CONVEYED INTO THE UNITYER®
®
FROM UPSTREAM OR DOWNSTREAM EQUIPMENT. ENSURE THE MACHINE

IS SHUT DOWN AND SECURED IN ITS OFF POSITION. FLOW OF PRODUCT
INTO THE MACHINE AND THE AUTOMATIC TYING CYCLE OF THE
UNITYER® REPRESENT A LIFE THREATENING DANGER FOR ANYONE
WORKING ON OR AROUND THE UNITYER®.
USE LIFTING EQUIPMENT WHEN PERFORMING MAINTENANCE

ON HEAVY COMPONENTS.
7.3. HYDRAULIC UNIT
7.3.1. PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when operating or maintaining

this machine.


3. Inspect all connections, hoses and fittings on a regular basis.
4. Clean hydraulic system fluid spillage as needed.
ENSURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS ARE CORRECTLY

ASSEMBLED BEFORE OPERATING THE UNITYER® AT SYSTEM PRESSURE.
7.3.2 HYDRAULIC FLUID
The following hydraulic fluids are recommended for use with the Oval International®
E9700 Unityer®:
• American - Rykon 31
• Mobil - DTE 25
• Texaco - Rando HD B
• Exxon – Nuto H46
The use of these fluids is highly recommended; however, other fluids may be used if
they have a viscosity of 100 SSU at temperatures ranging from 57°C to 60°C (135° F
to 140°F). It is essential that the fluid be kept clean and free of contaminants. The
filter should be checked by observing the indicator on top of the filter housing;
replace the filter when required. The fluid should be checked regularly to insure that it
is free from water or foam. The presence of foam indicates air leaking into the system.
Intake piping to the pump should be checked for tightness. The presence of water is
indicated by a milky appearing fluid. The fluid level should be checked daily and
new fluid added when necessary. Recommended fluid operating temperature is
37.7°C to 54.4°C (100°F to 130°F).
7.3.3. HYDRAULIC PUMP
To insure proper operation of the pump, the recommendations made relative to the
hydraulic fluid in paragraph 7.3.2 should be strictly adhered to.
Additional information concerning the pump and its maintenance can be obtained by
referring to the manufacture’s data sheets appended to this manual.

ENSURE THAT ALL COMPONENTS ARE CORRECTLY ASSEMBLED
BEFORE OPERATING THE UNITYER® AT SYSTEM PRESSURE.
7.4. LUBRICANTS FOR THE UNITYER®
The following products are suitable lubricating oils for maintenance of the Unityer®.
Manufacture Lubricating Oils
ISO 32 (SAE 10W) ISO 68 (SAE 20) ISO 100 (SAE 30)
BP Energol HLP 32 Energol HLP 68 Energol HLP 100
Chevron Tegra Fluid 32 Tegra Fluid 68 Tegra Fluid 100
Exxon Tersesstic SHP 32 Tersesstic SHP 68 Tersesstic SHP 100
Shell Omala RL 32 Omala RL 68 Omala RL 100
7.4.1 LUBRICANTS FOR THE WIRE OILER
For the best results Oval International® recommends lubricating the wire using, CRC
Industries Inc. Part Number: 2-26® Multi-Purpose Precision Lubricant. However
other oils will work.
If CRC 2-26 is not available in your area Oval International®, recommends using a
Petroleum Distillate Oil (White Petroleum Distillate) with a viscosity equal to or less
than 22 Centistokes @ 40°C. It is not recommended to use an oil that contains
additives or enhancers.
Other Oils that have been used successfully are:
WD-40 Company, Part Number: WD-40®

LPS Laboratories, Part Number: LPS-1 Greaseless Lubricant
WD-40 Company, Part Number: 3-IN-ONE Multi-Purpose Oil
White Petroleum Distillate Oil (Baby Oil)
7.4.2 LUBRICANTS FOR THE AUTOMATIC TWISTER OIL PUMP
For best results Oval International® recommends an ISO 32 weight (SAE 10W) oil in
the oil pump reservoir. A list of recommended lubricants is located in section 7.4
Lubricants for the Unityer. ®
7.4.3 LUBRICANTS FOR GEARMOTORS
Oval International® recommends using oils and lubricants per the requirements of
SEW Eurodrive for the specific application.

7.5 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED EACH 8 HOUR SHIFT
MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY SAFETY WARNING
Feed and tension unit Clean the feed and tension unit by opening the FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO THE
feed and tension unit doors and blowing air EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
around the feed rolls, accumulator wheel and PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
guides to clear the feed and tension unit of all
debris. Wipe down machine to remove any oil
deposits.
Twister head Blow all debris from the twister head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO THE
adjacent parts. Special attention should be given EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
to the stop switch and gripper area. PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
Hydraulic fluid level Check the hydraulic fluid level by observing the SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
sight gage on the side of the reservoir. Replenish SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
with one of the fluid listed in section 7.3.2 as MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
needed. BEFORE SERVICING.
General House Keeping. Clean the machine of all debris and fluid. STAY CLEAR OF THE MACHINE WHEN THE
MACHINE IS OPERATING. THE MACHINE
OPERATES AUTOMATICALLY PERSONAL
INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE COULD OCCUR IF
BODY PARTS ARE TRAPPED IN THE
MACHINE.
Oil Level in Wire Lubricator. Check the oil level in the Wire Lubricator by
opening the Feed and Tension Unit door. Check
the oil level in the mist lubricator bowl.
Replenish with the recommended oil listed in
Section 7.4.1.

7.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED WEEKLY
Track screws Clean the track screws with compressed air and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO THE
lubricate with a few drops of SAE No. 20 oil. EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
Apply the oil to the track screw on the shoulder PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
that supports the track.
Feed and tension unit Clean the feed and tension unit by opening the FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
feed and tension unit door and blowing THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
compressed air around the feed rolls and guides PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
to clear the feed and tension unit of all debris.
Twister head Blow all debris from the Twister Head guides and FLYING DEBRIS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
adjacent parts with compressed air. Special THE EYES. WEAR EYE AND HEARING
attention should be given to the stop switch and PROTECTION AT ALL TIMES.
gripper area.
Feed stop switch (FSS) Check the feed stop switch and re-adjust if BE CAREFUL OF PINCH POINTS WHEN
necessary as described in section. OPENING AND CLOSING THE
CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS.
Check for loose screws. Check the following places for screws that have SECURE AND PROPERLY USE LADDERS,
loosened due to vibration or improper tightening. SCAFFOLDING AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS.
1. Bolts on top compactor swivel eye. IMPROPER USE OF SUCH DEVICES CAN
2. Bolts on side compactor swivel eye. CREATE A FALLING HAZARD.

7.7 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED MONTHLY
Equalizing shaft gears and rack Grease the equalizing shaft gears and rack gears SECURE AND PROPERLY USE LADDERS,
gears with a minimum amount of grease selected from SCAFFOLDING AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS.
list in section 7.4. Apply the grease to the gears IMPROPER USE OF SUCH DEVICES CAN
and raise and lower the top compactor to CREATE A FALLING HAZARD.
distribute the grease. Do not over grease these
gears.
Fluid filter Replace the fluid filter on the hydraulic power SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
unit. SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
BEFORE SERVICING.
Air Breather Check the air breather and replace if necessary.
Hydraulic hose connections Check for loose and/or leaking hoses and SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
connectors. Tighten or repair as needed. SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
BEFORE SERVICING.
Automatic Lubrication System Check the oil level in the Automatic Lubrication SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
System reservoir and refill as required. HAZARD.

7.8 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED QUARTERLY
Hydraulic power unit Change the fluid filter. Replenish oil as SPILLED HYDRAULIC FLUID CAN CREATE A
necessary. Select and use a hydraulic fluid from SLIPPING HAZARD. THE HYDRAULIC FLUID
the list in section 7.3.2 Test oil for cleanliness MAY BE HOT. ALLOW THE FLUID TO COOL
and replace if necessary. BEFORE SERVICING.
7.9 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED YEARLY

Conveyor Gearmotors Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
motor bearings as described in the manufactures HAZARD. THE OIL MAY BE HOT. ALLOW
data sheets appended to this manual. THE OIL TO COOL BEFORE SERVICING.
Feed and Tension Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
Accumulator Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING
Twister Head Gearmotor Change the oil in the gear box and lubricate the SPILLED OIL CAN CREATE A SLIPPING

7.10 MAINTENANCE REQUIRED PERIODICALLY
Tension conveyor chains Tension entry and exit conveyor chains as BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE
®
needed to maintain tension and alignment. Refer UNITYER CONVEYORS, ENSURE THAT NO
to section 6.3.8 in this manual. Replace conveyor UNITS CAN BE CONVEYED INTO THE
®
chains when needed. UNITYER FROM UPSTREAM OR
DOWNSTREAM BALE FINISHING LINE
®
EQUIPMENT. ALSO VERIFY THE UNITYER
IS SHUT DOWN
ENSURE THAT THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT"

PROCEDURES ARE USED, DURING ANY
WORK DONE TO THE ENTRY AND EXIT
®
CONVEYORS ON THE UNITYER
Machine wiring. Replace and/or repair any wiring that has become DAMAGED OR WORN ELECTRICAL WIRING
frayed, damaged or worn. CAN LEAD TO ELECTRIC SHOCK.

8.0 TROUBLE SHOOTING
8.1. INTRODUCTION
Before trouble shooting, read chapters "SAFETY PRECAUTIONS" and

"MAINTENANCE". Adjustments made to the Unityer® settings must be performed by
trained and authorized personnel. Ensure the area is clear before restarting the
Unityer®.
ENSURE THAT THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT" PROCEDURES

ARE USED, DURING ANY WORK DONE TO THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT OF
THE UNITYER®.
To track any Unityer® malfunctions, a maintenance log should be kept. The log should
list the following information.
1. The date of problem occurrence.

2. A description of the encountered problem.
3. Pertinent machine settings at the time the problem occurred and any settings, which seem
to manifest a problem.
4. Any corrective actions taken.
If a pattern problem becomes evident, please inform Oval International® and provide
recorded log information.
The following Trouble Shooting Chart is provided to assist maintenance personnel in the
identification and correction of problems that may occur with the E9700 Unityer®. If
problems persist or cannot be resolved contact the Oval International® Service Department
for assistance.

SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE(S) PROBLEM SITUATION SOLUTION
8.2 FAILS TO GRIP Wire or debris has lodged If a piece of wire or debris becomes Shut the Unityer® off and clear the
WIRE between the gripper and the wire lodged between the gripper and the wire gripper area of the debris.
guide. guide the gripper will not be able to grip
the wire and the wire will tension back
into the accumulator.
Worn or broken gripper. If the gripper is worn or broken it may Rotate the gripper to another one of the
not grip the wire securely and the wire four gripping surfaces or replace the
will tension back into the accumulator. gripper as needed.
8.3 FAILS TO Track springs excessively tight With excessively tightened track springs, Adjust the track spring adjusting nuts
TENSION WIRE the wire cannot pull out of the track to to allow the track to open properly.
tighten around the unit.
Incorrectly set Top Compactor If the Top Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Top Compactor Closed
Closed Switch TCCS. (TCCS) is incorrectly set, the controller Switch (TCCS).
will not receive a completion of cycle
signal from the (TCCS) and the machine
will not tension.
The Nip Wheel Pulse Switches If the Nip Wheel Pulse Switches Adjust the Nip Wheel Pulse Switches
(NWP1S, NWP2S) are not (NWP1S, NWP2S) are out of adjustment, (NWP1S, NWP2S)
properly adjusted or have the wire will be knotted with the wire not
malfunctioned fully tensioned around the bale.
© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL®–

8.4 FAILS TO TWIST Wire or debris lodged in the If a piece of wire or debris becomes Shut down the Unityer® and clear the
OR DOES NOT twister pinion or idler gear teeth. lodged in the twister pinion or idler wire or debris from the twister head.
COMPLETE TWIST gears, the twister pinion will jam, failing
to complete the twist cycle.
Lack of lubricant on the twister Lack of lubricant on the twister pinion Ensure the automatic lubrication
pinion journals. journals will cause galling between the system has oil and is functioning
twister pinion and the twister pinion properly.
journals preventing rotation.
Broken or worn twister pinion Extremely worn or broken journals can Replace broken or worn journals.
journals prevent proper twisting of the wire.
8.5 FAILS TO CUT Worn or broken cutter insert. A worn or broken cutter insert will cause Rotate the cutter insert to another of the
WIRE the wire to hook when the wire is cut or eight cutting surfaces or replace it as
will not cut the wire at all. needed.
Worn or broken left hand guide. A worn or broken left hand guide will Replace the left hand guide.
cause the wire to hook when the wire is
cut or will not cut the wire at all.
8.6 FAILS TO FEED Worn or broken cutter. A worn or broken cutter leaves a bur on Rotate the cutter insert to another of
WIRE the wire end possibly causing the wire to the eight cutting surfaces or replace it
jam in the twister or fail to fully feed as needed
around the track.
Twister Closed Switch (TWCS) It the Twister Head is not fully closed, Adjust or replace the TWCS as
is out of adjustment or has the feed sequence will not begin. required.
malfunctioned.

8.7 WIRE BUCKLES The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) has If the feed stop switch has failed or is out Check the Feed Stop Switch (FSS) for
OUT OF THE TRACK failed or is out of adjustment. of adjustment, the wire will continue to proper actuation. Replace broken or
feed at a slow rate causing the wire to worn parts and re-adjust the feed stop
buckle out of the track. switch (FSS).
Loose Track springs. If the nuts that hold the track springs are Replace and adjust worn locking nuts..
too loose, the spring will not have
sufficient force to hold the track closed
when the wire is fed around the track.
This will allow the wire to buckle and/or
escape from the track. The locking nuts
holding the track spring may be worn.
Broken track screws. Broken track screws allow the track to Replace and adjust broken track
freely open. The track cannot contain the screws, springs, and nuts, as needed.
wire as it is fed around the track.
8.8 FAILS TO The Feed Stop Switch (FSS) If the feed stop switch (FSS) is out of Adjust the feed stop switch (FSS).
COMPLETE FEED remains actuated. adjustment, the wire will not feed.
Twister Pinion is not timed If the Twister Pinion is not installed with Time the Twister Pinion as described in
correctly. the slot up when the twister is in home Section 6.2 “Twister Pinion Timing”.
position the wire may jam when feeding.

8.9 UNIT DOES NOT Unityer® not in automatic mode. If the Unityer® is not in automatic mode, Set the Unityer® mode to automatic.
STOP the bale will be conveyed through the
Tying Unit without stopping.
Improperly adjusted Unit If the unit centering timer is not adjusted Adjust the unit centering timer. .
Centering Timer. properly, the unit may convey through
the Unityer® without stopping.
Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received then The bale finishing line control system
properly from the bale finishing the bale will continue without tying must be debugged by qualified
line control system. personnel
8.10 WIRE BREAKS Defective gripper. A defective Gripper can damage the wire Rotate the gripper to another one of the
IN THE KNOT creating a weak spot. Twisting will cause four gripping surfaces or replace the
the wire to break. gripper as needed.
Worn or defective twister pinion. A worn or defective twister pinion may Replace the twister pinion and twister
chafe the wire. Subsequent twisting will pinion journals as required.
break the wire.
Worn or defective right hand or Worn or defective right hand or left hand Replace the worn or defective guides.
left hand guides. guides could chafe the wire. Subsequent
twisting will break the wire.
8.11 WIRE Tying signal is not received If the tying signal is not received at the The bale finishing line control system
IMPROPERLY properly from the bale finishing proper time, the bale will be tied in an must be debugged by qualified
LOCATED line control system. incorrect location. personnel.

8.12 PUMP MOTOR Tripped breaker or overload Check for faulty wiring or overloaded Identify and correct the cause of the
DOES NOT START OR protector. motor. fault. Reset the breaker or overload.
SHUTS DOWN
Twister Pinion is not timed If the Twister Pinion is not installed Time the Twister Pinion as described in
correctly. correctly the wire may be caught Section 6.2, “Twister Pinion Timing”.
between the Twister Pinion and the
moving cover of the fixed cover.
Tripped High FLUID High fluid temperature will shut off the Identify and correct the cause of the
Temperature Switch. hydraulic power unit. Possible causes problem. Restart the system after
include: allowing the fluid to cool.
1. Low fluid
2. Fluid cooler failure
3. Fluid heater temperature set to high
4. Constricted flow in the hydraulic
circuit.
Tripped Low Fluid Switch. The hydraulic power unit will shut off if Locate and repair any leaks. Refill the
the hydraulic fluid is low. hydraulic reservoir with the
recommended hydraulic fluid.
Feed and tension unit doors are Open doors will shut-down the machine Close the doors.
open. and not allow it to start.
Stop button has been pressed. If the stop button is pressed , the machine Reset the stop button to enable the start
will not start. circuit and restart the machine.

8.13 WIRE TENSIONS Incorrectly set Top Compactor If the Top Compactor Closed Switch Adjust Top Compactor Closed Switch
PREMATURELY Closed Switch TCCS. (TCCS) is incorrectly set, the controller (TCCS).
will not receive a completion of cycle
signal from the (TCCS) and the machine
will not tension.
8.14 TOP Side Compactor Closed Switch If the Side Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Side Compactor Closed
COMPACTOR DOES (SCCS) is out of adjustment. (SCCS) is set too high, the top compactor Switch (SCCS)
NOT DESCEND cycle will not start.
8.15 SIDE Side Compactor Closed Switch If the Side Compactor Closed Switch Adjust the Side Compactor Closed
COMPACTOR DOES (SCCS) is out of adjustment. (SCCS) is set too high, the top compactor Switch (SCCS)
NOT COME IN OR IS cycle will not start or will be interrupted.
INTERRUPTED
8.16 CYCLE DOES Bale Entry or Exit switches have If the Bale Entry Switch (BES) has failed Set the machine to manual mode and
NOT START failed or are out of adjustment. or is out of adjustment, the unit will be manually convey the unit out of the
conveyed as far as the Bale Exit Switch Unityer®. Shut the machine off and do
(BXS) and stop. Both the Bale Entry and the following:
Exit Switches (BES,BXS) must be 1. Check the Bale Entry and Exit
actuated to initiate the Unityer® cycle.. Switches (BES, BXS) for
proper actuation
2. Ensure proper switch cable
connection.
3. Adjust switches as necessary.

Improperly staged unit The Unityer® is designed to unitize two If the Unityer® did not receive properly
(2) stacks of pulp bales. If the units are aligned stacks, the problem is upstream
badly misaligned, the unit may not of the Unityer®.
properly actuate the Bale Entry and Exit
Switches. Both the Bale Entry and Exit
Switches (BES,BXS) must be actuated to
initiate the Unityer® cycle.

9.0 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
9.1. WIRE TENSILE TESTING MACHINE
An optional wire testing machine is used to test the strength of the knot and the strength of
the wire for Quality Assurance and Quality Control. For operation and maintenance of this
machine, see the testing machine operating manual that is located in Section 13.0.
“MANUFACTURER’S DATA SHEETS”.
9.2 PUSHER VALVE
An optional pusher valve can be included on E9700 Unityer® Hydraulic Unit to provide
hydraulic power for a unit pusher typically supplied by others. The valve supplied is a 3
position, 4 way valve with 24 VDC solenoids. This valve is typically controlled by the bale
finishing line control system. For operation and maintenance of this valve, see the testing
machine operating manual that is located in Section 13.0. “MANUFACTURERS DATA
SHEETS”.

10.0 E9700 UNITYER® TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONVEYOR: Chain top - powered forward/reverse, 9 meters/minute

(30 feet/minute) standard.
WIRE REQUIRED: Ovalmatic® quality unitizing wire: 3.0mm (.118 in, 11

gauge) diameter.
HYDRAULICS: Self-contained hydraulic power unit using Parker

directional valves and Parker axial piston pump.
COMPACTING FORCES: Top Compactor: 20,909 Kg (46,000 lbs.)

Side Compactor: 3,273 Kg (7,200 lbs.)
ELECTRICAL SERVICE: Tying Machine: 208 to 575VAC, 3PH, 50/60Hz,

5kVA
Compacting Station: 208 to 575VAC, 3PH, 50/60Hz,

20kVA
(excluding conveyor power requirements)
ELECTRICAL MOTORS: Feed/Tension – 3.7kW (5hp) SEW gearmotor
Accumulator - 0.75kW (1hp) SEW gearmotor
Twister head – 1.5kW (2hp) SEW gearmotor
Conveyor drive - Two 1.5kW (2hp), 208 to 575VAC,

3 PH, 50/60 HZ, reversible SEW gearmotors.
Hydraulic unit – 11.2kW (15hp) SEW pump motor

0.4kW (0.5hp) heat exchanger motor
1.5kW tank heater
All motors are supplied with the equipment.
Variable frequency conveyor drives and hydraulic

power unit motor starter are customer supplied.
ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKS: Siemens Profibus is standard. Allen Bradley

ControlNet or discrete I/O interlocks are optional.
ELECTRICAL CONTROL: Siemens S7 series PLC with B&R Power Panel 100
HMI is standard. Allen Bradley ControlLogix PLC
with PanelView Plus touchscreen is optional. Control
voltage is 24VDC. Tying Station motors are controlled
by Kebco closed loop motion control drives.

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS: All components are CE/UL/CSA recognized.
Environmental sealing to IP55 (NEMA 12) standards.
ELECTRICAL WIRING: Proximity switch wiring – 0.64 to 1.02mm diameter

(22 to 18AWG) stranded cable
Standard wiring – 1.02mm diameter (18 AWG)
stranded
Primary wiring – 2.05mm diameter (12 AWG)
stranded
COOLING: Air/oil standard (water/oil optional)
PNEUMATICS: Required for auto air blast, electrical enclosure cooling,

wire tension controls and wire guides. 5.5 to 6.9
Bar, 1,132 liters/minute (80-100 PSIG, 40CFM).
Minimum filtration requirements: particulate
filtration to 5 Microns with moisture removal and oil
removal to 1PPM. Instrument air is strongly
recommended where available.
MACHINE DATA:
WEIGHT: Tying Station: 1180 Kg (2600 lbs)

Compacting Station: 10,890 Kg (23,960 lbs)
- including hydraulic unit.
OVERALL HEIGHT: 3845mm (151in) standard at 585mm (23in) minimum

height (overall height determined by unit size and
conveyor height)
OVERALL WIDTH: 6137mm (242in) – with tying unit engaged
CONVEYOR GAP: 1372mm (54in)
CONVEYOR HEIGHT: 585mm (23in) minimum
COMPACTOR OPENING: Top: 2336mm (92in) up, 889mm (35in) down,
Side: 2057mm (81in) out, 991mm (39in) in.
*NOTE: Standard compactor openings are shown, other openings are

available to meet customer requirements.
Components listed are Oval International® standards, however, specifications are subject to
change without notice.

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE: COMPACTOR FORCE:
TOP COMPACTOR SIDE COMPACTOR
NEWTON POUND NEWTON

BARS PSI S S S POUNDS
40 580 20824 4682 3772 848
60 870 31237 7023 5658 1272
80 1160 41649 9364 7543 1696
100 1450 52061 11704 9429 2120
120 1740 62473 14045 11315 2544
140 2031 72922 16394 13208 2969
160 2321 83334 18735 15093 3393
180 2611 93746 21076 16979 3817
200 2901 104158 23417 18865 4241
207 3002 107785 24232 19522 4389
Components listed are Oval International® standards, however, specifications are subject to
change without notice.

11.0 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION.
11.1. INTRODUCTION.
The E9700 Unityer® has been designed to provide safe, efficient, and trouble-free service for
many years. Component design and material selection have been carefully considered to
ensure operator safety, ease of operation, and machine longevity. Our engineering and
manufacturing procedures are designed to ensure a consistently high quality. As with any
powered and automated machine, however, there is a risk of personal injury or equipment
damage if appropriate precautions are not taken. You must carefully read and fully
understand the safety section and related safety precautions in other sections of this manual
before installing the E9700 Unityer®. The safety sections detail inherent risks and general
safety considerations associated with the operation and maintenance of this machine. Failure
to follow the precautions could result in equipment damage, personal injury, and/or loss of
life. All installation personnel must be trained and qualified for their positions.
OVAL INTERNATIONAL® SUPPLIES ONLY THE TYING EQUIPMENT.

THE SUPPLIER OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
OVERALL GUARDING OF THE SYSTEM
THIS MACHINE IS PART OF AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM AND IS NOT

TO BE OPERATED INDEPENDENTLY.
OVAL INTERNATIONAL® REQUIRES AN INTERLOCK IN THE BALE

LINE CONTROL SYSTEM THAT PREVENTS THE ADJACENT CONVEYOR
FROM OPERATING IF THE TYING MACHINE CONVEYOR IS OPEN. THE
SYSTEM INTEGRATOR (NOT OVAL INTERNATIONAL®) IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
PROVIDING THE INTERLOCKS.
11.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.
Warning symbols found in this manual and on the Unityer® indicate situations that require
extra attention during installation of the machine. Observe the associated precautions
carefully as they indicate potentially hazardous situations.
11.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.
Pictograms are placed in close proximity of the machine to remind personnel potential
hazards.

CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE
FOLLOWING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS BEFORE SETTING UP OR OPERATING
THE E9700 UNITYER®. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS MAY
RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE.
THE UNITYER® OPERATION IS FULLY AUTOMATED. ANY

PERSONAL INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE. THE UNITYER® MAY START
OR CYCLE WITHOUT WARNING ! PRECAUTIONS MUST ALSO BE TAKEN TO
PREVENT UNITS FROM BEING AUTOMATICALLY CONVEYED INTO THE
UNITYER® WHEN IT IS NOT IN SERVICE. SHUTTING DOWN THE UNITYER®
DOES NOT NECESSARILY PREVENT THE UPSTREAM OR DOWNSTREAM
EQUIPMENT IN THE BALE FINISHING LINE FROM OPERATING. FOR ALL
INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES NOT REQUIRING THE UNITYER® TO BE IN
OPERATION A "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT" PROCEDURE APPLIES (SEE THE
"MAINTENANCE" SECTION OF THIS MANUAL). ALL OPERATORS AND
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL WORKING ON OR AROUND THE UNITYER®
DURING INSTALLATION MUST BE QUALIFIED FOR THEIR POSITION.
11.4. MECHANICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on this machine.
1. Never work on the machine when the pump motor is running.
2. Stay clear of the bundle opening when the machine is in the automatic mode.
3. The use of suitable eye protection is required when working near this machine.
4. Stay clear of the wire and wire coil when the Unityer® is operating in the
automatic mode.
5. The use of suitable hearing protection is required when working near this
machine.
6. The use of suitable foot protection is required when working near this
machine.
7. THE ENDS OF THE WIRE MAY BE SHARP AND THE

TYING WIRE FREQUENTLY HAS SHARP SLIVERS THAT COULD CAUSE
INJURY. ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES AND USE EYE PROTECTION WHEN
HANDLING THE WIRE TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY.
8. DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE WITHOUT GUARDS IN PLACE.

See Chapters "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
11.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when installing or working on this
machine.
1. Ensure correct voltage and phase is supplied.
2. Verify grounded equipment supplies.
3. Do not operate the equipment in a wet environment.
4. Do not remove plug-in cables with the power supply under load.
5. Do not operate without electrical enclosure covers in place.
6. Cooling fans remain in operation when the doors are open. Keep
body parts out of the fans. Do not touch any exposed wires.
7. Do not operate the machine with the control panel open.

Follow all appropriate Lock – Out, Tag – Out procedures when performing
maintenance.
See Chapter "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.
11.6. PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY
The following safety precautions must be observed when using or working on the
Unityer®.

3. Inspect all connections, hoses, and fittings for proper connection.
4. Check Unityer® operation periodically.
5. Clean oil spillage from the hydraulic system.
6. Ensure that all components are correctly assembled before applying air pressure or
starting the Unityer® hydraulic pump.
See Chapters "OPERATION" and "MAINTENANCE" for additional safety information.

Carefully read and understand the safety sections of the manual before installing
the E9700 Unityer®. The safety sections of this manual identify general safety issues and
inherent risks associated with the E9700 Unityer®. Failure to follow this precaution may
result in personal injury and/or equipment damage. Ensure that there are no units entering
the Unityer® from either direction during installation activities.
11.7 GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION.
Use the hoisting provisions that are provided (see the “General
Arrangement” drawing) for moving the Compactor Station. The Compactor Station and its
components must be moved using a suitable crane. The coil carrier may be moved into
position using a suitable crane or fork lift. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and may be
moved by hand.
Weights:
Compactor Station 10,890 KG (23,960 LBS)

Tying Unit 1,180KG 2,600 LBS
Coil carrier: 450KG (without wire) (1,000 LBS)
PLACE THE UNITYER® AND ITS PARTS ON A ON A FLAT

SURFACE TO ENSURE THERE IS NO TIPPING RISK FOR THE MACHINE OR
ITS PARTS.
USE CRANES AND FORKLIFTS IN A SAFE AND

APPROPRIATE MANNER. ENSURE THAT ALL LIFTING OF THE TYING UNIT
AND ITS COMPONENTS IS DONE IN A SAFE AND RESPONSIBLE MANNER.
FALLING OBJECTS ARE A LIFE THREATENING HAZARD. ALL
INSTALLATION PERSONNEL MUST BE TRAINED AND QUALIFIED.
DO NOT LIFT THE TYING MACHINE BY THE ARCH. IT MAY

COLLAPSE AND FALL.
11.8 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
The E9700 Unityer® is generally installed near the end of an automated bale finishing line.
The top of the conveyor drive chains are usually situated at the same elevation as the
conveying line in which the Unityer® is installed. To raise the Unityer® to the proper
elevation, the machine is usually installed on concrete pedestals that are cast into the floor.
The end user or consulting firm is responsible for the installation of the pedestals and floor
plate for mounting the Unityer®.

The pedestals, floor, and floor plates must support the combined load of the Unityer® and the
product that will be conveyed into the Unityer®. (See the “Floor Construction” drawings for
minimum recommended requirements.). Oval International® does not assume responsibility
for the installation of the floor plates and/or the pedestals.
11.9 INSTALLING THE UNITYER®
The Unityer® is disassembled when it is shipped and must be reassembled once it arrives at
the mill site. To move the Unityer® and its components requires the use of a crane and/or
fork lifts of suitable size. Refer to the individual Assembly and Installation drawings located
in this manual for specific details on the assembly of the machine components.
USE LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS IN A

SAFE AND APPROPRIATE MANNER. ENSURE THAT SUCH DEVICES ARE SET
UP AND SECURED IN SUCH A WAY AS TO PREVENT SLIDING OR FALLING.
UNSECURED LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, AND AERIAL MAN
LIFTS CAN CREATE A LIFE THREATENING HAZARD.
USE CRANES AND FORKLIFTS IN A SAFE AND

APPROPRIATE MANNER. ENSURE THAT ALL LIFTING OF THE UNITYER®
AND ITS COMPONENTS IS DONE IN A SAFE AND RESPONSIBLE MANNER.
FALLING OBJECTS ARE A LIFE THREATENING HAZARD.
The following procedure must be followed for the proper assembly and installation of the
E9700 Unityer®.
1. Install the Unityer® machine base on the pedestals. Bolt the machine base down with the
bolts provided. (See the “Installation” and “Floor Construction” drawings for specific
details).
2. Mount the L.H. vertical columns to the base. (See the “Frame Assembly” for specific
detail)
3. Mount the R.H. vertical columns to the base. (See the “Frame Assembly” drawing for
specific detail).
4. Mount the top beam and side compactor carriages to the columns as a unit. (See the
“Frame Assembly” drawing for specific detail).
5. Securely tighten the bolts holding the top beam, L.H. column, R.H. column and base
together.
6. Lift the side compactors arms into the side compactor carriages and tighten the mounting
bolts securely (See the “Side Compactor” drawing for specific detail).
7. Install the Top Compactor and Top Compactor cylinders. From shipment, the Top
Compactor is resting on the conveyor and is in the proper position for installation. (See
the “Top Compactor Assembly” drawing for specific detail).
8. Install the equalizing shaft pinion gear guards. (See the “Top Compactor Assembly”
drawing for specific detail).

9. Install the Top Compactor “Up” Switch (See the “Frame Assembly” drawing for specific
detail).
STAY CLEAR OF THE EQUIPMENT WHILE HOISTING IS IN

PROGRESS.
SECURE THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS IN "CLOSED"

(DOWN) POSITION. PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CONVEYOR
CHAIN PIVOTS ARE ALLOWED TO FALL CLOSED. KEEP HANDS AND BODY
PARTS CLEAR OF THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS WHEN CLOSING THEM.
11.10 INSTALLING THE COIL CARRIER.
To install the Coil Carrier refer to the General Arrangement, Floor Construction and Coil
Carrier Assembly drawings.
11.11. INSTALLING THE CONTROL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT.
For details on the control panel and field wiring, refer to the “Control
Panel” drawing and the “Field Wiring” drawing. Before any work is done on the Unityer®
electrical circuit, ensure it is disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the "lock
out, tag out" procedure as described in section 7.2 of the maintenance manual. Carefully read
the information on the drawings mentioned above. Wire numbering is to be permanently
installed. The local codes and laws pertaining to electrical installation activities must be
strictly followed. All electrical installation personnel must be trained and authorized.
THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURE (SEE

MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THE MANUAL) MUST BE FOLLOWED FOR ALL
WORK PERFORMED ON THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT OF THE UNITYER®.
HIGH VOLTAGE REPRESENTS A LIFE THREATENING DANGER.

12.0 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION.
12.1. INTRODUCTION
Read this section of the manual carefully before beginning the de-installation of
the E9700 Unityer® as it deals with potential risks occurring during de-installation. Failure to
follow mentioned precautions and safety warnings may result in personal injury. Ensure
there are no units entering the Unityer® from either direction during de-installation activities.
Before starting electrical de-installation activities on the Unityer®, ensure that all electrical
sources are disconnected, and use the "lock out, tag out" procedure as mentioned in chapter
"MAINTENANCE". The interlocks with other equipment in the line must be disconnected
before starting de-installation activities.
12.2. GENERAL PRODUCT INFORMATION.
Use the hoisting provisions that are provided (see the “General
Arrangement” drawing) for moving the Compactor Station. The Unityer® and its
components must be moved using a crane, suitable for listed weights. The coil carrier may
be moved into position using a suitable fork lift. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and can
be moved by hand.
Weights:
Compactor Station 10,890 KG (23,960 LBS)

Tying Unit 1,180 KG 2,600 LBS
Coil carrier: 450 KG (without wire) ( 1,000 LBS)
Place the Unityer® and its parts on a on a flat surface to ensure there is no
tipping risk for the machine or its parts.
12.3 CLEARING THE MACHINE
Remove the wire from the machine as described in section 4.14 of the Operating instructions.


12.4 REMOVE THE EQUIPMENT FROM ITS ORIGINAL LOCATION .
For reference, see the floor construction drawing located in the Installation
section of this manual. Ensure that all nuts and bolts are removed before any hoisting
activity starts. Use adequate moving equipment such as a forklift for the Coil Carrier, and a
crane for the Compactor Station. The Tying Unit is caster mounted and can be moved by
hand.
STAY CLEAR OF THE EQUIPMENT WHILE HOISTING IS IN

PROGRESS.
12.5 REMOVING THE COIL CARRIER.
Refer to the Coil Carrier, Coil Carrier Cage, and Floor Construction drawings for details on
the Coil Carrier
12.6 TYING UNIT REMOVAL
The Tying Unit should be removed from the Compactor Station and moved separately to the
new location. Refer to the “REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE COMPACTOR
STATION” instructions in the ADJUSTMENTS section of this manual for details.
12.7 CONVEYORS.
For reference, see the Conveyor Assembly drawing. The Tying Unit entry side conveyors can
be opened for adjusting and maintenance activities. Refer to the Conveyor Assembly drawing
for specific details. Make sure that the conveyors are secured in their original position when
they are moved to a new location.
SECURE THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS IN THEIR CLOSED

POSITION. PERSONAL INJURY CAN OCCUR IF THE CONVEYOR CHAIN
PIVOTS ARE ALLOWED TO FALL CLOSED. KEEP HANDS AND BODY PARTS
CLEAR OF THE CONVEYOR CHAIN PIVOTS APRONS WHEN CLOSING.
12.8 THE SIDE COMPACTORS AND TOP COMPACTOR
Refer to the Frame, Side Compactor and Top Compactor assembly drawings for specific
details. Remove the side compactor arms first using adequate hoisting equipment and the
lifting points provided. Remove the top beam and side compactor carriages as a unit and then
remove the top compactors, using adequate hoisting equipment. Stay clear of the Unityer®

during the hoisting activities. Any climbing equipment used on top of the Unityer® has to be
safely set up and secured.
USE LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS IN A

SAFE AND APPROPRIATE MANNER. ENSURE THAT SUCH DEVICES ARE SET
UP AND SECURED , TO PREVENT , SLIDING OR FALLING. UNSECURED
LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, AND AERIAL MAN LIFTS MAY CREATE A LIFE
THREATENING HAZARD.
BEWARE OF SPILLED HYDRAULIC OIL DURING

DISASSEMBLY. SPILLED OIL CONSTITUTES A SLIPPING HAZARD.
CLEAN UP ANY SPILLED OIL IMMEDIATELY. DISPOSE OF ALL OIL AND
WASTE IN A SAFE AND RESPONSIBLE MANNER.
12.9. DE-INSTALLING THE CONTROL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT.
For details on the control panel and field wiring refer to the Control Panel drawing and the
Field Wiring drawing. Before any work is done on the Unityer® electrical circuit, ensure that
the unit is disconnected from all electrical power sources. Use the "lock out, tag out"
procedure as described in section 7.2 of the maintenance manual.. Carefully read the
information on the drawings mentioned above and leave the wire numbering intact after
disconnection from the control panels. The local codes pertaining to electrical activities must
be followed.
THE "LOCK OUT, TAG OUT” PROCEDURE (SEE

MAINTENANCE SECTION OF THE MANUAL) MUST BE FOLLOWED FOR All
WORK PERFORMED ON THE UNITYER® ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT. HIGH
VOLTAGE REPRESENTS A LIFE THREATENING DANGER.

13.0 RECOMMENDED UNITIZING WIRE SPECIFICATION
Oval International® Tying Machine and Unityer® are designed to operate using high quality
pulp bale a pulp unitizing wire. Oval International® recommends using Ovalmatic® Quality
Bale Tying and Unitizing Wire. The following specification for Ovalmatic® Quality Bale
Tying and Unitizing wire describes the minimum requirements for Bale Tying and Unitizing
wire.
®
“OVALMATIC QUALITY” UNITIZING WIRE
Diameter: As determined by specific product – typical is 3,00mm plus or

minus 0,05 mm
Elongation: Minimum 7% / Maximum 10% in 254 mm sample
Tensile Strength: Typical based on above sizing. 965 -1172 MPa
Helix (Vertical Cast): Positive target is less than 51 mm – not more than 80 mm
(Reverse cast not permitted)
Horizontal Cast: Target based on coil characteristics noted below is 660 – 762
mm (Measured across diameter of a complete single loop.)
Typical Coil Characteristics:
Internal Diameter: 457 mm (Approximate)

External Diameter: 965 mm (Approximate)
Net Package Weight: 680 – 820 kg (Approximate)
13.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATION
Description:
“Ovalmatic® Quality” Tying and Unitizing Wire is a carbon steel wire with a galvanized
coating. The wire is manufactured to meet international standards for bale tying and unitizing
wire.
Coating:
Bright Galvanized with a nominal thickness of 54.9 grams of zinc per square meter of wire
surface.
Finish:
The wire is coated with a 2 – 4% solution of specific wax coating for extended resistance to
oxidation and surface deterioration.
Continuous Coil – Processing Welds:

Wire will be in a continuous coil from top to bottom of each carrier with no loose ends. No
more than two process welds are allowed coil (based on typical size note above and in the
majority of coils there should be either no weld or only one) Weld area will be dressed
properly such that wire diameter and strength are maintained within the wire specification.

Packaging:
Oval International® ships Marathon Packs to international wire customers. Marathon Packs
are wire that is shipped on a skid.
Packaging considerations:
1. Wire is secured with materials which will not promote or accelerate wire deterioration
in any manner.
2. Package is designed so that there is no contact between handling equipment and the
wire itself.
3. Avoidance of any plastic material being in direct contact with the wire.
4. Designed to minimize if not eliminate exposure to moisture or contamination of same.
5. Identification system in place allowing traceability and easy identification of material.
Containment:
Wire is usually secured via the use of 20mm flat steel strapping which is tensioned in place
with sufficient force to minimize bouncing, chafing or interweaving during handling and
transport.
Testing:
Prior to shipment each coil of Wire is tested to determine that it meets specification standards
for the individual customer’s requirements. Test results are recorded and sent to the customer
for access as required by International Unitizing Regulations on traceability to wire usage on
actual pulp production.

14 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST
14.1 TYING UNIT
14.1.1 TWISTER LOWER END

14.1.2 TWISTER UPPER END
14.1.3 FEED & TENSION
14.1.4 TRACK
14.1.5 ARCH
14.1.6 FRAME, TU
14.1.7 WIRING, TU
14.1.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE
14.1.9 CONTROL PANEL, TU
14.1.10 LUBRUCATION
14.1.11 PNEUMATIC
14.1.12 CASTER SPACER
14.1.13 DECAL
14.1.14 COIL CARRIER
14.1.15 COIL CARRIER DECAL
14.1.16 PAYOFF SYSTEM
14.1.17 MAINTENANCE STATION
14.2 COMPACTOR STATION
14.2.1 FRAME, COMPACTING RH & LH

14.2.2 CONVEYOR
14.2.3 SIDE COMPACTOR
14.2.4 TOP COMPACTOR
14.2.5 HYDRAULIC UNIT
14.2.6 HYDRAULIC PIPING
14.2.7 WIRING, COMPACTING
14.2.8 CONTROL PANEL, COMPACTING
14.2.9 MECHANICAL WIRE GUIDE
14.2.10 PNEUMATIC
14.2.11 SIDE WIRE GUIDE RH & LH
14.2.12 LOCATING
14.2.13 DECAL

PAGE 1/1
DATE: 04 OCT 01 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: DDR PARTS LIST
REV: 05 FEB 15 E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4478 TWISTER LOWER END ASSEMBLY
4413 11E739-5
======================================= =============================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
======================================= =============================
1 1 11E709 MAIN SHAFT

1 KEY, ISO 773, 8 X 12 X 184.8 SQUARE ENDS
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
2 2 40-973 BEARING, NACHI, 6308-2NSL
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
3 2 13C287 SHAFT SPACER
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
4 2 7D045 CUT CAM
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
6 2 7D044 EJECT CAM
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
8 1 13C260 MAIN GEAR
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
9 1 61-025 WASHER, MMC, 91100A200, M16
1 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 40
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
10 1 11E707 BEARING BLOCK, LH
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 45, ZINC PLATE
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
11 1 11E708 BEARING BLOCK, RH
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
12 1 51-765 GEARMOTOR, SEW, FHF47DT90L4THES1T,
RATIO 16.36:1, 35mm BORE, M3 MOUNTING,
CONDUIT BOX @ 90 DEG., CABLE ENTRY 3,
LABEL AS IP55
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 30, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M10, ZINC PLATE
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
13 2 7D277 TRACK BRACKET
2 SPRING PIN, M8 X 20
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 - 1 X 100, ZINC PLATE
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
14 1 11E706 BOTTOM PLATE
------ ---- --------- ---------------- -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 06 JAN 06 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: DRD PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4745 E9700 UNITYER
TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13E114-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 3 13C286 IDLER SHAFT

6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6-1.0 X 14, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
3 2 13C666 IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
4 1 13C667 IDLER GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
5 1 13C818 GEAR PLATE, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
6 1 13C819 GEAR PLATE, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
7 1 7D388 PINION
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
8 2 13C731 PINION BEARING
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
9 4 40-975 CAM ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-22-SB
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
11 1 13C599 EJECTOR, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
12 1 13C598 EJECTOR, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
13 1 13C280 EJECTOR CONNECTOR
4 SPRING DOWEL, SPIROL BUSH 8 X 19 BT DB100
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
14 2 60-064 SPRING, ASSOC., E0500-055-2500
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5-.8 X 16, ZINC PLATE
4 HEX NUT, M5-.8, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
16 1 14C129 PIVOT BLOCK, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
17 1 14C130 PIVOT BLOCK, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 X 40, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
18 2 11E756 MOUNTING BAR
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

13E114-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================

----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
19 2 60-647 SPRING, ASSOCIATED, C0720-112-2000M
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
21 1 13C820 ROCKER, LH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
22 1 13C592 ROCKER, RH SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
23 1 7D243 ROCKER SPREADER
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
24 2 13C278 CUTTER INSERT
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
25 1 11E770 LH GUIDE
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
27 1 13C603 FIXED COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
28 1 61-230 ROLLER FOLLOWER PIN, MISUMI, FRFN10-30-F17
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
29 1 12E272 GRIP LEVER
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
30 1 7D257 GRIPPER INSERT
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
31 1 61-023 SPRING, ASSOC., C0300-051-1750M
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
32 1 13C663 GRIPPER BODY SUB-ASSEMBLY
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
33 1 41-031 CAM ROLLER, INA, LR5200 NPPU
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
34 1 7D056 SWITCH ACTUATOR
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
35 1 7D226 STOP BLOCK
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
36 2 61-024 SPRING, ASSOC., C0210-022-0880M
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

13E114-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
37 1 11E767 MOVING COVER

2 SPRING DOWEL, SPIROL BUSH 6 X 19 BT SD200
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
38 1 13C274 GUIDE BLOCK
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
40 1 13C273 SHOULDER SCREW
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
41 2 13C827 BUMPER
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
42 2 13C885 LOCATING STUD
2 SET SCREW, M6-1.0 X 8
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
43 1 13C940 BUMPER
1 SOC HD SHOULDER SCREW, 6 X 10 SHOULDER M5-.8
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
44 1 13C886 LOCATING STUD
1 SET SCREW, M6-1.0 X 8
----- ----- ---------- ---------------- ---------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 04 JULY 08 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 05 MARCH 03 E9700
ECN#: 4479 IDLER GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13C666-1
============================================================= =============
============================================================= =============
1 1 13C285 IDLER GEAR

----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
2 1 51-819 BEARING, MUSIMI NASTFZ12
12mm I.D., 32mm O.D.
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
3 2 61-118 WASHER, MUSIMI WASB20-12-2
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
4 2 61-154 RETAINING RING, SMALLEY, VHM-32
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 MARCH 03 E9700
ECN#: 4479 IDLER GEAR SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
13C667-1
============================================================= ===========
============================================================= ===========
1 1 13C284 IDLER GEAR

----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
2 1 51-819 BEARING, MUSIMI NASTFZ12
12mm I.D., 32mm O.D.
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
3 2 61-118 WASHER, MUSIMI WASB20-12-2
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
4 2 61-154 RETAINING RING, SMALLEY, VHM-32
----- ------ ----------- ----------------------------------- -----------
FORM E08-A
DATE: 05 FEB 18 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
ECN#: 4479 E9700
GEAR PLATE, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END
13C818-0
=========================================================== ==============
=========================================================== ==============
1 1 12E450 GEAR PLATE

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C283 EJECTOR SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 MAY 20 E9700
ECN#: 4556 GEAR PLATE, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4479 TWISTER TOP END
13C819-1
=========================================================== ==============
=========================================================== ==============
1 1 12E450 GEAR PLATE

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C283 EJECTOR SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 04 MAR 31 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 06 APRIL 06 E9700
ECN#: 4827 EJECTOR, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
13C599-1
======================================================= ================
======================================================= ================
1 1 7D060 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------- ----------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 APRIL 06 E9700
ECN#: 4827 EJECTOR, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
13C598-1
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 7D059 EJECTOR
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
2 1 40-893 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB 1412DU
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------------- -----------
FORM E08-A
ECN#: 4745 E9700
TWISTER TOP END
PIVOT BLOCK, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
14C129-0
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 12E695 PIVOT BLOCK, L.H.

------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C279 ROCKER SHAFT
------ ------ --------- ---------------------------------- --------------
PAGE 1/1

ECN#: 4745 E9700
TWISTER TOP END
PIVOT BLOCK, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
14C130-0
========================================================================
========================================================================
1 1 12E696 PIVOT BLOCK, R.H.

------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
2 1 13C279 ROCKER SHAFT
------ ------ --------- --------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JULY 18 E9700
ECN#: 4609 ROCKER, L.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4479 13C820-2
=========================================================================
=========================================================================
1 1 12E581 ROCKER, L.H.

----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
2 1 40-977 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB2516.5 DU
----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
3 1 13C958 SPACER
1 HEX NUT, M8 - 1.25 STD, ZINC PLATE
----- ------ --------- ------------------------------------- ------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JULY 18 E9700
ECN#: 4609 TWISTER TOP END
4573 ROCKER, R.H. SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 13C592-2
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 11E746 ROCKER, R.H.

------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
2 1 40-977 BUSHING, FLANGED GARLOCK FMB2516.5 DU
------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
3 1 13C958 SPACER
1 HEX NUT, M8 - 1.25 STD, ZINC PLATE
------ ------ --------- ----------------------------------- --------------
FORM E08-A
DATE: 04 OCT 01 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED
FIXED COVER, SUB ASSEMBLY
TWISTER TOP END
13C603-0
====================================================== ===========================
====================================================== ===========================
1 1 40-978 BUSHING, GARLOCK, MB1815DU

------ ------ -------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
2 1 11E768 FIXED COVER
------ ------ -------- ------------------------------ ---------------------------
PAGE 1/1

REV: 05 JUNE 14 E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4573 TWISTER TOP END ASSEMBLY
4479 GRIPPER BODY, SUB ASSEMBLY
4413 13C663-2
============================================================ =============
============================================================ =============
1 1 11E769 GRIPPER BODY

------ ----- --------- ------------------------------------- -------------
2 1 40-978 BUSHING, GARLOCK, MB1815DU
------ ----- --------- ------------------------------------- -------------
3 2 61-192 DOWEL BUSHING, SPIROL, BUSH 8 X 13 BK DB100
------ ----- --------- ------------------------------------- -------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
ECN#: 5300 PARTS LIST
4784 E9700 UNITYER
FEED AND TENSION UNIT
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
ITEM QTY NUMBER DESCRIPTION
==========================================================================================
1 1 11E734 FEED AND TENSION FRAME

1 61-157 KEYLOCK INSERT, MCMASTER-CARR, 90245A173
(FOR REPLACEMENT ONLY)
1 61-158 INSTALLATION TOOL, MCMASTER-CARR, 94010A315
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 11E737 DRIVE BEARING CARRIER
1 SNAP RING, DIN 472, 90mm
8 SOC HD SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 60, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 11E736 ACCUMULATOR BEARING CARRIER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 11E718 ACCUMULATOR SHAFT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 11E720 DRIVE SHAFT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 11E719 DRIVE WHEEL
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 11E812 TRANSVERSE GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 11E730 TRANSVERSE GUIDE COVER
9 BUT HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 12, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 1 11E715 ACCUMULATOR HUB
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11 1 11E721 INNER WEAR RING
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 2 11E905 ACCUMULATOR SPACER, 11GA-12GA
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 11E728 OUTER WEAR RING
1 SOC HD SCREW, M6 - 1 X 30, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 13C293 TRANSVERSE GUIDE BUSHING
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 13C270 CLAMP BAR
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 1 40-986 BEARING NSK, 5210-2RS
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 40-987 BEARING NSK, 5208-2RS
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 1 11E725 TANGENT GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 11E724 TANGENT GUIDE COVER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 1 13C268 ACCUMULATOR PROX TARGET
2 LOCK WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 27 40-869 BEARING NSK, 626VV
27 SHOULDER SCREW, (M5) 6X6
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23 1 11E735 NIP WHEEL
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 1 11E722 NIP WHEEL HUB
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 1 11E880 UPPER WHEEL GUIDE COVER
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 1 11E887 UPPER WHEEL GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27 1 11E993 LOWER WHEEL GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28 1 11E727 ECCENTRIC SHAFT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 1 12E584 LOWER EXIT GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 1 40-988 BEARING NSK, 5206-2RS
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 1 7D049 ECCENTRIC
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 1 40-015 BEARING SKF, 6017 A-2RS
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33 2 13C495 ECCENTRIC LEVER STOP
2 JAM NUT, M8 - 1.25, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 1 13C507 SPACER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 1 13C271 SPACER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 1 7D068 ECCENTRIC ARM
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 2 13C298 KNUCKLE
2 SHOULDER SCREW, (M8)10 X 20
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38 1 13C296 GUIDE STUD
2 NYLOCK NUT, M8 - 1.25, ZINC PLATE
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 1 13C493 TENSION SPRING MOUNT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 2 61-068 SPRING CENTURY, 3438
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 1 61-085 SPRING CENTURY, 2729
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 1 13C446 SOLENOID CONNECTING ROD
1 ROLL PIN, M3 X 10 LONG
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 1 13C447 SOLENOID CONNECTING TUBE
1 SHOULDER SCREW, (M5) 6X40
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 1 13C465 SOLENOID SPRING PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45 3 11E733 ACCUMULATOR GUARD
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
46 2 11E713 ACCUMULATOR GUARD BRACKET
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
47 1 30-741 SOLENOID
4 SOC HD SCREW, M3 - .5 X 16
4 LOCK WASHER, M3
1 SOC HD SCREW, M3 - .5 X 20, ZINC PLATE
1 NYLOCK NUT, M3 - .5
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48 1 13C613 ENTRY GUIDE, STRAIGHT
1 SOC SET SCREW, M6 - 1 X 6
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 2 12C469 GUIDE BUSHING
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
51 1 13C311 SOLENOID MOUNTING BRACKET
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52 1 11E773 ENTRY GUIDE POST
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================

2 DOWEL PIN, DIN 635, 8 X 25 LG
2 ROLL PIN, DIN 7343 (W) 8 X 20 LG
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
53 1 11E772 ENTRY GUIDE CARRIER
1 SOC SET SCREW, DIN 913, M6 - 1 X 16, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
54 1 7D050 CLAMP BLOCK HALF
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 1 51-847 GEARMOTOR SEW, KHZ37DT80N4VRTFES1T
17.15:1 RATIO, 460/3/60,
1HP, 1800 RPM, ENCODER,
1024 RESOLUTION, 5VDC
DIFFERENTIAL, THERMISTORS TYPE F,
30mm HOLLOW BORE WITH SHRINK
DISC M1A MOUNTING, CONDUIT
BOX @ 180 DEG., CABLE ENTRY
NORMAL. FORCED AIR COOLING
FAN, 24VDC, LABELED
AS IP55
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
56 1 51-845 GEARMOTOR SEW, KHZ67DT100L4VRTFES1T
8.37:1 RATIO, 460/3/60, 5 HP,
1800 RPM, ENCODER, 1024
RESOLUTION, 5VDC DIFFERENTIAL,
THERMISTORS TYPE F, 40mm HOLLOW BORE
WITH SHRINK DISC M1B MOUNTING,
CONDUIT BOX @ 90 DEG., CABLE
ENTRY @ 3. FORCED AIR COOLING
FAN, 24VDC, LABELED
AS IP55
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57 1 11E774 OUTSIDE TRANSFER WHEEL GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
58 1 11E729 INSIDE TRANSFER WHEEL GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
59 3 13C267 8MM PROX CLAMP BRACKET

------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
60 1 7D126 WIRE EXHAUST GATE
1 DOWEL PIN, DIN 635, 6X28mm LG
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
61 1 11E992 WIRE EXHAUST COILER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
62 1 12E507 WIRE EXHAUST TUBE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
63 1 7D300 WIRE EXHAUST DOOR
1 SHOULDER SCREW, (M6) 8 X 50
1 NYLOCK NUT, M6 - 1, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
64 1 51-793 SOLENOID PLUNGER, SALA-BURGESS, 193244-001
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 1 13C807 SWITCH FEED TUBE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
66 1 13C808 IN FEED GUIDE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
68 1 41-005 CAM FOLLOWER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
69 1 7D100 ACCUMULATOR COUNTER WEIGHT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 2 13C269 NUT BAR, SOLENOID MOUNT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 1 11E903 ACCUMULATOR SPACER LH, 11GA-12GA
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72 1 11E904 ACCUMULATOR SPACER RH, 11GA-12GA
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 1 13C740 KEEPER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
74 1 7D301 WIRE EXHAUST COVER PLATE

------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
76 1 12E582 OIL INJECTION BLOCK
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77 3 10-887 SEAL CR, 5221
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 1 61-069 LATCH, SOUTHCO, E3-31-25
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
81 1 11E994 FEED ECCENTRIC SHAFT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82 1 41-013 BEARING INA, SL04 5005PP
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
83 2 61-082 SNAP RING INA, WR 47
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
84 1 7D168 FEED ECCENTRIC
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
85 2 61-084 SNAP RING ROTO CLIP, CFS-70
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 1 7D162 FEED NIP WHEEL
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
87 2 41-012 BEARING SKF, 61814 2RS1
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
88 2 61-083 SNAP RING ROTO CLIP, CFH-90
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
89 1 61-081 SHIM MISUMI, CIMRF-D90-V80-T0.3
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90 1 7D170 FEED NIP LEVER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
91 1 13C466 SPACER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/8
DATE: 06 JAN 20
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 09
4784 E9700 UNITYER
13E137-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
92 1 7D175 FEED NIP ROD

------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
93 1 12E474 SWITCH GUARD
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 1 7D174 WIRE COILER FORMING TUBE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 1 13C494 FEED SPRING MOUNT
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
96 1 61-088 NYLOCK SKF NUT, FABORY, 11790 M30 - 1.5
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
97 1 61-087 NYLOCK SKF NUT, FABORY, 11790 M25 - 1.5
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98 2 13C552 BRACKET SWITCH GUARD
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99 1 13C753 SWITCH BRACKET
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 1 7D331 SWITCH GUARD
2 FLAT WASHER, STD, M6, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101 1 7D332 SWITCH GUARD
3 FLAT WASHER, STD, M6, ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
102 1 12E585 LOWER EXIT GUIDE COVER
------------ ------------ --------------------- ----------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/3

ECN#: 4898 TRACK ASSEMBLY (METRIC)
4760 2665W X 2690H
13E138-1
========================================== ==============================
========================================== ==============================
1 1 12E332 ENTRY GUIDE

----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
2 1 11E757 ENTRY COVER, UPPER (METRIC)
3 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M6 X 1 X 20, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
3 1 11E761 EXIT GUIDE (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
4 1 11E762 EXIT COVER (METRIC)
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 X 1.25 X 16, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
5 4 9E611 CORNER GUIDE (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
6 4 11C766 INSERT, ENTRY (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
7 36 11C765 INSERT (METRIC)
FULL LENGTH THREADS
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
8 4 11C767 INSERT, EXIT (METRIC)
FULL LENGTH THREADS
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
9 4 9E610 CORNER COVER (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
10 40 40-869 BEARING NSK, 626DD
30 LOCK NUT, M6, ZINC PLATE
30 FLAT WASHER, M6 X 12MM X 1.25MM , ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
11 3 7D406 END GUIDE, ENTRY
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
12 2 11E758 SIDE GUIDE (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
13 3 7D407 END GUIDE, EXIT
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
14 2 11E763 SIDE COVER
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

4760 2665W X 2690H
13E138-1
========================================== ==============================
========================================== ==============================

----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
15 1 6D430 UPPER GUIDE (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
16 1 6D429 UPPER COVER (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
18 2 13C290 END PLATE
6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M4 X .7 X 12, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
19 37 11C764 TRACK SCREW (METRIC)
37 LOCK NUT, M8 X 1.25, ZINC PLATE
37 HEX NUT, M8 X 1.25, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
20 37 1C667 TRACK SPRING
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
21 1 7D278 TRACK BRACKET, INFEED
2 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 20
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
22 1 7D427 TRACK BRACKET, EXIT
2 BUT HD SCREW, M8 - 1 X 16
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
23 1 11E759 ENTRY COVER, LOWER (METRIC)
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
24 2 13C318 TRACK BRACKET, SIDE
4 BUT HD SCREW, M8-1.25 X 20, ZINC PLATE
4 BUT HD SCREW, M8-1.25 X 16, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
25 2 13C317 TRACK BRACKET, TOP
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

4760 2665W X 2690H
13E138-1
========================================== ==============================
========================================== ==============================
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------

26 1 13C815 FEED TUBE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
27 13 11C837 TRACK SCREW GUARD (METRIC)
26 SOC HD SCREW, M6 X 1 X 20, ZINC PLATE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
28 2 11E843 TRACK BRACKET, SIDE
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
29 16 61-042 T-NUT MAYTECH, 1.324.EM8
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
30 5 13C927 TRACK SCREW GUARD
----- ---- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 JAN 26
ENGR: DDR
REV: 08 APRIL 10
4993 E9700 UNITYER
4757 ARCH ASSEMBLY
13E134-2
====================================================== ====================================
====================================================== ====================================
1 1 7D404 R.H. COLUMN

------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 7D092 L.H. COLUMN
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 7D093 TOP BEAM
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 13E115 ARCH SUPPORT
2 FLANGE BOLT, M16 - 2 X 60, DIN 6921, ZINC PLATE
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
5 8 7D130 RUB BLOCK
16 FLAT HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 16, ZINC PLATE
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
6 6 61-029 GUSSET 80MM x 80MM LINTECH, 205075
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
7 8 61-030 CONNECTORS MAYTECH, 1.21.4E0
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
8 134 61-042 T-NUT MAYTECH, 1.324.EM8
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 61-033 COVER, CAP 80X80 MAYTECH, 1.42.208082
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 12E061 ARCH GUSSET, LH
24 SOC FLAT HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 16, ZINC PLATE
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
11 2 12E062 ARCH GUSSET, RH
26 SOC FLAT HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 25, ZINC PLATE
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
12 2 12E087 ARCH GUARD
12 FLAT HD CAP SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 20, ZINC PLATE
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 12E088 ARCH GUARD, RH
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 12E089 ARCH GUARD, LH
------------- ------------ ---------------------- -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
11 1 1 REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

9 7
3
8
5
11 10
7 7
9
2
1
1 8
6
8
6
8
5 12
8
10
8
6
8 6
14
8
12
NOTES:
1. BAG AND OR TAG WITH DRAWING NUMBER AND REVISION
2. INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
6 3. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES
8 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
8 (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
=SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
13 4 OTHER THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
LENGTH MACHINED OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
PROCESSES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
ARCH ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
E9700 UNITYER
04/10/2008 2 5305 DDR/RDG 30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
09/20/2006 1 4993 DDR/LLC
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
RDG DATE
1/19/2006 DRAWING NO REV
8 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:10 13E134-2
1/26/2006 0 4757 DDR/RDG ENGR SCALE
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REVISION RECORD SHEET 1 OF 1
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 06 MAY 10 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

REV: 06 AUG 15 E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4946 UNITYER TYING UNIT FRAME
4864 13E171-1
============================================== ===========================
============================================== ===========================
1 1 13E128 TYING MACHINE BASE

----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
2 1 11E793 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE CENTER SECTION
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
3 1 11E798 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE R.H. SECTION
19 SOC HD FLAT WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
4 1 11E797 ACCUMULATOR ENCLOSURE L.H. SECTION
20 SOC HD FLAT WASHER, M6, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
5 1 13E160 DRIVE MOTOR DOOR R.H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
6 1 13E159 DRIVE MOTOR DOOR L.H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
7 1 13E162 FEED AND TENSION DOOR R.H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
8 1 13E161 FEED AND TENSION DOOR L,H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
9 8 60-977 HINGES SOUTHCO, 96-50-500-50
32 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5 - .8 X 8, ZINC PLATE
32 INTERNAL SERRATED LOCK WASHER, M5, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
10 4 61-037 LATCHES SOUTHCO, E3-32-25
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
11 1 61-038 KEY SOUTHCO, E3-2-1
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
12 1 12E434 TWISTER MOTOR COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
13 1 13C309 TWISTER PROX COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
14 1 13C302 ENTRY GUIDE COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/3

4864 13E171-1
============================================== ===========================
============================================== ===========================
15 2 7D245 WIRE CLAMP BASE TAKE UP

----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
16 4 13C654 WIRE CLAMP GRIPPER
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
17 2 7D244 WIRE CLAMP BASE
4 SOC HD SCREW, M8-1.25 X 80, FULL THREAD ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
18 1 13E163 RESISTOR MOUNTING BRACKET
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
19 1 7D070 RESISTOR ACCESS COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
20 1 7D437 SWITCH BOX COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
21 1 7D076 TWISTER SIDE COVER R.H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
22 1 7D074 TWISTER SIDE COVER L.H.
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
23 1 11E831 TRANSFORMER COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
24 1 7D069 WIRING ACCESS COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
25 2 13E467 RUB RAIL
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
26 2 13C303 DOOR SWITCH MOUNT
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
27 1 7D078 MAGNET MOUNT RH
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
28 1 7D077 MAGNET MOUNT LH
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3/3

4864 13E171-1
============================================== ===========================
============================================== ===========================

----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
29 2 61-039 SPRING PLUNGER CARR LANE, CLM-12-SPS-1
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
30 2 31-102 LOUVER PLATE KIT HOFFMAN, A-VK64
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
31 2 7D268 FAN ADAPTER PLATE
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
32 2 33-410 FAN EMBPAPST 6224N
TUBEAXIAL 24VDC FAN, 6200N SERIES,
WIRING TERMINALS, BALL BEARINGS, 241CFM, 18W
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
33 2 33-409 FINGER GUARD EBMPAPST, LZ37
4 NYLOCK NUT, M4-.7, ZINC PLATE
----- ----- -------- ----------------------------------------------------
34 1 7D051 LOCATING STRIKER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
35 1 7D279 MOUNTING PLATE
4 NYLOCK NUT, M6 - 1
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
36 1 13E260 CONTROL CABINET CABLE COVER
----- ----- -------- ------------------------ ---------------------------
FORM E08-A
9 7
28
10
9
4
8
29
26 9
10
2
14
26
29
33 15
3
16
32 17 30
33
32
31 31
27 17
16 19
9 15
23
20 1
30 35
12
9
9 13
10
18 22
10
9
24
36 1
1 1
34
25
1
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5° HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
OTHER OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
UNITYER TYING UNIT
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 FRAME ASSEMBLY
21 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
DRAWN BY DATE DRAWING NO REV
08/09/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 5/10/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
05/10/06 0 4864 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E171-1
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 12E247
PROJECTION SHEET 1 OF 1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE1/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
MACHINE WIRING ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
====================================================================================
1 1 13E373 I/O JUNCTION BOX

----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E407 POWER TRANSFORMER
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
3 1 13E370 BRAKING RESISTOR
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
4 6 33-284 CABLE PHOENIX CONTACT, 1669725
M8, FEMALE 3 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, STRAIGHT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
5 7 33-447 PROX SWITCH TURCK, Bi2-EG08-AP6X-V1131
INDUCTIVE 24 VDC, 3 WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
6 2 33-191 PROX SWITCH TURCK, Bi15R-Q14-AP6X2-H1141
INDUCTIVE, RING 24 VDC, 3 WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
7 1 12E495 FAN JUNCTION BOX
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
9 1 33-763 MACHINE STOP BUTTON SIEMENS, 3SB38 01-2EB30-0CC0
WITH METAL ENCLOSURE BLACK W/POSITIVE LATCHING
GREY TOP PART
W/PROTECTIVE COLLAR
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
10 1 33-203 MOUNTING BASE SIEMENS, 8WD4308-0DC
METAL BASE FOR TUBE
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
11 1 33-202 MOUNTING TUBE SIEMENS, 8WD4308-0EA
METAL TUBE, 250mm LONG
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
12 1 33-433 TERMINAL ELEMENT SIEMENS, 8WD4408-0AA
FOR TUBE MOUNTING
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
13 1 33-432 LIGHT MODULE SIEMENS, 8WD4400-1AC
GREEN, STEADY LIGHT MODULE
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
15 2 33-439 SAFETY DOOR SWITCH PILZ, 504 222
MAG, SQ (INC ACT) 1 NO, 1 NC, M8x1 CONNECTOR
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
19 1 33-199 BULB SIEMENS, 8WD4328-1XX
24 VDC, 5 W, INCANDESCENT
FORM E08-B
PAGE2/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
====================================================================================
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
21 3.5m 32-442 CABLE OLFLEX, 1600107
4 CONDUCTOR, 10 AWG, CE MARK
1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314ER
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
1 LOCKNUT ANY, 1" NPT STEEL
1 INSULATING BUSHING ANY, 1" PLASTIC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
22 4m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
STRANDED CABLE, HIGH FLEX
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
35 1 33-771 PLUG LEVITON, 430P5W
3 POLE PLUS GROUND, MAX 600VAC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
36 2.5m 33-220 CONDUIT PMA, PCSG-29B
HIGHLY FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLACK
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
37 1 33-221 CONNECTOR PMA, NVNV-P299
STRAIGHT STRAIGHT, PG METAL THREAD
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
39 1 7D114 CABLE PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
40 2.5m 32-762 FLEX CONDUIT CARLON, 15108
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
41 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13AA-N-R
3 DISCONNECT, FEMALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIB-C
3 DISCONNECT, MALE PANDUIT, DNF18-250FIM-C
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
42 8m 33-226 CONDUIT PMA, CYLG-29B
FLEXIBLE, COARSE, BLACK
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
43 18 33-224 SUPPORT CLIP PMA, BFH-29-000
18 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1.0 x 12, ZINC PLATED
18 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
18 FLAT WASHER M6
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
44 3 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD13NR-R
1/2 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE3/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
====================================================================================
45 2 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD16NA-R
1/2 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
46 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD21NR-R
3/4 NPT
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
47 3 7D345 CABLE, ENCODER
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
48 3 33-273 PLUG AMP, 206485-1
3 33-272 RECEPTACLE AMP, 206486-2
6 32-405 CABLE CLAMP AMP, 206358-1
27 PINS, MALE AMP, 1-66506-0
27 PINS, FEMALE AMP, 1-66504-0
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
49 4 33-441 SHIM PLATE PILZ, 534 310
FOR SAFETY SWITCHES
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
50 1 33-400 CONNECTOR, FEMALE HARTING, 09 12 006 3001
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
51 2 PCS 33-406 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6124
GOLD PLATED FOR PROFIBUS CONNECTION
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
52 4 PCS 33-404 CONTACTS, MALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6102
SILVER PLATED FOR DISCRETE I/O CONNECTION
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
53 1 33-415 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-1121-BR
PG11 TO PG21
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
54 1 33-416 FITTING ENLARGER SEALCON, EP-2129-BR
PG21 TO PG29
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
55 4 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M16/R
M16 x 1.5, PLASTIC
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
57 1 33-440 SAFETY DOOR SWITCH PILZ, 505 222
MAG, RND (INC ACT) 1 NO, 1 NC, M8x1 CONNECTOR
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
58 1 33-437 HOOD, WITH GASKET HARTING, 09 20 003 1443
TOP ENTRY
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
59 2 STRAIN RELIEF MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M32/R
M32 x 1.5
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE4/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
====================================================================================
M8, FEMALE 3 POLE, 24 AWG, 3 M, 90 DEG
----------- -------------- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
QTY DESCRIPTION / MATERIAL
(AS RQD) FERRULE, SINGLE, INSULATED, #10 AWG

(AMERICAN ELECTRICAL, 11121060 OR EQUIV.)
(AS RQD) WIRE, GREEN W/ YELLOW STRIPE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, 20 AWG, CE MARK

(HELUKABEL, 10001 OZ)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, W/ GND, 20 AWG, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 10002)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, 20 AWG, W/ SHIELD, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 16002)
(HELUKABEL, 83754)
(HELUKABEL, 18087)
(HELUKABEL, 18092)
(HELUKABEL, 18094)
(AS RQD) CABLE MARKER, WEIDMUELLER, 1631910000
(AS RQD) CLAMPS, 1/4", PICO, 7314

FORM E08-B
PAGE5/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5250
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E872-1
====================================================================================
====================================================================================
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 08 JUNE 2006 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ENGR: BJL PARTS LIST
ECN#: 4884 E9700 TYING MACHINE / UNIT
WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 12E496 ENCLOSURE REWORK

---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
3 15 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, DIKD 1,5
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
4 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK BU
BLUE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
5 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK WH
WHITE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
6 3 END BRACKET PHOENIX, E/UK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
7 2 TERMINAL STRIP MARKER PHOENIX, KLM-A
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
8 30/10 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZB6/WH
(10 LABELS PER STRIP)
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
9 0.2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
10 1 CABLE GLAND MTG-MOLTEC, BSTP-M32/R
M 32 x 1.5, PLASTIC, BLACK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
11 1 LOCK NUT MTG-MOLTEC, BMN-M32
M 32, PLASTIC, BLACK
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
14 1 HOLE PLUG McMASTER-CARR, 9357K11
FIBERGLASS FOR 1/2" OPENING
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
15 1 32-890 BACK PANEL RITTAL, KL 1560700
SHEET STEEL, 135Hx125W
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================

FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

ECN#: 4906 E9700 TYING MACHINE
POWER TRANSFORMER SUBASSEMBLY
13E407-0
=========================================== ==============================
=========================================== ==============================
1 1 12E498 TRANSFORMER MANUFACTURING ASSEMBLY

400 V PRIM/460 V SEC
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
OIL-TIGHT FOR 1/2" CONDUIT OPENING
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
OIL-TIGHT FOR 1" CONDUIT OPENING
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
4 1 32-751 SWIVEL CONNECTOR RACO, 4754
BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
5 1 CHASE NIPPLE, 1" NPT RACO, 1664
1 BUSHING, 1" NPT RACO, 1404
1 LOCK NUT, 1" NPT RACO, 1004
----- ---- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

BRAKING RESISTOR SUBASSEMBLY
13E370-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-213 ENCLOSURE HAMMOND, 1590Z162BK

BLACK DIECAST ALUM, 260Wx159Lx90D
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
2 12 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UK 2,5 N
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
3 2 END COVER PHOENIX, D-UK 2,5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
7 3 33-144 BRAKING RESISTOR KEBCO, 10.F4.D50-4200
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
8 24/10 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZB 5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS


(HELUKABEL, 16009)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 6 COND, w/ GND, 16 AWG, W/ SHIELD, 600 V, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 89972)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/1

ENGR: TEW PARTS LIST
REV: 05 MARCH 29 E9700 TYING MACHINE
ECN#: 4500 FAN JUNCTION BOX SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E495-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-352 ENCLOSURE ROSE-BOPLA, 01121208 00

PAINTED DIECAST ALUM, 120Wx122Lx81D
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
2 8 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UK 2,5 N
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
3 8/10 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EBL 10-5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
4 4 GROUND TERMINAL PHOENIX, USLKG 2,5 N
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
5 16/10 TERMINAL MARKER PHOENIX, ZB 5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
6 2 END COVER PHOENIX, D-UK 2,5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
9 .2m DIN RAIL, LOW AB, 1492 DR-5
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
10 5 CABLE GLAND MTG MOLTEC, BSTP-M16/R
M16 x 1.5, PLASTIC
----- ---- -------- ---------------------- ------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

1 RING LUG, 1/4" STUD, #14 - #18 AWG
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND 2/ GND, 20 AWG, CE MARK

(HELUKABEL, 10002)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 22 JAN 2008

ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5154
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
OPERATOR INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
CELBI, PORTUGAL
13E928-0
===================================================== ==============================
===================================================== ==============================
1 1 11E819 ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY

1 13C501 KEY
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
2 1 33-570 TOUCHSCREEN B&R, 5PP120.0571-27
Power Panel 100 with BIOS
(To be supplied by Andritz)
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
4 2 33-138 CONTACT SIEMENS, 3SB3420-0C
1 NC CONTACT, BASE MOUNT
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
5 1 33-765 E-STOP BUTTON SIEMENS, 3SB3000-1HA10
MAINTAINED BLK, 40MM HEAD, ACTUATOR ONLY
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
6 1 BACKING LABEL GREY, 60mm DIAM
FOR E-STOP BUTTON (LAZER ENGRAVER)
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
9 1 33-167 ENCLOSURE COUPLING ROSE, 49.850301
A-DN, ROTATING AND TILTING
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
10 1 7D414 MOUNTING FACEPLATE
1 O-RING
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
11 1 CABLE CLAMP PICO, 7317
1 FLAT WASHER M6
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
12 1 70-582 MUFFLER SMC, AN101-01
---------- ---------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) FERRULES, SINGLE, INSULATED, #16 AWG

FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 22 JAN 2008

ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5154
PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING MACHINE
OPERATOR INTERFACE ASSEMBLY
CELBI, PORTUGAL
13E928-0
===================================================== ==============================
===================================================== ==============================
(AS RQD) WIRE, DARK BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) CABLE, HELUKABEL, 18087
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
1 1 13E194 ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURING ASSEMBLY

STAINLESS STEEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
2 1 33-756 MAIN DISCONNECT SIEMENS, LBR3040
SWITCH 40 AMP, 600V RATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
3 1 33-757 DOOR HANDLE SIEMENS, CFSH10B12
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
4 1 33-627 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 3RV1021-4AA10
MAIN 11-16 AMP ADJ, 600 V RATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
5 0.25m 33-128 BUS BAR PHOENIX, NLS-CU 3/10
FOR GROUND CONNECTION
----------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
6 2 33-127 SUPPORT BLOCK PHOENIX, AB/SS
FOR GND BUS BAR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
7 15 33-126 CONNECTION TERMINAL PHOENIX, AKG 4 GNYE
FOR GND BUS BAR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
8 80 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL SPRING CAGE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
9 10 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, ST 2,5
SINGLE LEVEL SPRING CAGE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
10 10 END COVER PHOENIX, D-STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
11 2 END COVER PHOENIX, D-ST 2,5
SINGLE LEVEL
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
12 32 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZBFM 5/WH
BLANK (10 LABELS PER STRIP)
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
13 5 PARTITION PLATE PHOENIX, ATP-STTB4
FOR ELEC ISOLATION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
14 15 PLUG-IN BRIDGE PHOENIX, FBS 2-5
FOR JUMPERING 2 POSITION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
UNIVERSAL
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
HOLDS BLOCK LABELS
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
22 1.5m DIN RAIL AB, 1492 DR-6
TALL VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
23 0.5m 33-395 DIN RAIL PHOENIX, 0801733
STANDARD VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
24 2 32-933 MOUNTING RAIL SIEMENS, 482 mm LENGTH
FOR S7-300 SYSTEM
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
25 1 32-880 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1KA00-0AA0
FOR I/O 24V DC, 10A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
26 1 32-878 POWER SUPPLY - PS307 SIEMENS, 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
FOR PLC & HMI 24V DC, 2A OUT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
27 1 33-114 PROCESSOR MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 315-2AG10-0AB0
INTEGRATED 128KB, REQ'S MMC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
28 1 33-190 PROCESSOR MMC SIEMENS, 6ES7 953-8LJ00-0AA0
512K CARD, REQ'D FOR PROCESSOR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
29 1 32-876 INPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL INPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
30 1 32-929 OUTPUT MODULE SIEMENS, 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
32 DIGITAL OUTPUTS, 24V DC
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
31 1 33-115 PROFIBUS CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
MODEL 342-5 COMMUNICATION PROCESSOR
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
32 2 32-926 FRONT CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 922-3BC50-0AC0
WITH CABLE FOR 32 I/O CARDS, 2.5 M
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
33 2 32-911 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
90 DEGREE, PROG INTERFACE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
34 3 32-910 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6GK1 500-0FC00
STRAIGHT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
35 3.0m 33-016 PROFIBUS CABLE SIEMENS, 6XV1 830-3GH10
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
36 3 33-133 CIRCUIT BREAKER SIEMENS, 5SX2310-8
10A, 3 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
6 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
8 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, D CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
2 AMP, 1 POLE 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
42 3 33-098 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-OV 2-24 DC/24 DC/5
SOLID STATE, DC/DC 24VDC IN, 24VDC OUT @ 5 A
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
43 1 33-350 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-REL2-KG230AC/1 AU
MECHANICAL, AC/DC 230VAC COIL, 2 A CONTACT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
45 5 33-125 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UDK-RELG 2
2 POSITION, FOR RELAYS SCREW STYLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
46 1 33-113 SOCKET PHOENIX CONTACT, SD-D/SC/LA
FOR LAPTOP RAIL MOUNTED, GREEN, EUROPLUG
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
47 3 33-251 PROFIBUS ADAPTER KEBCO, 00.F5.060-3000
FOR F5 DRIVE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
48 2 33-275 V/F DRIVE KEBCO, 10.F5.M3D-LBD0
F5 MODEL, W/ FILTER 3 HP
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
49 1 33-252 V/F DRIVE KEBCO, 13.F5.M3D-L9D0
F5 MODEL, W/ FILTER 7.5 HP
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
50 3 33-394 CABLE CLIPS KEB, 00.90.T84-P014
FOR F5 DRIVE 14MM VERSION
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
51 1 33-620 E-STOP SAFETY MODULE PILZ, PNOZ X2.7P C, 787 306
CATEGORY 4 24-240 VDC & VAC, 3 N/C
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
52 1 DIODE ANY MAKE, 1N4002
OR EQUIVALENT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
53 1 GROUNDING LUG ILSCO, TA-0
FOR MAIN GROUND
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
54 1 11C627 NAMEPLATE "PE"
FOR GROUND LUG
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
55 1 32-677 CABINET SEAL ROX SYSTEM, CF 16
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
56 4 32-670 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 20W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
57 5 32-669 SEAL INSERT ROX SYSTEM, CM 15W40
CABLE PASS THROUGH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
58 1 32-751 SWIVEL CONNECTOR RACO, 4754
FOR TRANS CONDUIT
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
59 1 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE-RSR-314E
SEALING TYPE
1 CABLE BUSHING REMKE, 312
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
FIBERGLASS FOR 1" OPENING
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
62 1 33-434 CABINET COOLER KIT EXAIR, 4740
NEMA 4 RATED INC. AIR DISTR KIT AND FILTER
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
63 1 12E597 CABINET THERMOSTAT
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
64 3.0m WIRING DUCT, 1.5 X 4 PANDUIT, F1.5X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
3.0m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1.5LG6
25 RIVETS, NYLON PANDUIT, NR1-M
FORM E08-B
PAGE 6/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
65 3.5m WIRING DUCT, 1 X 4 PANDUIT, F1X4LG6
NARROW SLOT VERSION COLOR - GRAY
3.5m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1LG6
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
66 4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
4 61-073 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A314
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
67 1 13E275 BACK PANEL ASSEMBLY
2 HEX NUT M5-0.8, ZINC PLATED
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
68 4 11E976 HANDLE BRACKET SUPPORT
4 HEX HEAD SCREW M8-1.25 x 25, ZINC PLATED
4 FLAT WASHER M8, ZINC PLATED
4 NYLOC NUT M8-1.25
16 61-072 RUBBER WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 90130A040
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
69 4 7D153 HANDLE BRACKET
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
70 2 7D154 HANDLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
71 1 7D106 REINFORCING PLATE
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1 x 16, ZINC PLATED
8 NYLOC NUT M6-1
8 61-074 BOND SEALING WASHER MCMASTER CARR, 94708A312
4 BUTTON HEAD SCREW M6-1 x 40, ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
72 1 33-524 ETHERNET CP MODULE SIEMENS, 6GK73431CX000XE0
CP343-1 LEAN
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
73 1 33-572 CONNECTOR MTG, NVNZ-P299S/STO
FORM E08-B
PAGE 7/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
STRAIGHT METAL THREAD, PG29,
BL, W/SOLID GROMMET
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
74 1 13E674 COOLING TUBE
ASSEMBLY
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
75 1 21-062 PVC CONNECTOR BOSHART IND., PVCFA-05
THREADED MALE TO 1/2" 1435-005
FEMALE PVC FEMALE ADAPTERS
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
76 1 21-063 NYLON FITTING FAIRVIEW, 555-8
90 DEGREE ELBOW 1/2"
MALE TO MALE HOSE BARB TO HOSE BARB
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
77 1 33-755 SHAFT SIEMENS, CFSS5400H
DOOR HANDLE TO
DISCONNECT SWITCH
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
78 1 33-483 3 FT CAT5 COMPUTERSTOP.COM, #CANET017
CROSSOVER CABLE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
80 1 7D490 HMI CLAMP PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
81 1 7D492 HMI SEAL GASKET
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
82 1 7D492 HMI SEAL PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER M6, ZINC PLATE
4 NYLOCK NUT M6-1.0
2 SOC HD SCREW M8-1.25 x 30 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------ ------------------ -------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------

FORM E08-B
PAGE 8/8
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
5250 PARTS LIST
E9700 TYING UNIT
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E870-1
======================================================= ================================
======================================================= ================================
(AS RQD) FERRULE, DOUBLE, INSULATED, #12 AWG

(AS RQD) WIRE, RED, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) WIRE, LIGHT BLUE, #16 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)

(HELUKABEL, 16002)
(HELUKABEL, 16009)
(AS RQD) CABLE, 2 COND, W/ GND, 16 AWG, SHIELD, 600 V, CE MARK
(HELUKABEL, 89969)
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 12 APR 05 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

LUBRICATION ASSEMBLY
12E694-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 10-906 LUBRICATION PUMP BIJUR, AIR1BAA

------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
2 4 20-966 COMPRESSION BUSHING BIJUR, B-3783
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
3 1 20-993 JUNCTION 3 WAY BIJUR, B-7692
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
4 2 10-907 POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT INJECTOR, BIJUR, ZJBE-10
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
5 4 21-038 NYLON TUBE INSERT BIJUR, 19268
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
6 4 20-965 COMPRESSION SLEEVE BIJUR, B8272
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
7 2 20-969 MALE CONNECTOR SMC, KJH04-M5
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
8 4M 21-037 NYLON TUBING BIJUR, 5N25
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
9 3 20-994 STREET ELBOW BIJUR, A-3080
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
10 1 21-036 ADAPTER BIJUR, A2835
------ ----- --------- ------------------------- -------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
1 1 70-577 MANIFOLD, SMC, VV5Q41-04C12FU0-SD

3 SOC PIPE PLUG, 1/2 NPT, PARKER, NNP-S,
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
2 2 70-489 VALVE SMC, VQ4100-5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
3 4 20-963 PLUG SMC, KQ2P-12
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
4 4 20-975 REDUCER FITTING SMC, KQ2R06-12
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
5 6M 20-971 TUBING SMC, TU0604BU
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
6 3M 21-051 TUBING SMC, TU1208BU
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
7 1 20-999 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2W12-02S
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
8 1 20-991 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L06-M5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
9 1 13E166 MANIFOLD BRACKET
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
10 1 70-486 BLANK PLATE SMC, VVQ4000-10A-1
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
11 1 21-040 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L12-04S
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
12 1 20-988 BULKHEAD MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2LE12-00
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
13 1 20-995 PLUG IN ELBOW SMC, KQ2L12-99
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
14 1 70-590 MIST LUBRICATOR PARKER, 06L12BE
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
15 1 70-591 MOUNTING BRACKET KIT PARKER, PS743P
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
16 2 21-010 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQL-06-U02
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 FEB 22
ENGR: DDR
REV: 07 JUNE 06
4946 MODEL E9700
4790 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E191-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
17 1 21-012 MALE ELBOW SMC, KQ2L06-M6

------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
18 1 70-609 VALVE SMC, VQ4300-5
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
19 1 21-033 SPEED CONTROL SMC AS2211F-U02-06
G1/4 CONNECTOR, 6MM TUBING
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
20 1 21-017 BULKHEAD FITTING, FESTO, 153171
G1/2 CONNECTOR, 12MM TUBING
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
21 1 21-016 BARBED HOSE FITTING, FESTO, 15636
G 1/2 CONNECTOR, 12MM NOM SIZE
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
22 1 21-032 BARBED QUICK COUPLING PLUG MCMASTER CARR, 6534K63
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
23 2M 21-022 HOSE FESTO, 2234
23MM OD, 13MM ID
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
24 2 21-041 HOSE CLAMP MCMASTER CAR 6541K42
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
25 1 21-023 UNION TEE SMC, KQ2T12-00
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
26 1 33-556 PRESSURE SWITCH FESTO, PEV-1/4-B
PRESSURE RANGE 0-150 10-30 VDC
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
27 1 21-048 ADAPTER FESTO, 186-108
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
28 5 21-039 HEX PLUG SMC 1/2(R(PT))PLUG
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
29 1 33-617 ANGLED PLUG SOCKET FESTO, 164274
------------ ------------ ---------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
19 14
WIRE LUBRICATOR
AUTO AIR
BLOW OUT
AUTOMATIC 6X1 6X1

LUBRICATOR
WIRE LUBRICATOR
INJECTION BLOCK
CONTROL CABINET
COLLER
6X1 6X1 6X1
12X2
2 18
2
A B A B 2 A B 2 A B
A B A B A B
SPARE
28
28 26
R2 R2 PLUG
PLUG P
R1 12X2
R1
6X1
PRESSURE
12X2 SWITCH
1
12X2
13
MILL INSTRUMENT
AIR SUPPLY
FLOW MAXIMUM = 1.13m3/MIN
PRESSURE MAXIMUM =.69MPa
PRESSURE MINIMUM =.62MPa
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
OTHER OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
04/20/07 2 5086 DDR/LLC 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700
DRAWN BY DATE
08/11/06 1 4946 DDR/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, ENGR
02/23/06 0 4790 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:8 13E191-2
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
12
6 13
7
27
26
15
1 29 5
16
19
2
14
6 17
28
1 5
11 5
5
4 25
6
2
4
2
18 28 9
3 3
10
4 5
2
16
20 8
21
24
23
24
22
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700 TM AND UT
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING LLC 2/15/2006 DRAWING NO REV
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
1:5 13E191-2
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1

ECN#: 4946 950mm CASTER AND SPACER ASSEMBLY
4796 13E170-2
4772
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 13E103 OUT RIGGER 900MM

------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
2 1 13E188 CASTER SPACER
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
4 1 41-007 RIDGED CASTER BASSICK, 8ER8-7
4 HEX HD BOLT, M8 - 1.25 X 50, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
5 2 41-006 SWIVEL CASTER BASSICK, 8ES8-7
8 HEX HD BOLT, M8 - 1.25 X 50, ZINC PLATE
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
6 6 13C313 3MM SHIM PLATE
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
9 1 7D413 OUTRIGGER SPACER
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
10 1 14C145 CASTER SHIM, 50mm
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
11 1 13E461 CASTER SPACER BRACKET
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
12 1 14C260 NUT BAR
------ ----- ----------- --------------------------- ---------------------
FORM E08-A
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
2 12
8
1
6 5
2 11
8
2
5
10
FINISH SPEC
4 NONE
INCORPORATED
HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
OVALSTRAPPING, INCORPORATED AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION.
CASTER AND SPACER 950mm
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 ASSEMBLY
08/11/06 2 4946 DDR/LLC DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700 UNITYER
02/27/06 1 4796 DDR/LLC UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 2/2/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM DDR SCALE
02/09/06 0 4772 DDR/LLC
REF DWG
1:6 13E170-2
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG THIRD ANGLE 12E282
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 MAY 25
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
4964 E9700 UNITYER TYING UNIT
4877 DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E340-2
===========================================================================================
===========================================================================================
1 1 11C724 CE MARK
POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 61-180 LABEL, LOCK OUT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 61-179 LABEL, SAFETY GLASSES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 61-173 LABEL, TRIP
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
5 3 61-166 LABEL, PINCH
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-167 LABEL, ELECTRICAL WARNING
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 7D463 NAMEPLATE (OVAL)
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 61-184 LABEL, PUSH/PULL HAZARD
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 61-170 LABEL, HOT SURFACE
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 61-165 LABEL, AUTO START
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 61-249 LABEL, ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 61-250 LABEL, PULP MILL TECHNOLOGIES
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 61-251 TRANSPARENT STRIP, BLUE.
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
16 2 61-252 TYPE PLATES, INDIVIDUALLY NUMBERED
PER MACHINE BY ANDRITZ
------------ ----------- ------------------------ --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL
110 REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST
100
55
160
25
170 90
20
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 6 2
15 15
70
70
50
DETAIL C
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL E
SCALE 1 : 6 2
1 16
15
G 1
(HOT SURFACE) 11 3 (SAFETY GLASSES)
1 14
7 (ELECTRICAL) (CE) 1
A C
(PINCH) 5 6 (ENTANGLEMENT)
(LOCKOUT) 2
13 1 (PUSH/PULL) 10 B
(LOGO) 9
1 16 2
E
D
F
8 (SERIAL PLATE) 2
4 (TRIP)
20
145
450 45 FINISH SPEC

NONE
10 (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
DECAL ASSEMBLY
12/12/2006 2 5029 PFJ/LLC
E9700 UNITYER
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
11/06/06 1 4964 PFJ/LLC 120 TO 400
DETAIL G 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
05/29/06 0 4877 PFJ/LLC
SCALE 1 : 6 2 DETAIL D UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:12 13E340-2
ENGR
DETAIL F ± 1.2 ± 2.0
SCALE
SCALE 1 : 6 2
1000 TO 2000 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
SCALE 1 : 6 2 DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
12E710
REVISION RECORD PROJECTION
SHEET 1 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
15 15
145
70
140
450
50
DETAIL H
SCALE 1 : 6 2
DETAIL K 2
70 SCALE 1 : 6
50
70
DETAIL L
SCALE 1 : 6 2 12 (AUTO START) 3 (SAFETY GLASSES)
20
45
H
10
(PUSH/PULL)
9 (LOGO) 2
DETAIL J
SCALE 1 : 6 2
L 5
(PINCH POINT) (PINCH POINT)
5
K
6 (ENTANGLEMENT) (TRIP) 4
J
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
OVAL INTERNATIONAL AND MAY NOT BE USED OR COPIED
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
DECAL ASSEMBLY
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 E9700 UNITYER
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY
LLC DATE
UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
DDR 1:12 13E340-2
ENGR SCALE
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
12E710
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/2

ENGR: PFJ PARTS LIST
REV: 06 OCT 06 MODEL E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4997 COMPACTING STATION FRAME ASSEMBLY
4759 13E117-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 11E801 BASE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E142 COLUMN
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M20-2.5 X 60, ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M20 STD ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
3 1 13E143 COLUMN
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
4 1 11E813 TOP BEAM
8 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M30-3.5 X 75 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
6 1 60-805 CHANNEL, UNISTRUT, P4100HS X 1400MM LONG
2 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M12-1.75 X 25 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
7 2 12E010 SWITCH MOUNT
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
8 4 61-145 KNOB, MISUMI, NCRM8-25
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
10 4 7D374 STOP BAR
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
11 6 61-231 BUMPER, MCMASTER CARR, 9677K15
6 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M10-1.5 X 25 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
12 4 12C892 CLAMP, 18mm PROX
8 SOC HD SCREW, M6-1.0 X 20 ZINC PLATE
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
13 8 7D080 COVER
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
14 1 11E817 DRIP PAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 7D405 STOP BRACKET
2 HEX HD SCREW, M12-1.75 X 25 ZINC PLATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 61-236 BUMPER, MCMASTER CARR, 95465231
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

REV: 06 OCT 06 MODEL E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4997 COMPACTING STATION FRAME ASSEMBLY
4759 13E117-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
2 SQ HD SCREW, M16-2.0 X 120 ZINC PLATE

2 HEX JAM NUT, M16-2.0 STD, ZINC PLATE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 2 61-143 CHANNEL, UNISTRUT, P1000T X 100MM LONG
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 2 7D291 SWITCH BRACKET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 8 61-144 NUT, UNISTRUT, PNP08ZP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 1 13E140 COLUMN
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
23 1 13E141 COLUMN
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
24 2 13E500 STOP MOUNT
6 SOC HD SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 90mm
----- ------ ---------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL
3334 7
FACE TO FACE
21
8
456.6
6 10
20
3
12 11
12 4
2 11
21
10
19
20
1 24
22 23 12
19
11 1
21
14
16
15
8 X 13
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
FRAME ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 COMPACTING STATION
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
10/05/06 1 4997 PFJ/LLC 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 1/26/2006
ENGR
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1/27/06 0 4759 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:20 13E117-1
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
=========================================================== ==============================
1 2 11E867 LH FRAME
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
2 2 11E868 RH FRAME
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
3 2 11E869 BEARING MOUNT
-------------------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
4 12 51-774 LOCKING ASSEMBLY B-LOC, B106 SP 50
12 SPACER RING (COMES WITH LOCKING ASSEMBLY)
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
5 12 7D120 SPROCKET
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
6 2 40-999 BEARING SEALMASTER, TB-210TMC
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M16-2.0 X 35 ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
7 4 40-984 BEARING SEALMASTER, SFC-210TMC
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
8 2 7D119 DRIVE SHAFT
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
9 6 12E539 FIXED CONVEYOR
6 SOC HD SET SCREW, M10-1.5 X 60 ZINC PLATE
6 HEX NUT, M10-1.5 ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
10 6 7D121 WEAR STRIP
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
11 12 7D122 CHAIN GUIDE
48 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M5-0.8 X 25
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
12 48 13C777 WASHER
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
=========================================================== ==============================
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------

13 24 40-997 BEARING NSK, 6305 DDU NR
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
14 12 13C772 INNER SPROCKET
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
15 12 61-148 WASHER MISUMI, WSSB-30-25-2
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
16 12 61-149 SHAFT MISUMI, SFAK25-100-F6
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
17 18 61-050 SHAFT KEEPER MISUMI, WSHPK6
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
18 6 12E540 CONVEYOR TUBE
6 SOC HD SET SCREW, M10-1.5 X 60 ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
19 6 12E541 PIVOT HEAD
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
20 12 61-150 COLLAR MISUMI, NCLB25-30-14.5
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
21 6 13C383 WEAR STRIP
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
22 6 13C384 WEAR STRIP
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
23 12 13C382 CHAIN GUIDE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
26 12 51-794 CHAIN 51 PITCHES, ANDRITZ CUSTOM CHAIN
12 CONNECTING LINK
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
27 2 7D117 BRACKET
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
=========================================================== ==============================

----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
28 2 11E872 TORQUE ARM
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
29 1 51-922 GEAR MOTOR SEW, ST77DT90L4TF
107.83:1 RATIO, 440/3/60, 2 HP,LABEL AS IP55,
SYMMETRICAL M1AB, SHAFT ENTRY SIDE A,
CAP SIDE B, 50MM BORE, NICKEL PLATED,
TF THERMISTOR CLASS F, CONDUIT BOX AT 180
DEGREES, STANDARD CABLE ENTRY
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
30 4 61-053 RUBBER BUSHING SEW, 0133493
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
31 2 61-054 WASHER, MCMASTER CARR 91117A243
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
32 6 61-056 SHAFT COLLAR MISUMI, SCSM25-15
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
33 6 13C367 LIFT ARM
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
34 2 13C374 SWITCH ACTUATOR
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
35 4 40-998 BEARING SEALMASTER, SFT-205TMC
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
36 2 7D115 LIFT SHAFT
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
37 6 13C368 LIFT LINK
12 SHOULDER SCREW, (M6) 8 X 10 SHOULDER
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
38 2 51-775 LOCKING ASSEMBLY B-LOC, B106 SP 25
FORM E08-B
PAGE 4/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
=========================================================== ==============================
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------

39 2 7D113 LIFT CRANK
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
40 2 12C892 CLAMP, 18MM PROX
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
41 2 7D118 SWITCH BRACKET
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
42 2 41-033 LINEAR SHAFT MISUMI,
PSFJW25-165-M10-N10-WSC0-X0
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
43 2 7D112 CLEVIS
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
44 2 40-996 CAM ROLLER MCGILL, MCYR-25-S
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
45 2 13C364 CLEVIS SHAFT
2 SPRING PIN, 3 X 40 LONG
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
46 2 40-994 LINEAR BUSHING HOUSING MISUMI LNSSW25
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
47 2 13C366 GUIDE BLOCK
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
48 2 12E328 SWITCH GUARD
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
49 2 13C370 SWITCH CLAMP
2 BUTTON HD CAP SCREW, M5-0.8 X 25 ZINC PLATE
1 SOC HD CAP SCREW M5-0.8 X 20 ZINC PLATE
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
50 2 60-604 SPRING, ASSOCIATED C0720-072-2000M
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
51 2 13C365 PROX FLAG
FORM E08-B
PAGE 5/5
DATE: 07 SEPT 28
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5163
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
13E884-0
=========================================================== ==============================
=========================================================== ==============================
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------

52 2 12E329 SWITCH BRACKET
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
54 1 51-923 GEAR MOTOR SEW, ST77DT90L4TF
107.83:1 RATIO, 440/3/60, 2 HP, LABEL AS
IP55, SYMMETRICAL M1AB, SHAFT ENTRY SIDE
B, CAP SIDE A, 50MM BORE, NICKEL PLATED,
TF THERMISTOR CLASS F, CONDUIT BOX AT ZERO
DEGREES, STANDARD CABLE ENTRY
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
55 6 61-147 SHAFT MISUMI, SFAK25-75-F6
----------- -------------- -------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 08 JAN 24
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700 UNITYER
SIDE COMPACTOR
81 W X 92 H OPENING
14E002-0
=====================================================================================
=====================================================================================
1 2 11E860 SIDE COMPACTOR CARRIAGE

------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
2 12 7D101 ROLLER MOUNT
48 SOC HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 30 ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
3 8 7D231 ROLLER BRACKET
4 HEX HD SCREW, FULL THREAD M10-1.5 X 60 ZINC PLATE
4 HEX NUT M10-1.5 ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
4 12 40-991 ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-80-SB
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
5 8 40-983 ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-47-SB
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
7 1 10-930 CYLINDER, PARKER, 50CBBHMIYBS24MC1175M1422
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
9 2 11E852 SIDE COMPACTOR
4 JACK SCREW, FULL THREAD M10-1.5 X 100
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
10 8 13C323 ROLLER BLOCK
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
13 2 7D230 CYLINDER BRACKET
2 KEY, M25 X 14 X 135, ISO 773
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
15 2 41-022 SPHERICAL BEARING, INA GE 20 UK-2RS,
35MM OUTSIDE DIA, 20MM INNER BORE DIA
18 1 13E313 SIDE COMPACTOR, RH
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
19 1 13E314 SIDE COMPACTOR, LH
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 08 JAN 24
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700 UNITYER
SIDE COMPACTOR
81 W X 92 H OPENING
14E002-0
=====================================================================================
=====================================================================================
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
23 1 14C149 CLEVIS
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
24 2 13C715 CLEVIS PIN
4 COTTER PIN, NO. 5 X 35 LONG
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
25 4 13C925 HARD STOP
4 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M24 - 3.0 X 60 ZINC PLATE
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
26 1 13E315 RH FILLER
3 BUT HD CAP SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 20
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
27 1 13E316 LH FILLER
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
28 2 14C187 SPACER
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
29 2 61-231 BUMPER
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
30 8 14E003 CLADDING
------------ ------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
31 140 in 61-259 TAPE, 3M, 4950 x 1 INCH WIDE
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL

2 3
2
1 10
3
10
4 3 10
5
2
3
2 4
2 4
5 10
4 4 5
3 1 5
2
25
4
9
3
25
4
15 30 31 10
4 2
2 13
25 2
10 3 5
4
5 5 10
A B
24 25
13
2 15
2
3 4
B 6.50
4 DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 4 PRESS DEPTH
5 10
SECTION B-B
19 SCALE 1 : 4
23
9 29 7
SEE RH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY

27
SEE LH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
28
30 31 18
26
29
28
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO SIDE COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY

COMPACTING STATION
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
RDG DATE
JOR 1:16 14E002-0
ENGR SCALE
01/24/2008 0 5246 JOR/RDG ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
DATE REV NO ECN NO ENGR/DFTG THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E178
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
C D
30
30 30 30
31
31 31 31
30 CLADDING
30
31 TAPE
30 30
31
31 31
145 145
SECTION C-C D SECTION D-D

C
HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
31 DISTRIBUTE TAPE EVENLY ON CLADDING
CENTER CLADDING ON COMPACTOR TUBE THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO SIDE COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY

COMPACTING STATION
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
RDG DATE
JOR 1:12 14E002-0
ENGR SCALE
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E178
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
14E001-0
==================================================================================
==================================================================================
1 2 13E148 TOP COMPACTOR BEAM
16 SOC HD SCREW, M16 - 2.0 X 45 ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
2 1 11E841 END PLATE
1 SOCKET SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 60, DIN 913
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
4 4 11E823 GUIDE BAR
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
5 4 11E822 RACK
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
7 8 40-983 ROLLER, MCGILL, MCF-47-S
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
8 2 11E845 EQUALIZER SHAFT
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
9 4 40-984 BEARING, SEALMASTER, SFC-210TMC
16 HEX HD CAP SCREW, M12 - 1.75 X 50 ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
10 4 7D103 GEAR
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
11 4 51-768 LOCKING ASSEMBLY, B-LOC, B112 35X60
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
12 4 13C322 ROLLER BAR
13 4 40-982 ROLLER, MCGILL, MYCR-20-S

------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
14 4 10-929 CYLINDER, PARKER, 63CSBHMIYB27MC1500M1144
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
15 4 14C147 CLEVIS
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
14E001-0
==================================================================================
==================================================================================
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
16 6 40-985 SPHERICAL BEARING, INA, GE40DO2RS
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
17 4 13C321 CYLINDER PIN
8 COTTER PIN, 9/64 DIA X 2 INCH
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
18 4 41-042 EYE BRACKET, PENINSULAR, IHP63-72PL OR EQUIV.
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
20 4 12E009 RACK GUARD
20 LOCK WASHER, M12 STD ZINC PLATE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
23 2 13C356 LINK
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
24 2 13C355 LINK PIN
4 COTTER PIN, 9/64 DIA X 2 INCH
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
26 4 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW, MISUMI, BGP20-27-L40
27 4 14C148 ADAPTER PLATE

------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
28 4 14C215 SPACER
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
29 1 7D285 SWITCH FLAG
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
30 2 14E014 CLADDING
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 08 JAN 23
ENGR: JOR
ECN#: 5246
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
14E001-0
==================================================================================
==================================================================================
31 140 in 61-259 TAPE 3M, 4950 x 1 INCH WIDE
------------ -------------- --------------------- -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL
7
17 26
16 13
12
11
11
7 10
10
17
16
3 8
2
9
9
21 26
13
9
12
12
13
26
1 16 7
30 31 17
23
9 16
30 31 24
29
23 7 10
7
11
12
13
16 24
26
16 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
(UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
22 17 10 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
7 11 LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 TOP COMPACTOR ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
01/23/08 0 5246 JOR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
29
SEE SHEET 3
A A
20 20
20
20
SEE FRAME
ASSEMBLY
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
4 5 5 17
4
TOP OF COLUMN
17
104.6
14
18 SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 8
28
24
CYLINDER MOUNTING DETAIL
8
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
69.6 9 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
DETAIL E LENGTH MACHINED
SCALE 1 : 4
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
JOR 1:12 14E001-0
ENGR SCALE
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E158
PROJECTION
SHEET 3 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
HYDRAULIC UNIT WITH MANIFOLD
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
=================================================== ========================================
1 1 10-939 RESERVOIR, WIT, B-6202 WITH B-6203 DRIP PAN,

38.3 GALLON (145 LITERS)
4 BEVELED WASHER, M12 ZINC PLATE
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 10-924 SIGHT/TEMP GAUGE, STAUFF, SNA127BST12
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 10-873 FILLER/BREATHER, LHA, GBB10N
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 10-912 RETURN FILTER, PARKER, FTB2A10QE25M33C
1 10-913 FILTER ELEMENT, (FOR SPARE PARTS)
PARKER, FTBE2B10Q
1 10-835 FILTER SWITCH, (FOR SPARE PARTS)
PARKER, 926923
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 51-924 ELECTRIC MOTOR, SEW, DV132M4-F, 300MM FLANGE
7.5KW, 1740RPM, 440/3/60, 38 X 80 SHAFT
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 10-938 PUMP, PARKER, PVP3336K8L2, 100MM PILOT,
25MM SHAFT
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 10-937 PUMP/MOTOR ADAPTER, MAGNALOY, M230ML60M100
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 51-887 COUPLING HALF, MAGNALOY, M300M3810
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 51-886 COUPLING INSERT, MAGNALOY, M370U
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
10 1 51-888 COUPLING HALF, MAGNALOY, M300M2508
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 10-916 MANIFOLD, WIT, D-6925
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 33-489 DUAL TEMP/LEVEL SWITCH, BARKSDALE,
BLS-810 (L810014-75)
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
13 2 21-042 PLUG, PARKER, 05CP-10
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
14 1 10-955 HEAT EXCHANGER, THERMAL TRANSFER,
BOL16-208557, WITH
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
=================================================== ========================================
51-928 MOTOR ONLY (FOR SPARE PARTS), SEW 440/3/60 MOTOR,

160MM FLANGE, 14 X 30 SHAFT
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1 10-867 CHECK VALVE, PARKER, CVH121P
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 10-866 COVER PLATE, DAMAN, DD05CPP
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
17 1 10-865 RELIEF VALVE, PARKER, RAH161S30
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 10-864 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, PARKER, PRH122S30
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
19 4 10-925 FLOW CONTROL VALVE, STERLING, J04E2ZN
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
20 3 10-918 DIRECTIONAL VALVE, PARKER, D3W4CNJWS3
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
21 1 10-919 BOLT KIT, PARKER, BK-385 (M6x40-12.9 PLATED)
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
22 2 33-739 PRESSURE SWITCH, GEMS SENSORS,
PS75-50-4MGZ-C-HR
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
23 8 33-479 LIGHTED DIN CONNECTOR, CANFIELD, 5103-1080000
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
24 2 10-946 PRESSURE GAUGE, DYNAMIC CF-1P-210A-BSPP
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
25 1 10-926 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, SUN, PBFB-LNN-BB2
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
26 1 10-859 CHECK VALVE, PARKER, CVH161P
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
27 1 10-858 POPPET SOLENOID VALVE, PARKER,
DS161CRTD024LD
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
28 1 10-861 P.C. CHECK VALVE, SUN, COFA-XEN
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
29 1 10-921 QUICK COUPLING ASSEMBLY, PARKER, COUPLER
SM75112FB, PLUG P75, NIPPLE SM75212FB,
CAP C75
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
30 1 33-491 TEMPERATURE SWITCH, BARKSDALE, ML1S-125-I-0
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 07 OCT 18
ENGR: PFJ
ECN#: 5176
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
13E903-0
===========================================================================================
=================================================== ========================================
31 1 10-910 BYPASS CHECK VALVE, PARKER, 6C1227S65

---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
32 1 10-855 POPPET SOLENOID VALVE, PARKER,
DSH121CRD024LD
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
33 1 33-492 LIGHTED DIN CONNECTOR, CANFIELD, 5103-1081000
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
34 1 10-922 DUAL PO CHECK VALVE, SUN, CKEB-LCN-BBY
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
35 4 MDSE SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW, M6x90-12.9 PLATED
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
37 1 10-923 TAPPING PLATE, DAMAN, DD05TPPT4B
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
40 1 10-935 REGEN SANDWICH, SUN, YDET-XCN-BA
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
41 3 10-948 PORT BLOCK, M27-2.0, WIT # A-7250
---------- ------------- ------------------------ ------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL
23
20 SIDE COMPACT
35
23 25 30 BAR (435 PSI) MAX
20 40 p a
PUSHER 21
t b
24 23
38 16
20
37 p a P T B A
TOP COMPACT
PRV2
34 t b
SPARE
p
P T B A P T B A a
P T B A
t b
24
11
PRESSURE
G1/4 BSPP
TEST PORTS
15 G2
P T B A P T B A P T B A P T B A
G1/4 BSPP
PRV
G1
P
C1
G1/4 BSPP
32 23
M33 x 2.0
R1 C3 29
18 138 BAR (2000 PSI)
C2
SV2
SEE NOTE 4
17 T M33 x 2.0 G3/4 BSPP T RESERVOIR
FILL PORT
221 BAR(3200 PSI) MAX
SEE NOTE 4 26
FCB1 FCA1
FCB2 FCA2 FCB3 FCA3 SV1
13 13 19 19 19 19 28 27
M27 x 2.0 A5
23
M27 x 2.0 B5
G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M18 x 1.5 M18 x 1.5 G1/4 BSPP M27 x 2.0 M27 x 2.0
PS1 B1 A1 A2 PS2 B2 B2 A2 A2 PS3 B3 A3 PS4 B4 A4

36x5.5 36x5.5
36x5.5
28x4.5 36x5.5
28x4.5
28x4.5 28x4.5 36x5.5
36x5.5
22 22
NOTE:
ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT 36x5.5 36x5.5
RANGE RANGE
PUSHER 34.5 BAR (500 PSI) SIDE COMPACTOR 34.5 BAR (500 PSI) TOP COMPACTOR 1). HYDRAULIC UNIT TO BE BUILT ACCORDING TO OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TO 50/36X1100 TO SPECIFICATION 1B607 (LATEST REVISION). REFER TO DRAWING 12E735
(BY OTHERS) 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI) 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI) 63/45X1500 TO ACCURATELY LOCATE THE TANK, MOTOR, MANIFOLD, PORTS AND
(SEE NOTES 2&4) (SEE NOTES 3&4) MOTOR ELECTRICAL BOX, AS WELL AS MOUNTING HOLES.
2). SET PRESSURE SWITCH 3 (PS3) TO 10.3 (150 PSI) BAR LESS THAN THE
SYSTEM PRESSURE SETTING, (R1), UP TO THE MAXIMUM SWITCH
SETTING OF 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI). FOR R1 SETTINGS ABOVE 120.7 BAR
47x8 (1750 PSI), SET PS3 TO 120.7 BAR(1750 PSI).
3). SET PRESSURE SWITCH 4 (PS4) TO 10.3 BAR (150 PSI) LESS THAN THE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) SETTING, UP TO THE MAXIMUM
SWITCH SETTING OF 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI). FOR R1 SETTINGS ABOVE 120.7
47x8 BAR (1750 PSI), SET PS3 TO 120.7 BAR (1750 PSI).
4). PRESSURE SETTINGS ARE INITIAL VALUES, BUT ARE FIELD ADJUSTABLE.
46 L/min
14 SEE THE ADJUSTMENT SECTION OF THE MANUAL FOR MORE
10 207 BAR (3000 PSI) MAX
INFORMATION.
SEE NOTES 4&5 5). THE SYSTEM RELIEF VALVE (R1) SETTING MUST BE 14 BAR HIGHER THAN
9 THE PUMP PRESSURE COMPENSATOR SETTING.
8 6
5 micron
7 31 4 33
D R A WN BY KI M L . P O WE R S / WE S T E R N FLUI D P O WE R
12 30
50° C
7.5 kW 75° C 3
1740 rpm TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
5 2 ANGULAR ± .5°
www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
1 .5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO HYDRAULIC UNIT W/ MANIFOLD
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
227 L max 6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 ASSEMBLY
210 L min 30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING PFJ 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
10/10/07 0 5176 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM PFJ SCALE
1:1 13E903-0
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 MARCH 29 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

PIPING ASSEMBLY
81"W X 92"H
13E219-0
====================================================================
====================================================================
1 2 20-956 ELBOW 45 DEGREE, PARKER, 8M18V87OMLO-S

---------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 13C395 HOSE, SIDE COMPACTOR CAP
---------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 13C394 HOSE, SIDE COMPACTOR ROD
---------------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 20-955 ELBOW, PARKER, 8M22C87OMLO-S
---------------------------------------------------------------------
5 4 21-049 ELBOW, PARKER, 12M22C87OMLO-S
---------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 13C387 HOSE, MANIFOLD R.H. LOWER
---------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 13C388 HOSE, MANIFOLD R.H. UPPER
---------------------------------------------------------------------
8 2 21-054 TEE, PARKER, 12R6MLOS
---------------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 20-962 BULKHEAD TEE, PARKER, 12WJJMLO-S
---------------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 13C432 BRACKET
---------------------------------------------------------------------
11 4 21-050 FITTING, PARKER, 12M22F87OMLO-S
---------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 13C392 HOSE, MANIFOLD L.H. UPPER
---------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 13C393 HOSE, MANIFOLD L.H. LOWER
---------------------------------------------------------------------
14 2 13C391 HOSE, TOP COMPACTOR R.H. ROD
---------------------------------------------------------------------
15 2 13C389 HOSE, TOP COMPACTOR L.H. CAP
---------------------------------------------------------------------
16 2 13C390 HOSE, TOP COMPACTOR L.H. ROD
---------------------------------------------------------------------
17 8 13C397 HOSE CLAMP
8 SHOULDER BOLT, 10 X 25 X M8-1.25 ZINC PLATE
---------------------------------------------------------------------
18 7 13C431 HOSE CLAMP
7 SHOULDER BOLT, 10 X 25 X M8-1.25 ZINC PLATE
---------------------------------------------------------------------
19 1 20-945 CABLE CARRIER, IGUS, 3.31ft 240-07-100-0
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 MARCH 29 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

PIPING ASSEMBLY
81"W X 92"H
13E219-0
====================================================================
====================================================================
4 FLAT HD SCREW, M6-1.0 X 12 ZINC PLATE

---------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 20-947 MOUNTING BRACKETS, IGUS, 2070-34PZB
---------------------------------------------------------------------
21 11 20-946 SEPARATOR, IGUS, 201
---------------------------------------------------------------------
22 1 13C508 EDGE GUARD
2 FLAT WASHER, M8 X 17 mm OD X 1.6mm, ZINC PLATE
---------------------------------------------------------------------
23 2 21-002 PLUG, PARKER, 8PNLO-S
FOR SHIPPING
---------------------------------------------------------------------
24 2 21-003 CAP, PARKER, 8FNL-S
FOR SHIPPING
---------------------------------------------------------------------
25 10 21-004 PLUG, PARKER, 12PNLO-S
FOR SHIPPING
---------------------------------------------------------------------
26 10 21-005 CAP, PARKER, 12FNL-S
FOR SHIPPING
---------------------------------------------------------------------
27 2 20-992 ELBOW 45 DEGREE, PARKER, 12M27V87OMLO-S
---------------------------------------------------------------------
28 2 20-958 FITTING, PARKER 12M27F87OMLOS
---------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL
5
5
16
16
11
15
17
14
15
12
B
15
9
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
ANGULAR ± .5°
8 =SURFACE TEXTURE = ISO N8
HOQUIAM, WASHINGTON - BURLINGTON, ONTARIO
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
DETAIL B 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 3/27/2006
SCALE 1 : 6 3/28/06
DATE
0
REV NO
4791
ECN NO
PFJ/PFJ
ENGR/DFTG
1000 TO 2000
2000 TO 4000
± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM
THIRD ANGLE
ENGR
PFJ SCALE
REF DWG
1:12 13E219-0
REVISION RECORD
12
28
13
28
SECTION C-C
12
C 13
28
DETAIL G
G SCALE 1 : 6
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
DRAWN BY DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ
ENGR
1:12
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
13E219-0
C 2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
REF DWG
SHEET 2 OF 4
3
4 2 X THIS CYLINDER
(BOTH PORTS)
CABLE CARRIER 19
MOUNTING BRACKET 20
18 7X
SEPERATOR 21
5
2
16
16
22
11
11 5
14
15
15
12
14
12
8 X 17
10 TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC

INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
13
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
HYDRAULIC PIPING
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
COMPACTING STATION FRAMEWORK 30 TO 120
120 TO 400
± 0.3
± 0.5
± 0.5
± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
REMOVED TO SHOW HOSES 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED,
ALL DIMENTIONS ARE IN MM
DRAWN BY
ENGR
PFJ DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
PFJ SCALE
1:10
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE REF DWG
13E219-0
2000 TO 4000
7 12
3
3 28
1
2
6
27
2
1 F
DETAIL F 14
SCALE 1 : 4 7
16
E
9
9
15 MANIFOLD VIEW
8
(NOT A TRUE SECTION)
11 10
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
DETAIL E .5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
HYDRAULIC PIPING
SCALE 1 : 4
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
DRAWN BY DATE 3/27/2006 DRAWING NO REV
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ
ENGR
1:8
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2
± 2.0
± 2.0
± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE REF DWG
13E219-0
2000 TO 4000
PAGE 1/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 COMPACTOR STATION
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
1 7 33-513 PROXIMITY SWITCH IFM Efector, IGS209

INDUCTIVE, 18MM 24 VDC, 3-WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
2 2 32-909 PROXIMITY SWITCH TELEMECANIQUE, XS1M12PA370D
INDUCTIVE, 12MM 24 VDC, 3-WIRE (PNP), NO
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
3 2 33-291 CABLE TURCK, WK 4.4T-10
EUROFAST, FEMALE 4 POLE, 22 AWG, 10 M, 90 DEG
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
4 2 33-463 ENCLOSURE (E-STOP) SIEMENS, 3SB3801-0AD
WITH GUARD 1 BUTTON STATION, YELLOW
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
7 2 33-135 E-STOP BUTTON SIEMENS, 3SB3000-1HA20
MAINTAINED RED, 40MM HEAD, ACTUATOR ONLY
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
9 3 33-137 CONTACT SIEMENS, 3SB3420-0B
1 NO CONTACT, BASE MOUNT
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
10 2 33-138 CONTACT SIEMENS, 3SB3420-0C
1 NC CONTACT, BASE MOUNT
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
11 1 33-772 RECEPTACLE LEVITON, 430R5W
----------- -------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
12 1 33-773 BACK BOX LEVITON, BX230-V
----------- -------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
14 3 33-083 CABLE TURCK, WKM 511-4M
MINIFAST, FEMALE 5 POLE, 18 AWG, 4 M
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
15 1 33-414 ADAPTER McMASTER-CARR, 7842K8
1" NPT TO PG 16
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
16 10m 33-226 CONDUIT PMA, CYLG-29B
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
17 30 33-224 SUPPORT CLIP PMA, BFH-29-000
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
30 FLAT WASHER M6
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
19 2 STRAIN RELIEF REMKE, RD16AR-GY-N
PG 16 WITH LOCK NUT
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
20 1 12E500 COMMUNICATION CABLE
ASSEMBLY
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
21 1 33-361 WALLMOUNT BRACKET RITTAL, SZ 2433.000
STAINLESS STEEL PACKAGE OF 4
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
22 9 33-636 CABLE IFM Efector, E18006
M12, FEMALE TPE-S CABLE 10M, STRAIGHT, 22AWG
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
23 1 33-400 CONNECTOR, FEMALE HARTING, 09 12 006 3001
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------

24 4 33-404 CONTACTS HARTING, 09 15 000 6102
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------

25 1 33-437 HOOD HARTING, 09 20 003 1443
----------- -------------- ------------------- ------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS


(HELUKABEL, 10004)
FORM E08-B
PAGE 3/3
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E875-0
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
(HELUKABEL, 10006)
(HELUKABEL, 10007 OZ)

FORM E08-B
CONDUIT A :
CABLE DESCRIPTION DEVICE
TCCVC TOP COMPACTOR CLOSE VALVE CABLE TCCSD

TCCC TOP COMPACTOR CLOSED CABLE TCCS
SCCVC SIDE COMPACTOR CLOSED VALVE CABLE SCCSD
SCCC SIDE COMPACTOR CLOSED CABLE SCCS
PCVC PUSHER CLOSED VALVE CABLE PCSD
CKVC CHECK VALVE CABLE TCCVSD
CONDUIT B:
TCOVC TOP COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE CABLE TCOSD

SCOVC SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE CABLE SCOCD
POVC PUSHER OPEN VALVE CABLE POSD
RVC RECIRCULATE VALVE CABLE RCVSD
FBC FILTER BYPASS CABLE FBS
DTLC DUAL TEMPERATURE AND LEVEL CABLE HTS, LLS, HCTS
CONDUIT C:
TCOC TOP COMPACTOR OPEN CABLE TCOS

SCO1C SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN CABLE 1 SCO1S
SCO2C SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN CABLE 2 SCO2S
SHHC STACK HEIGHT HIGH CABLE SHHS
SHLC STACK HEIGHT LOW CABLE SHLS
CONDUIT D:
ESC2 EMERGENCY STOP 2 CABLE ES2B

ESIC EMERGENCY STOP INTERLOCK CABLE UNITYER INTERLOCK
TUIPC TYING UNIT INTERCONNECT PROFIBUS CABLE
1 SXSC STACK EXIT SWITCH CABLE SXS
E
XCCC EXIT CONVEYOR CLOSED CABLE XCCS
N
LI
W
O
FL
CONDUIT E:
3 CABLE DESCRIPTION DEVICE
&
2
SESC STACK ENTRY SWITCH CABLE SES

E
N
ECCC ENTRY CONVEYOR CLOSED SWITCH CABLE ECCS

LI
W
O
CONDUIT F:
FL
TCOVC TOP COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE CABLE TCOSD

SCOVC SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN VALVE CABLE SCOCD
POVC PUSHER OPEN VALVE CABLE POSD
RVC RECIRUCLATE VALVE CABLE RCVSD
CONDUIT G:

CONDUIT H:
SCO1C SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN 1 CABLE SCO1S
CONDUIT I:
SCO2C SIDE COMPACTOR OPEN 2 CABLE SCO2S
CONDUIT J:

ES1C EMERGENCY STOP 1 CABLE ES1B
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
COMPACTING STATION
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
WIRING ASSEMBLY
E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, BRAZIL
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING RDG 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
10/10/2007 0 5151 BJL/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM BL SCALE
1:12 13E875-0
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
16
17
SCO2S
CONDUIT I
SCO2S
1 22 SCO1S
SCO1S
1 22
CONDUIT H
TCOS
TCOS
1 22
ES2B
4 7 9
10 19 CONDUIT C
COMMUNICATION CABL
ES2B REMOTE ESTOP
E
1 INTERLOCK
N
LI
W
W
O
O
3
POWER
FL
COMMUNICATION CABLE
FL
&
W
REMOTE ESTOP 2
O
E
CONDUIT B
FL
INTERLOCK
N
CONDUIT A
LI
W
CONDUIT E
O
20
FL
CONDUIT J
POWER
ES1B
11 12 15
CONDUIT F
ES1B CONDUIT D
4 7 9 SXS
10 19 XCCS
SES CONDUIT G
ECCS
BXS
2 3
XCCS
1 22
BES
2 3 FINISH SPEC
ECCS BURLINGTON, ON
1 22 OTHER THIS DRAWING AND THE DESIGN REPRESENTED ARE THE PROPERTY OF
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO COMPACTING STATION
6 TO 30 ± 0.2 ± 0.3
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
WIRING ASSEMBLY
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 INTERPRET DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE E9700 UNITYER
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, BRAZIL
DRAWN BY DATE
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING RDG 10/10/2007 DRAWING NO REV
1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM BL SCALE
1:12 13E875-0
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE 13E437
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/2

REV: 05 JUNE 10 E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
ECN#: 4552 COMMUNICATION CABLE SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E500-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 33-396 ENCLOSURE HAMMOND, R100-122-000

ALUMINUM, 120x180x100 (MM)
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
2 4 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, 30 03 34 7
UK 2,5 N
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
3 1 END COVER PHOENIX, 30 01 02 2
D-UK 2,5
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
4 2 END BRACKET PHOENIX, 12 01 44 2
E/UK
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
5 8/10 TERMINAL STRIP MARKER PHOENIX, 10 50 00 4
ZB 5: UNPRINTED
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
6 0.2m 33-395 DIN RAIL PHOENIX, 08 01 73 3
NS 35/7,5 PERFORATED
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
7 1 33-391 FEED THROUGH MODULE PHOENIX, 2962722
DB9-F TO TERMINAL STRIP
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
8 1 32-911 PROFIBUS CONNECTOR SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
90 DEGREE, PROG INTERFACE
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
10 1 33-402 HOUSING HARTING, 09 20 003 1250
BULKHEAD MOUNTED
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
11 1 33-399 CONNECTOR, MALE HARTING, 09 12 006 2794
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
12 2 PCS 33-405 CONTACTS, FEMALE HARTING, 09 15 000 6224
GOLD PLATED FOR PROFIBUS CONNECTION
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

REV: 05 JUNE 10 E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
ECN#: 4552 COMMUNICATION CABLE SUBASSEMBLY
4455 12E500-1
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
14 1 HOLE PLUG MCMASTER-CARR, 7381K13

PG11, METAL
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
15 1 33-221 CONNECTOR PMA, NVNV-P299
STRAIGHT, PG29 THREAD
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
16 1 33-413 LOCK NUT PMA, GMM-29
METAL
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
17 1 13C730 CONNECTOR SPACER
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
18 1 61-137 O-RING MCMASTER-CARR, 9452K72
---- ------ -------- ---------------------- -----------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS

(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
(AS RQD) HEAT SHRINK, BLACK, SHRINKS TO 7.5MM (ORIGINAL 9.5MM)

(AS RQD) HEAT SHRINK, BLACK, SHRINKS TO 1.0MM (ORIGINAL 4.0MM)
FORM E08-A
Page 1/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR STATION
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
============================
========================================================= ===========================
1 1 12E333 ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURING ASSEMBLY

STAINLESS STEEL
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
2 0.3m 33-128 BUS BAR PHOENIX, NLS-CU 3/10
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
3 2 33-127 SUPPORT BLOCK PHOENIX, AB/SS
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
4 15 33-126 CONNECTION TERMINAL PHOENIX, AKG 4 GNYE
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
5 55 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL SPRING CAGE
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
6 6 END COVER PHOENIX, D-STTB 2,5
DOUBLE LEVEL
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
13 4 PCS PARTITION PLATE PHOENIX, ATP-STTB4
FOR ELEC ISOLATION
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
15 1 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZBFM 5/WH
BLANK (10 STRIPS, 12 LABELS PER STRIP
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
HOLDS BLOCK LABELS
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
17 1.0m DIN RAIL, HIGH AB, 1492 DR-6
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
Page 2/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
============================
========================================================= ===========================
19 1 33-615 POWER SUPPLY - SITOP SIEMENS, 6EP1 336-3BA00

MODULAR 20A 1/2-PHASIG, 120230VAC=>24VDC
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
20 1 33-253 REPEATER, PROFIBUS SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
21 1 32-911 PROFIBUS PLUG SIEMENS, 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
WITH TERMINATING RESISTOR
WITHOUT PG-INTERFACE
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
22 4 33-564 ET200S DC24V, 4D1 STANSARD SIEMENS, 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
23 2 33-565 ET200S DC24V, 0.5A, 4DO STANSARD SIEMENS, 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
24 3 33-566 POWER MUDULE, PM-E DC 24V SIEMENS, 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0
WITH DIAGNOSTICS
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
25 1 33-567 INTERFACE MODULE 151 SIEMENS, 6ES7 151-1AA04-0AB0
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
26 6 33-563 TERMINAL MODULE TM-E SIEMENS, 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
CAGE CLAMP TERMINALS, 2X6 CONNECTIONS
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
27 3 33-568 TERMINAL MODULE TM-P SIEMENS, 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
CAGE CLAMP TERMINALS, 2X3 TERMINAL CONNECTIONS
AUX INTERRUPTED
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
28 1 32-933 MOUNTING RAIL SIEMENS, 482 mm LENGTH
FOR ET-200M SYSTEM
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
29 15 33-098 RELAY PHOENIX, ST-OV 2-24 DC/24 DC/5
SOLID STATE 24VDC IN, 24VDC OUT @ 5 A
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
30 15 33-125 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, UDK-RELG 2
2 POSITION, FOR PHOENIX RELAYS
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
31 1 33-113 SOCKET PHOENIX CONTACT, SD-D/SC/LA
RAIL MOUNTED, GREEN, EUROPLU
FORM E08-B
Page 3/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
============================
========================================================= ===========================
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------

32 1 33-571 E-STOP SAFETY MODULE PILZ, 777148
EXTENSION BLOCK 230 VAC, 8 N/O, NO DELAY
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
33 1 33-629 FAULT CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKER + SIEMENS, 5SY4513-7
NEUTRAL, C-CHAR., L+N, 13A
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
C-CHAR., 1 POLE, 10A 5SX MINI SERIES, C CURVE
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
37 17 33-630 AUXILLIARY SWITCH SIEMENS, 5SX9100
1NO+1NC FOR 5SX
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
38 1 GROUND LUG ILSCO, TA-0
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
39 5.0m WIRING DUCT, 1.5 X 4 PANDUIT, F1.5X4LG6
5.0m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C1.5LG6
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
40 2.0m WIRING DUCT, 4 X 4 PANDUIT, F4X4LG6
2.0m DUCT COVER PANDUIT, C4LG6
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
Page 4/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
============================
========================================================= ===========================
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------

---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
50 1 33-620 E-STOP SAFETY MODULE PILZ, PNOZ X2.7P C, 787 306
CATEGORY 4 24-240 VDC & VAC, 3 N/C
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
51 1 13E296 BACK PANEL ASSEMBLY
2 HEX NUT M5-0.8, ZINC PLATED
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
52 2 7D408 ENCLOSURE HANGER ASSEMBLY
---------- -------------------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS


FORM E08-B
Page 5/5
DATE: 07 DEC 21
ENGR: BJL
ECN#: 5151
PARTS LIST
LAGOAS, BRAZIL
13E874-0
============================
========================================================= ===========================
============================
========================================================= ===========================

(AS RQD) WIRE, BLACK, #12 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-B
MATERIAL
19
29 30 40 50
39 18 32
26
20
30 39 21
25
24
36
35
22
52
33
35
37 24
23
36
24 27
23
26
35
2
34 3
4
38
39 39
5 THRU 16 45 40 43
41 52 FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
18 39 17 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
6 TO 30
30 TO 120
± 0.2
± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
MANUFACTURING STANDARD 1B630 E9700 UNITYER COMPACTOR
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994 LAGOAS, PORTUGAL
RDG DATE
BJL 1:3 13E874-0
ENGR SCALE
10/10/2007 0 5151 BJL/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E655
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 08 MARCH 21
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5290
PARTS LIST
E9700 UNITYER
TOP COMPACTOR
WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
14E062-0
=========================================================================================
=========================================================================================
1 4 14E064 WIRE GUIDE FRAME

4 SHOULDER SCREW, (M12)16 X 120
4 NYLOCK NUT, M12(1.75)
8 SOC HD SCREW, M10 - 30mm
8 SOC SET SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 25
8 NUT, M10 - 1.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 4 14E066 WIRE GUIDE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 4 51-882 CAM FOLLOWER, MISUMI, NARTU12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 4 14E063 WIRE GUIDE ACTUATOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 8 61-234 WASHER, MCMASTER-CARR, 98035A1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 8 41-041 BUSHING, MCMASTER-CARR, 6659K35
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 8 61-233 PIN, MISUMI, CLSGH12-78-F5-E8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 4 61-232 PIN, MISUMI, CLSG12-38-F2-E7
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 4 61-396 BUMPER, MISUMI, AYSK30-15
4 SOC HD SCREW, M8 - 1.25 X 12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
QTY MATERIAL
5 1 REFER TO SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

6
FINISH SPEC
9 (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
4 LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
TOP COMPACTOR
± 0.2 OVAL INTERNATIONAL
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:2 14E062-0
ENGR SCALE
03/221/2008 0 5290 DDR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E125
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
TOP COMPACTOR
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:12 14E062-0
ENGR SCALE
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
REF DWG
13E125
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 SEPT 29 E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4997 RH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
4944 13E323-3
4939
4766
====================================================================
====================================================================
1 1 13E317 HANGER, RH
4 BUTTON HD CS, M10-1.5 X 20
2 SOC HD CS, M8-1.25 X 13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E321 ARM, RH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 40-982 ROLLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW
1 HEX JAM NUT, M20-2.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 14C186 PIVOT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 41-044 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZB20-15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 41-043 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI LFZW-20
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 61-240 PIVOT SHAFT, MISUMI HCCG25-191
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 11 61-248 DISK SPRING, CENTURY SPRING CDM-502513
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 41-045 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZF25-25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 13E319 WIRE GUIDE, RH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 60-840 SPRING
1 SOC SHOULDER SCREW M8(M6-1.0) X 20
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 13E498 RH TIP
2 SPRING PIN, M6 X 10mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL
1 LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY
A
12
8
2
2
B
5
10 B 7
3
11
10
11
3
11
1
LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY 5 6
2
4
2 11
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1 : 1
SECTION A-A
13
A 3 2
3 2 13
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
RH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
9/27/2006 3 4997 PFJ/PFJ
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 WIRE GUIDE
8/4/2006 2 4944 PFJ/PFJ 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
8/1/2006 1 4939 PFJ/PFJ 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 5/22/2006
ENGR
5/23/06 0 4766 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:2 13E323-3
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/1

REV: 06 SEPT 29 E9700 UNITYER
ECN#: 4997 LH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
4944 13E324-3
4939
4766
====================================================================
====================================================================
1 1 13E318 HANGER, LH
4 BUTTON HD CS, M10-1.5 X 20
2 SOC HD CS, M8-1.25 X 13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 13E322 ARM, LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 40-982 ROLLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 61-146 BEARING SHAFT SCREW
1 HEX JAM NUT, M20-2.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 14C186 PIVOT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 1 41-044 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZB20-15
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 41-043 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI LFZW-20
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 61-240 PIVOT SHAFT, MISUMI HCCG25-191
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 11 61-248 DISK SPRING, CENTURY SPRING CDM-502513
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 41-045 BUSHING, MISUMI LFZF25-25
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 1 13E320 WIRE GUIDE, LH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 60-840 SPRING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 13E499 LH TIP
2 SPRING PIN, M6 X 10mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-A
MATERIAL
LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY
1 12
B
1
2 8
A
9
A
10
9
11 LOCTITE AT ASSEMBLY 5
7
10 SECTION A-A
SCALE 1 : 1
6
3
1
2 11
4
11
B
SECTION B-B
3 2 13
13 2 3
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
LH WIRE GUIDE ASSEMBLY
9/27/2006 3 4997 PFJ/PFJ
6 TO 30
30 TO 120 ± 0.3
± 0.3
± 0.5
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8 WIRE GUIDE
8/4/2006 2 4944 PFJ/PFJ 120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING E9700
8/1/2006 1 4939 PFJ/PFJ 400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, PFJ 5/23/2006
ENGR
5/24/06 0 4766 PFJ/PFJ 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:2 13E324-3
REVISION RECORD
PAGE 1/2

WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================
1 1 12E496 ENCLOSURE REWORK

---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
3 15 TERMINAL BLOCK PHOENIX, DIKD 1,5
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
4 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK BU
BLUE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
5 13/80 INSERTION BRIDGE PHOENIX, EB 80-DIK WH
WHITE, 80 POSITIONS
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
8 30/10 TERMINAL LABEL PHOENIX, ZB6/WH
(10 LABELS PER STRIP)
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
15 1 32-890 BACK PANEL RITTAL, KL 1560700
SHEET STEEL, 135Hx125W
---- ------ --------- ------------------------ ----------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

WIRING SUBASSEMBLY
I/O JUNCTION BOX
13E373-0
==========================================================================
==========================================================================

FORM E08-A
PAGE 1/2
DATE: 06 MAY 26
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
4877 MODEL E9700 UNITYER COMPACTING STATION
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E339-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
1 1 11C724 CE MARK
4 POP RIVET, ALUMINUM, 1/8 DIA. X 1/4
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 61-178 LABEL, HEARING PROTECTION
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
3 2 61-179 LABEL, SAFETY GLASSES
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
4 2 61-173 LABEL, TRIP
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 61-172 LABEL, SLIP
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
6 3 61-169 LABEL, FALLLABEL, FALL
------------ ------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
8 4 61-168 LABEL, ENTANGLEMENT
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 61-170 LABEL, HOT SURFACE
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
10 2 1D844 NAMEPLATE (UNITYER)
6 DRIVE SCREW, 1/8 DIA X 3/8
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
11 2 7D463 NAMEPLATE (OVAL)
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
12 1 14C341 SERIAL PLATE
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
13 1 61-167 LABEL, ELECTRICAL WARNING
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
14 4 61-174 LABEL, STAY CLEAR
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
15 4 61-165 LABEL, AUTOMATIC START
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
16 1 61-171 LABEL, HIGH PRESSURE FLUID
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
17 4 61-182 LABEL, SIDE CRUSH
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
18 2 61-181 LABEL, TOP CRUSH
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
19 1 61-180 LABEL, LOCK OUT
FORM E08-B
PAGE 2/2
DATE: 06 MAY 26
ENGR: PFJ
REV: 07 APRIL 26
4877 MODEL E9700 UNITYER COMPACTING STATION
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E339-1
==========================================================================================
==========================================================================================
------------ ------------- -----------------------

------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
20 2 7D421 LABEL, MACHINE IN POSITION
------------ ------------- -----------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
21 1 61-249 LABEL, ANDRITZ
------------ ------------- -----------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
22 1 61-250 LABEL, PULP MILL TECHNOLOGIES
------------ ------------- -----------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
23 1 61-251 TRANSPARENT STRIP, BLUE.
------------ ------------- -----------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
24 2 61-252 TYPE PLATES, INDIVIDUALLY NUMBERED
PER MACHINE BY ANDRITZ
------------ ------------- ----------------------- ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PAGE 1/1

PNEUMATIC ASSEMBLY
13E338-0
=======================================================================
=======================================================================
1 1 20-227 CONNECTOR, PARKER, 1/2CD-S

------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
2 1 70-475 FILTER REGULATOR, SMC, NAW4000-N04G
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
3 1 20-960 ELBOW, SMC, KQL12-U04
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
4 3.0M 20-952 TUBING, SMC, TS1209BU
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
12 2 70-476 T-BRACKET, SMC E40T-N04
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
14 1 20-481 RUN TEE, PARKER, 1/2-MRO-S
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
20 1 21-026 BARBED FITTING, PARKER 30182-8-8B
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
21 1 21-025 BARBED FITTING, FESTO 2026
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
22 1 21-015 BULKHEAD FITTING, MCMASTER CARR 4936K204
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
23 1 21-029 QUICK DISCONNECT, MCMASTER CARR 6536K51
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
24 2 21-031 HOSE CLAMP, MCMASTER CARR 5246K69
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
25 2 21-030 ADAPTER, FESTO 9627
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
26 1 13C707 HOSE BRACKET
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
27 6M 21-022 TUBING, FESTO 2234
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
28 1 21-057 PLUG, 01CP-8
------ ------- ---------- ------------------ ------------------------------
FORM E08-A
For Schematics
Refer to
Andritz System
Schematics
PAGE 1/2

ECN#: 4618 MAINTENANCE STATION ASSEMBLY
E9700 TYING MACHINE / TYING UNIT
12E876-0
========================================= ================================
========================================= ================================
1 1 33-242 RECEPTACLE HUBBELL, HBL430R5W

---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
2 1 32-093 BACK BOX HUBBELL, BB301W
METALLIC
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
3 1 13C962 ENCLOSURE
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
4 1 33-402 HOUSING HARTING, 09 20 003 1250
BULKHEAD MOUNTED
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
5 1 33-399 CONNECTOR, MALE HARTING, 09 12 006 2794
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
7 1 33-497 HOLE PLUG MCMASTER-CARR, 7381K13
PG11, METAL
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
8 1 13C730 CONNECTOR SPACER
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
9 1 61-137 O-RING MCMASTER-CARR, 9452K72
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
10 1 12E877 MOUNTING PLATE
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
11 2 70-246 T-BRACKET SMC, E40T-N04
4 FLAT WASHER, M8
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
12 1 70-475 FILTER REGULATOR SMC, NAW4000-N04G
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
13 1 21-043 NIPPLE MCMASTER-CARR, 50925K141
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
14 1 21-029 QUICK DISCONNECT MCMASTER-CARR, 6536K51
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
15 1 21-030 ADAPTER FESTO, 9627
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2/2

ECN#: 4618 MAINTENANCE STATION ASSEMBLY
E9700 TYING MACHINE / TYING UNIT
12E876-0
========================================= ================================
========================================= ================================
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------

16 1 20-227 STREET ELBOW PARKER, 1/2CD-5
---- ----- -------- --------------------- --------------------------------
SUPPLY ITEMS
(AS RQD) WIRE, BLUE #18 AWG, MTW (NOT THHN RATED)
FORM E08-A
PAGE 1\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
COIL CARRIER ASSEMBLY
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
1 1 13E988 BASE
1 NYLOCK NUT, M12 - 1.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 2 41-006 CASTER, BASSICK 8ES8-7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 41-007 CASTER, BASSICK 8ER8-7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 4 7D494 DOOR PIVOT BRACKET
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 2 61-263 THRUST WASHER, MISUMI, JZW 21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 2 13E978 DOOR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1 61-383 LATCH , DESTACO 331-R
6 NYLOCK NUT, M6-1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 1 13E401 EXIT PULLEY BRACKET
2 HEX HD SCREW, M10 - 1.5 X 25, ZINC PLATE
2 FLAT WASHER, M10
1 HEX HD SCREW, FULL LENGTH THREAD, M6 - 1.0 X 45,
ZINC PLATE
1 NUT, M6 - 1.0, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 2 13E987 DOOR STOP
4 FLAT WASHER M10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 4 14C124 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
FORM E08-A
PAGE 2\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
4 SOC HD SET SCREW, M6 - 1 X 10, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 4 12C469 WEAR BUSHING
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 3 61-264 SHAFT, MISUMI, FXHA25-4-F27
3 SNAP RING, DIN 471, 25MM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 6 40-992 BEARING, NSK, 6005-DDU-NR
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 3 7D430 WIRE PULLEY
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 3 61-119 SUPPORT BUSHING ECCENTRIC, BISHOP WISECARVER,
MBX3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 4 41-021 SUPPORT BUSHING, BISHOP WISECARVER, BX3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 7 40-585 ROLLER, BISHOP WISECARVER, W3X
7 LOCK WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
7 FLAT WASHER, M10 STD, ZINC PLATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 1 13E950 OVERHEAD ARM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 2 61-207 CLAMP COLLAR, MISUMI, PSDN 30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 1 61-064 TEE NUT, FABORY, 16196, M8 X 10
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
21 1 13E402 EXIT PULLEY COVER
FORM E08-A
PAGE 3\3
DATE: 17 JAN 08
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5241
PARTS LIST
MODEL 9700
13E898-0
=======================================================================================
=======================================================================================
1 FLAT WASHER, (M16), ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
22 1 61-037 LATCH SOUTHCO, E3-32-25
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
23 1 61-038 KEY SOUTHCO, E3-2-1
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
24 3 14C220 STEP TREAD
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
25 1 13C708 LOCATING PIN
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
26 1 13E925 WIRE GUIDE
4 FLAT WASHER M8 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
27 1 14C414 WIRE GUIDE BLOCK
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
28 4 7D495 DOOR PIVOT
4 SOC HD SCREW M12-1.75 ZINC PLATE
4 FLAT WASHER, M12 ZINC PLATE
----------- ------------- --------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
FORM E08-A
26
27
B 6
15
17 28
12
13 4
14
13
10
6
11 18
7
19 15
17
28 9
12 11
19
13 10 24
4 5
14
13
28
DETAIL B
SCALE 1 : 5 4
8
11
10
12 A
15
17
14 13
13
3
22
21
2
25
5 3
2
9 28
20
4
10
11
16 FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
17 ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 5
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E898-0
ENGR SCALE
01/15/08 0 5241 DDR/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 08 MARCH 13
ENGR: DDR
ECN#: 5283
PARTS LIST
MODEL E9700
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSEMBLY
14E054-0
============== =============================================================================
========================= ==================================================================
1 1 12E317 PAYOFF RING

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 1 61-135 QUICK RELEASE PIN, MCMASTER CARR, 95165A094
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 61-125 LANYARD, MCMASTER CARR, 3034ST17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 1 13E413 EXTENSION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1 12C469 WEAR BUSHING
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FORM E08-B
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 1 SEE SEPERATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

30 1
31 1
1
2
3
4
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
OVAL INTERNATIONAL
PAYOFF SYSTEM ASSY
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
RDG DATE
DDR 1:20 14E054-0
ENGR SCALE
03/13/2008 0 5283 JR/RDG 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM
REF DWG
13E853
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
PAGE 1/1
DATE: 06 NOV 22 OVALSTRAPPING INCORPORATED

ECN#: 5022 MODEL E9700 UNITYER
COIL CARRIER
DECAL ASSEMBLY
13E591-0
=========================================== =============================
=========================================== =============================
1 2 61-176 LABEL, FOOT PROTECTION

------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
2 1 61-175 LABEL, DO NOT REMOVE GUARDS
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
3 2 61-169 LABEL, FALL
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
5 2 61-184 LABEL, PUSH/PULL HAZARD
------ ----- ----------- ------------------ -----------------------------
FORM E08-A
PIECE QTY MATERIAL
1 1 SEE SEPARATE CORRESPONDING PARTS LIST

50 2
51 7
52 8
53 5
54 2
55 2
56 4
57 1
58 2
59 1
60 3
61 2
62 1
63 1
1 (FOOT PROTECTION)
(FALL) 3
3 (FALL)
(PUSH/PULL) 5
5 (PUSH/PULL)
(FOOT PROTECTION) 1 2 (DO NOT REMOVE GUARD)
4 (PINCH)
FINISH SPEC
TOLERANCES
INCORPORATED
PROCESSES
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1
± 0.2
± 0.2
DECAL ASSEMBLY
6 TO 30 ± 0.3
OVALSTRAPPING SPEC. #4.4.8
30 TO 120 ± 0.3 ± 0.5
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2 UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED, LLC 2/16/2005
ENGR
11/22/06 0 5022 PFJ/LLC 1000 TO 2000 ± 1.2 ± 2.0
REF DWG
1:10 13E591-0
REVISION RECORD
OPENING
2040 (80in) MAX
SIDE COMPACTOR 940 (73in) MIN
ASSEMBLY
CONVEYOR
COMPACTING
STATION
FRAME
ASSEMBLY COMPACTOR STATION
CONTROL PANEL
TRACK
ASSEMBLY
COIL CARRIER
TOP COMPACTOR
ASSEMBLY
TOUCH SCREEN OPENING

DISPLAY 2337 [92in] MAX
835 [33in] MIN 3849 HYDRAULIC
151.5in PUMP MOTOR
POWER
CONNECTION
COOLING FAN
POWER
CONNECTION 2995
[117.9in]
HYDRAULIC MAXIMUM
RESERVOIR
CONVEYOR 145 LITERS 2695
ASSEMBLY [38.3 GALLONS] [106.1in]
MINIMUM
950
37.4in
(SHOWN)
CONVEYOR
HEIGHT
MIN 584 (23in) 366.4
14.4in
CONTROL
PANEL REMOVABLE 1610
COIL CARRIER TYING MACHINE 1240
48.8in 63.4in
2679 680
105.5in 26.8in
4608 1360 1873
181.4in 53.5in 73.7in
6180
243.3in
MACHINE WEIGHTS
TYING MACHINE: 1180Kg (2600LBS)

COMPACTING STATION - 10890Kg (24,000LBS)
COIL CARRIER - 450Kg (1000LBS) (WITHOUT WIRE) TOLERANCES
FINISH SPEC
NONE HOQUIAM, WA
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
LAGOAS
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
1470
57.9in
LOAD COIL CARRIER

FROM THIS SIDE
COIL CARRIER
2325
91.5in
3112.9 A A CENTERLINE
OF LOCATING PIN
122.6in
CL CONVEYOR
1589.7
62.6in B
1605 3501
63.2in 137.8in
CENTER HYDRAULIC
POWER UNIT
LINE OF
LOCATING
PIN 1240.5
48.8in
TOUCHSCREEN SECTION A-A
DISPLAY
1384.3
54.5in
CONVEYOR GAP
CL
CONTROL
PANEL
DIRECTION OF TYING
MACHINE WITHDRAWAL
REMOVABLE COMPACTING
TYING MACHINE STATION 2679
105.5in
6180
243.3in
COIL CARRIER STOP TUBE

TUBE, 41mm I.D.
150mm BELOW FLOOR MIN.
DETAIL B
SCALE 2 : 15
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
LAGOAS
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
CONVEYOR SIDE COMPACTOR
COMPACTING ASSEMBLY
STATION
FRAME ASSEMBLY
TRACK ASSEMBLY TOP COMPACTOR

ASSEMBLY
TOUCHSCREEN REMOVABLE
DISPLAY TYING MACHINE
CONTROL
PANEL
3761
148.1in
HYDRAULIC
CONVEYOR POWER POWER UNIT
CONNECTION 2X
1827
71.9in
FLOOR ELEVATION
5100
200.8in
9702
382in
FINISH SPEC
NOTE: COIL CARRIER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
ANGULAR ± .5°
NONE
BURLINGTON, ON
www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
LAGOAS
E9700 UNITYER
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:15 14E013-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 3 OF 3
FORM NO E78-A
1372
54in
WELD GUIDE TUBES AT INSTALLATION OF COMPACTOR (CONVEYOR GAP)
STATION. INSTALL TYING UNIT INTO COMPACTOR
STATION. CENTER TYING UNIT UP-STREAM/DOWN STREAM 19 19
IN COMPACTOR STATION. LOCATE GUIDE TUBES AND CONVEYOR
WELD THEM TO THE FLOOR PLATE .7in ELEVATION .7in
2375 1540
93.5in 60.6in MOUNTING PAD 500mm [19.6in] X 38mm [1.5in] THICK
6.4 2 REQUIRED
3080 EACH PAD TO SUPPORT 3400Kg [7500LBS]
121.3in .25in
1.36Kg / cm2 [19.4LBS / in2 ]
SHIM ALLOWANCE (BY CUSTOMER)
950 SHEAR LOAD: 682Kg [1500LBS] EACH MOUNTING PAD
37.4in 3 A
1605 360
63.2in 14.2in
740
29.1in
A
(FLOORPLATE)
775 27.5 175
2X GUIDE TUBES 6.9in 51mm [2.0in] DIA. X 51mm [2.0in] DEEP 13mm THICK FLOORPLATE
30.5in 1.1in 600 RECESS (4 PLACES - [0.5in]
(BY CUSTOMER)
23.6in 1359 CLEARANCE FOR BOLTS)
53.5in
SECTION A-A
1550 1200 1372

61in 55 350 47.2in 54in
2.2in 13.8in (CONVEYOR GAP)
4X M30 X 3.5HHCS X 320mm LONG
600 ANCHOR BOLT 19 19
23.6in AT INSTALLATION CONVEYOR
.7in ELEVATION .7in
CL CONVEYOR MOUNTING PAD 500mm [19.6in] X 38mm [1.5in] THICK

X 1334mm [53.5in] LONG
13mm THICK FLOORPLATE 6.4 PAD TO SUPPORT 6800Kg [15000LBS]
[0.5in] BY CUSTOMER .25in 1.02Kg / cm 2 [14.5LBS / in 2 ]
(10) 20 [0.8in] FOR UNITYER OUTLINE (BY CUSTOMER)
ANCHOR BOLTS SHIM ALLOWANCE
SHEAR LOAD: 1364Kg [3000LBS]
(4) LEVELING SCREWS 950
3160
M12 X 1.75 37.4in 3 A
124.4in
1 3600
2 360
141.7in 14.2in FLOOR ELEVATION
A
(FLOORPLATE) 51mm [2.0in] DIA. X 51mm [2.0in] DEEP
RECESS (4 PLACES -
CLEARANCE FOR BOLTS)
SECTION B-B
COIL CARRIER
COIL CARRIER STOP TUBE

TUBE, 41mm I.D. FLOOR ELEVATION
150mm [6in] BELOW FLOOR
A
B NOTE:
1 FLOOR PLATE TO BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE FLOOR ELEVATION
2 FLOOR PLATE TO BE LEVEL 1.5mm.
SECTION C-C
C SCALE 1 : 8 FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
LAGOAS
MODEL E9700 UNITYER

WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
C
120 TO 400 ± 0.5 ± 0.8
A LLC 2/1/2008 DRAWING NO REV

DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING DRAWN BY DATE
B
400 TO 1000 ± 0.8 ± 1.2
DDR 1:15 14E022-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
R287.0
3335
45° 131.3in
64
25
1in
GUIDE TUBE DETAIL
FINISH SPEC
BURLINGTON, ON
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
MANUFACTURE ACCORDING TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
LAGOAS
MODEL E9700 UNITYER

± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:5 14E022-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
2000 TO 4000 ± 2.0 ± 3.0 THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
SHEET 2 OF 2
FORM NO E78-A
2529 DOORS OPEN
1470
1610 262
COIL CARRIER
2995 CAGE
MAX. HEIGHT
2695
MIN. HEIGHT
300
FINISH SPEC
NONE
COIL CARRIER (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
BURLINGTON, ON
BASE ANGULAR ± .5° www.ovalintl.com
LENGTH MACHINED
.5 T0 6 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
E9700
± 0.5 ± 0.8 WITH ASME Y14.5M-1994
120 TO 400
LLC DATE
DDR 1:10 13E933-0
ENGR SCALE
REF DWG
PROJECTION
FORM NO E78-A
COMMERCIAL
PARTS
Catalog 3105/USA Check Valves
Technical Information Series CVH121P
General Description
The CVH121P Series, Poppet-Type, Check Valves
allow free flow in one direction while preventing flow in
the reverse direction. They can be used to isolate In Out
(1) (2)
portions of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow
path around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
Pressure on the inlet of the check creates a force
against the poppet, pushing it off its seat and permit- Out (2)
ting free flow. Reverse flow through the check is
blocked by the poppet.
In (1)
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability
• Compact size for reduced space requirements
• Low leakage design
Performance Curve
• Fully guided poppet for smooth operation
Pressure Drop vs. Flow
(Through cartridge only)
Specifications PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
100 6.9
Maximum Flow 121 LPM (32 GPM)
Maximum 340 Bar (5000 PSI) - Steel 80 5.5

Pressure Drop (∆P)
Inlet Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum
Leakage 5 drops/min. (1/3 cc/min.) 60 4.1

at 340 Bar (5000 PSI)
40 2.8
Operating Temp. -40°C to +93.3°C (Nitrile)
Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F)
-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon) 20 1.4
(-25°F to +250°F)
Cartridge Material All parts steel. All operating 0

LPM 30 61 91 121
parts hardened steel. 0
GPM 8 16 24 32
Flow (Q)
Body Material Steel or Aluminum
Filtration ISO code 16/13,

SAE Class 4 or better
Mounting No Restrictions
Cavity Common Cavity No. C12-2
cvh121p.pm6.5, bl, ll
Parker Hannifin Corporation

Hydraulic Valve Division
Hydraulics LH43 Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Dimensions Series CVH121P
*Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**)
Cartridge Only
9.0 31.8 (1.25) Hex.

(.35) 76 N.m.
(672 In.-Lbs.)
Torque
40.1 * 112UNF-2A
1/16
(1.58)
(2)
* For applications over 210 Bar

(3000 PSI), Thread Lock
Compound is recommended. (1)
Ø 22.2
(.87)
Cartridge In Body
23.0
(.91)
2
57.2
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1
4.4 R.
(.17)
8.7
(.34)
65.1 19.1
(2.56) (.75)
76.2 38.1
(3.00) (1.50)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION

Ordering Information Series CVH121P
CVH 12 1P
5000 PSI Size Style Cracking Seals Body
Design Pressure Option
Check Valve
Code Style Code Type
1P Guided Poppet Omit Nitrile

V Fluorocarbon
Code Type
12 1-1/16″ - 12UNF-2B
Threaded Cavity
Code Type Code Port Size & Material
Omit 1.7 Bar (25 PSI) Omit Cartridge Only

6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-6P) Steel
A6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-A6P) Aluminum
12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-2-12P) Steel
6T SAE-6 (B12-2-6T) Steel
A6T SAE-6 (B12-2-A6T) Aluminum
12T SAE-12 (B12-2-12T) Steel
6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-6B) Steel
SERVICE PARTS A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-A6B) Aluminum
Nitrile Seal Kit: SK12-2 8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-8B) Steel
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK12-2V A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-A8B) Aluminum
12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-12B) Steel
Shipping Weight A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-A12B) Aluminum
Cartridge Only .14 kg (.30 lbs.) NOTE:
Cartridge in Body .50 kg (1.1 lbs.) If system pressure does not exceed 210 Bar
(3000 PSI), aluminum bodies can be used.
Higher pressures require steel bodies.

Sun Hydraulics : COFA Page 1 of 3
Capacity:
Pilot-to-close check valve 40 gpm (160 L/min.)
Functional Group: Model:
Products : Cartridges : Circuit Saver : 3 Port : Pilot to Close Check Valve COFA
Product Description
This valve is a spring biased closed, pilot-to-close check cartridge that has a 1.8:1 pilot ratio.
The valve allows flow from port 1 to port 2 and blocks reverse flow. Pressure at the pilot (port
3) opposes pressure at port 1 at a ratio of 1.8:1. This valve is most often used in
regeneration circuits.
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/cppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1=2&Cat... 09/22/03
PDF created with FinePrint pdfFactory trial version http://www.pdffactory.com
Technical Features
l Incorporates the Sun floating style construction to l Nominal pilot ratio is 1.8:1. This means that a pilot
eliminate the effects of internal parts binding due to pressure of 1000 psi (70 bar) at port 3 will close a
excessive installation torque and/or cavity/cartridge valve against a pressure of 1800 psi (125 bar) at
machining variations. port 1. Any decay or loss of pilot pressure could
allow the valve to open, even if it is a momentary
decay or loss.
l Pressure at the port 2 area directly opposes pilot l Reverse flow through the valve is not possible
pressure. under any conditions.
l With equal pressures at all 3 ports the valve is
closed.
Technical Data
US Units Metric Units
Cavity T-2A Series 2
Capacity 40 gpm 160 L/min.
Model Weight .50 lb 0,25 kg
Maximum Valve Leakage 1 drops/min. 0,07 cc/min.
Valve Hex Size 1 1/8 in. 28,6 mm
Pilot Ratio 1.8:1 1.8:1
Valve Installation Torque 45 - 50 lbf ft 60 - 70 Nm
Maximum Operating Pressure 5000 psi 350 bar
Seal Kits
Buna 990-202-007
Viton 990-202-006
Option Selection
COFA - X C N
Preferred Options
Control Cracking Pressure Seal
Standard Options
X Standard Pilot A 4 psi (0,3 bar) N Buna-N
V Viton
B 15 psi (1 bar)
C 30 psi (2 bar)
D 50 psi (3,5 bar)
E 75 psi (5 bar)
F 100 psi (7 bar)
Additional Options
The following options are not widely used and may be application specific. Please contact
your Sun distributor for application information.
L Manual Override
Customer specified setting stamped on hex +1.10
Model Code : COFA Print Date : 22 September 2003
Copyright © 2003 Sun Hydraulics Corporation.

All rights reserved.
Terms and Conditions - Statement of Privacy
®
Flexible Drive Couplings
INDEX:
Magnaloy Coupling
DesignFeatures..............2
Load Lock Design.................................2
Radial Lug Design.................................2
Lug Design Comparisons....................2
Premiium Flexible
Drive Couplings...........2
Performance Specifications................3
Dimension Specifications....................4
Standard Bore & Keyway
Combinations.........................................5
Bore Tolerances.....................................5
Additional Specifications.....................5
Splined Couplings.................................6
Clamp Type Couplings.........................6
Steel Bushed Couplings.......................6
Splined Coupling
Specifications.........................................7
Clamp Type Coupling
Specifications.........................................7
Insert Selection Guide..........................8
Service Factors & Load
Characteristics.......................................9
Selection Method..................................9
Installation...........................................10
Recommended Torques
for Fasteners........................................11
Mis-Alignment
Capabilities..........................................11
Technical Bulletin
& Notes.................................................12
PM 90
Coupling ........................13
Drive Lug Features.............................13
Performance Specifications.............14
Dimensional Specifications.............14
Bore Tolerances..................................14
Bore & Keyway Combinations........15
Insert Materials...................................15
Other Magnaloy
Products...........................16
magnaloy coupling company P.O. Box 455 Alpena, MI 49707 989-356-2186 1

A Division of Douville Johnston Corporation Fax: 989-354-4190 http://www.magnaloy.com
Magnaloy Coupling Design Features
“Load-Lock” Design is simple and effective. The drive-lug

configuration is tapered from top to base, as are the mating
lugs of the opposing coupling hub. Under load, the insert
conforms to the tapers, inter-locking the two hubs. This load-
lock design protects bearings and equipment by eliminating
end thrust in both directions... and it requires only one
set-screw in each hub.
Radial Lug Design is logical and efficient. The most common failure of an
elastomeric insert type drive coupling is hysteresis failure of the elastomeric
element - breakdown of the elastomer due to cyclical overworking
and associated heat generation. Magnaloy Coupling’s drive lugs
are in a true radial orientation. Applied forces are evenly distributed
in the compressive direction only, eliminating the heat generating
radial component. True compressive loading reduces internal heat
generation and improves elastomer life.
F
MAGNALOY COUPLING DESIGN
F Under loaded conditions, the resultant forces applied
on the element segments are evenly distributed in the
compressive direction only. This results in no radial
F forces to multiply the internal heat generation.
F
Fc Fr CONVENTIONAL DESIGN A
F Under loaded conditions this jaw design results in the
applied forces exerting components in the compressive
and radical directions. These forces change direction
and magnitude along the jaw arc which greatly increase
F the internal movement of the element which causes heat
Fc generation.
Fr
Fc
CONVENTIONAL DESIGN B
Fr
This more conventional straight sided jaw design also
F exerts component forces in the compressive and radial
directions when under load. The radial component is
outward (acting to extrude the element) and changes
Fc in magnitude only, as does the compressive component,
along the jaw surface. The component forces resulting
F
Fr from this design also causes increased internal
movement in the element.

Magnaloy ® is a registered trademark of the Douville Johnston Corp.
Premium Flexible Drive Couplings
Magnaloy is the original lightweight, heavy-duty

flexible drive coupling. Light weight magnesium
construction makes Magnaloy couplings 76% lighter
than cast iron and 36% lighter than aluminum units...
and they’re stronger than either!
The benefits are many... Reduced loads on
bearings, shafts and pumps, for longer component
life. Easier handling and installation. Rust proof and
corrosion resistant.
Magnaloy’s close machining tolerances
(TIR of .002”) assures vibration - free operation and
easy, accurate alignment without need for special
tools. Solid magnesium alloy permanent mold
castings are heat treated and offer the highest
strength-to-weight ratio available.
Coupling Performance Specifications

Rated Torsional Horse Power Rating@
Coupling Maximum Wr2 Insert Torque Rigidity 100 1200 1800
Model Bore lb.- ft2. Number lb.- in. lb-in/Deg rpm rpm rpm
170N 340.7 42 .55 6.5 9.8
100 1-1/8 .0046 170U 511.0 53 .82 9.8 14.7
170H 1,022.1 182 1.65 19.8 29.7
270N 398.3 55 .64 7.6 11.5
200 1-3/8 .0068 270U 597.4 68 .96 11.5 17.2
270H 1,194.9 234 1.92 23.0 34.5
370N 701.4 81 1.12 13.5 20.2
300 1-5/8 .022 370U 1,052.1 148 1.68 20.2 30.3
370H 2,104.2 336 3.36 40.4 60.6
470N 1,056.3 138 1.69 20.3 30.4
400 1-7/8 .031 470U 1,584.5 310 2.5 30.4 45.6
470H 3,168.9 488 5.1 60.8 91.3
570N 2,194.8 314 3.5 42.1 63.2
500 2-3/8 .071 570U 3,292.2 695 5.3 63.2 94.8
570H 6,584.4 1,571 10.5 126.4 189.6
670N 4,946.7 676 7.9 94.9 142.5
600 2-5/8 .16 670U 7,420.1 1,510 11.9 142.5 213.7
670H 14,840.1 2,960 23.7 284.9 427.4
770N 11,639.8 1,805 18.6 223.5 335.2
700 2-7/8 .34 770U 17,459.7 2,104 27.9 335.2 502.8
770H 29,099.5 - 46.5 558.75 838.0
870N 21,889.4 3,680 35.0 420.3 630.4
800 3-7/8 .95 870U 32,834.1 - 52.5 630.4 945.6
870H 47,062.2 - 75.2 903.0 1,354.5
970N 47,842.3 8,428 76.5 918.6 1,377.9
900 4-3/4 4.20
970U 71,763.5 - 114.8 1,377.9 2,066.8

Dimensional Specifications
Magnaloy Coupling Dimensional Specifications
X
Models 100, 200, 300, 400 T W
100 200 300 400
A 2.54 3.10 3.58 4.24
B 2.600 2.900 3.450 3.980
C 2.00 2.25 2.90 3.05
D 0.56 0.68 0.78 1.00
E 0.68 0.84 0.96 1.06 C B
F 0.42 0.42 0.44 0.54
G 0.31 0.43 0.56 0.73
W 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
X 0.90 0.90 0.98 1.20
T 1/4-20 5/16-18 5/16-18 3/8-16
D E F G
TOLERANCES: 2 Place Decimals + .01
3 Place Decimals + .001 A
X
Model 500 T W
500
A 4.67
B 4.800
C 4.00 X*: Maximum Space between
D 1.04 shaft ends to allow full
E 1.23
shaft engagement
in Hub Bore.
CB
F 0.64
G 0.70 Y*: Minimum spacing
between shaft ends.
W 1/16
X 1.41
T 3/8-16
* Given for reference only.
TOLERANCES: 2 Place Decimals + .01
D E F G
X
Models 600, 700, 800, 900 T W
600 700 800 900
A 5.98 6.99 7.99 10.15
B 5.975 6.900 8.600 11.400
C 4.50 5.19 7.00 8.30
D 1.60 2.08 2.25 2.75
E 1.33 1.32 1.62 2.20 C B
F 0.62 0.89 1.00 1.32
G 1.13 1.13 1.58 1.88
W 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16
X 1.36 1.97 2.25 2.89
T 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 3/4-10
TOLERANCES: 2 Place Decimals + .01 D E F G


Bore & Keyway Combinations
Standard Bore and Keyway Combinations

Magnaloy “Standard” Bore & Key Combinations Magnaloy “Standard” Bore & Key Combinations
Model Bore/Key Model Model Bore/Key Model
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
900
Code Code Bore Key Code Code Bore Key
M __ __ __ 01203 3/8 x 3/32 • • M __ __ __ 12414 1 3/4 x 7/16 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01403 7/16 x 3/32 • • M __ __ __ 12816 1 7/8 x 1/2 • • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01404 7/16 x 1/8 • • M __ __ __ 13016 1 15/16 x 1/2 • •
M __ __ __ 01604 1/2 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 20016 2 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 01804 9/16 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 20416 2 1/8 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02005 5/8 x 5/32 • • • M __ __ __ 20816 2 1/4 x 1/2 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02006 5/8 x 3/16 • • • • M __ __ __ 21220 2 3/8 x 5/8 • • • • •
M __ __ __ 02206 11/16 x 3/16 • • • • M __ __ __ 21620 2 1/2 x 5/8 • • • •
M __ __ __ 02404 3/4 x 1/8 • • • M __ __ __ 22020 2 5/8 x 5/8 • • • •
M __ __ __ 02406 3/4 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 22420 2 3/4 x 5/8 • • •
M __ __ __ 02806 7/8 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 22824 2 7/8 x 3/4 • • •
M __ __ __ 02808 7/8 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 30024 3 x 3/4 • •
M __ __ __ 03008 15/16 x 1/4 • • M __ __ __ 30824 3 1/4 x 3/4 • •
M __ __ __ 10006 1 x 3/16 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 31228 3 3/8 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10008 1 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 31628 3 1/2 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10408 1 1/8 x 1/4 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 32028 3 5/8 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10608 1 3/16 x 1/4 • • M __ __ __ 32428 3 3/4 x 7/8 • •
M __ __ __ 10808 1 1/4 x 1/4 • • • • • M __ __ __ 32832 3 7/8 x 1 • •
M __ __ __ 10810 1 1/4 x 5/16 • • • • • • • M __ __ __ 40032 4 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11210 1 3/8 x 5/16 • • • • • • • M __ __ __ 40432 4 1/8 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11212 1 3/8 x 3/8 • M __ __ __ 40832 4 1/4 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11412 1 7/16 x 3/8 • • • M __ __ __ 41232 4 3/8 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11610 1 1/2 x 5/16 • • • M __ __ __ 41632 4 1/2 x 1 •
M __ __ __ 11612 1 1/2 x 3/8 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 41640 4 1/2 x 1 1/4 •
M __ __ __ 12012 1 5/8 x 3/8 • • • • • • M __ __ __ 42040 4 5/8 x 1 1/4 •
M __ __ __ 12412 1 3/4 x 3/8 • • • • • M __ __ __ 42440 4 3/4 x 1 1/4 •
Shaded Area: AGMA semi-standard bore key combinations.
Bore Tolerances
Part Number Usage: Magnaloy Coupling Hub part numbers Over Include Tolerance
may be specified using the following format: Start with let- -- 1 +.0008/ +.0003
ter “M” designating Magnaloy, followed by 3 digit Model 1 2 +.0013/ +.0005
2 3 +.0018/ +.0008
Code (100, 200, etc.), then the specific 5 digit Bore Key 3 4 +.0020/ +.0010
Code. 4 5 +.0023/ +.0010
Example: Model 500 hub with a 1 3/8 bore and 5/16 key-
way would be specified as: M50011210 - No bore hubs are
designated as ‘R’ code, ie: M500R.
Additional Coupling Specifications

Model Number 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Maximum Bore 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-5/8 2-7/8 3-7/8 4-3/4
Complete Coupling Approx. Wght. 3/4 1 2 3 4 7 12 18 38
(Solid Hub)
Number of Drive Lugs 3 3 3 3 4 6 6 6 6

Hub Movement for Insert Removal .74 .74 .75 .98 1.12 1.02 1.50 1.63 2.27
Basic Insert Number 170 270 370 470 570 670 770 870 970

Splined Couplings
Magnaloy couplings are available with a variety

of special features which include splined bores.
The “Splined Coupling Specifications” chart on
page 7 shows several “in-house” splines available
for quick delivery. Many additional splined bores
are available upon contacting the factory, including
straight side ‘PTO’ type splines and metric splines.
The Clamp-Type Coupling utilizes the basic Magnaloy

coupling with the addition of the clamp feature.
Developed to compensate for variations in spline
formation methods and tolerances. Assures centering
of the coupling and positive retention on the shaft.
The clamp feature is suggested for all splined couplings,
but is also available in smooth bored and keyed models.
Magnaloy’s Steel Bushed Splined Bore* Coupling

combines all the design and lightweight features of the
Magnaloy Coupling with the added spline tooth strength and
wear resistance of steel. Under normal conditions the stan-
dard “Splined Bore” coupling will perform satisfactorily and
the addition of the “Clamp Feature” compensates for various
fit conditions. When heavy cyclic loads, reverse loading and
high torque loads exist in combination with fit variations,
spline tooth failures and fretting can be corrected by utilizing
Magnaloy’s steel bushed coupling. Of course, to achieve
optimum benefits, Magnaloy’s clamp feature is
recommended - assuring accurate centering and positive
retention of the coupling on the shaft.
*Although the steel bushing feature was designed primarily
for spline bores, it is also available smooth bored and keyed.

Spline & Clamp Specifications
Splined Coupling Specifications

Spline Size Pressure Major Std. Coupling Steel Bushed Coupling
Number Spline Angle SAE Diameter Available Bushing Available
of Teeth Pitch Code (Degrees) Design (Inches) Model Sizes O Model Sizes
o
9 16/32 0916 30 A .625 100-900 1.250 200-900
o
13 8/16 1308 30 D,E 1.750 400-900 2.625 600-900
o
13 16/32 1316 30 B .875 100-900 1.500 300-900
o
14 12/24 1412 30 C 1.250 200-900 2.250 500-900
o
15 8/16 1508 30 F 2.000 500-900 3.500 800-900
o
15 16/32 1516 30 BB 1.000 100-900 1.750 400-900
o
17 12/24 1712 30 CC 1.500 300-900 2.250 500-900
o
21 16/32 2116 30 1.375 300-900 2.250 500-900
o
23 16/32 2316 30 1.500 300-900 2.250* 500-900
o
27 16/32 2716 30 1.750 400-900 2.625 600-900
o
40 16/32 4016 30 2.562 600-900 3.875 800-900
*NOTE: With Model 600-900 Bushing O.D. is 2.625

Spline Type Identifier Code -- A = Spline B = Steel Bushing Spline C = Clamp Type
Part Number Usage: Magnaloy Splined Coupling part numbers may be specified using the
following format: Start with letter ‘M’ designating Magnaloy, follow with 3 digit model code
(100, 200, etc.), next use single letter Spline Type Identifier Code (‘A’ for regular spline or ‘B’
for steel bushing) then the specific 4 digit spline code.
If a clamp type coupling is specified - use the letter code ‘C’ after the spline code.
Example: Model 300 hub with 13 tooth 16/32 splined bore, M300A1316; same as above with
steel bushing, M300B1316; same as above with steel bushing and clamp, M300B1316C.
Clamp Type Coupling Specifications Optional

Clamp Bolt
Coupling Bolt Location U Z U
Model Z Y Bolt Size Torque Spec.
100 .31 .68 1/4-20 130-140 in. lbs.
200 .43 .75 1/4-20 130-140 in. lbs. Y
300 .47 .95 5/16-18 210-220 in. lbs.
400 .69 1.06 5/16-18 210-220 in. lbs.
500 .72 1.25 3/8-16 300-310 in. lbs.
600 1.13 1.50 7/16-14 35-36 ft. lbs.
700 1.13 1.75 7/16-14 35-36 ft. lbs.
800 1.44 2.56 1/2-13 49-50 ft. lbs.
900* .75 & 2.19 3.00 3/4-10 100-110 ft. lbs. Optional
Steel Bushing Bushing
* Model 900 utilizes two bolt clamp design. O

Insert Selection Guide
Magnaloy Coupling’s full range of flexible inserts

permit custom design performance for a wide range
of applications. All insert materials offer complete
electrical insulation, as Magnaloy’s design elimi-
nates all metal-to-metal contact.
Neoprene (Code N) - Black material -

Standard material with Magnaloy Coupling.
Good general purpose material offering good
resiliency
o
and
o
load
o
capabilities.
o
Temp range -
30 F to +250 F (-34 C to =121 C) optional 80A
durometer (painted gold) and 90A durometer
(painted silver) are available for slight
increased load capability and less resiliency.
Nitrile (Buna N) (Code B) - Painted blue -
Excellent material with petroleum products.
Excellent compression set and abrasion o
resistance
o o
characteristics.
o
Temp range -60 F to
+250 F (-51 C to +121 C).
Urethane (Code U) - Yellow
Excellent mechanical and physical
properties. Offers good medium duty
durability and resiliency. Urethane tends to
soften in higher temperatureso
ando humid con-
ditions.
o
Temp o
Range -30 F to +150 F
(-34 C to +66 C).
Part Number Usage: Magnaloy Coupling Viton (Fluorocarbon) (Code V) - Red material -
Insert part numbers may be specified using Excellent fluid compatibility and high
the following format: Start with letter ‘M’ temperature characteristics. Good
designating Magnaloy followed by 3 digit compression
o o
set and
o
resiliency.
o
Temp range -
20 F to +350 F (-29 C to +177 C).
insert model size (170, 270, etc.) then the
specific material code letter. If an optional Hytrel (Code H) - Blue-green material - Superior
durometer is being specified, after the physical and mechanical properties and
material code letter supply the durometer excellent fluid compatibility and high temper-
number divided by 10. ature characteristics. Hardness (50D)
EXAMPLES: Urethane insert for Model 300, M370U; approaches that of plastic and offers little
80 Duro Neoprene for Model 200, M270N8. resiliency. Excellent performanceo under heavy
o
dutyo conditions.
o
Temp range -65 F to +300 F
(-54 C to +149 C).
Other materials are available for special applications.
Consult factory for recommendations and availability.

Insert Selection Guide
Service Factors - Load Characteristics
Type of Prime Mover
Load Standard Motor High Torque I.C. Engine I.C. Engine
Classification or Turbine Motor 6 or more cyl. less than 6 cyl.
Uniform (U) 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.0*
Moderate (M) 1.5 2.0 2.0* 2.5*
Heavy (H) 2.0* 2.5* 2.5* 3.0*
Uniform Load: Steady loading, non-reversing, torque does not exceed rating.
Moderate Load: Uneven loading with moderate shock, frequent starts,
infrequent reversals, peak torque may exceed average rate of prime
mover by 125%.
Heavy Load: Uneven loading with heavy shock, frequent reversals, peak
torque may exceed average rating of prime mover by 150%.
*Recommend use of Urethane or Hytrel Insert.
Drive Unit Load Sym. Selection Method

Agitators U 1. Several specifics must be considered to make the best
Blowers U choice of couplings:
Compressors • Centrifugal U
• Rotary M A. Type of prime mover and load characteristics
• Reciprocating H* (see table above).
Conveyors U B. Shaft diameter and key size or spline configuration
• Reciprocating M
• Screw M (No. of teeth, pitch ratio, pressure angle).
• Shaker H C. Horsepower rating of loads to be transmitted.
Cranes & Hoists M D. Maximum operating speed (rpm).
Crushers H* E. Maximum operating misalignment.
Elevators M
• Freight & Pass. H* F. Clearance limitations.
Fans • Centrifugal U 2. Calculate effective hp/100 rpm by use of table above
• Propeller M and select the minimum size couplings recommended.
• Cooling Tower H
3. VERIFY YOUR SELECTION:
Generators U
• Welding H A. Check for maximum bore size.
Mills H* B. Check dimensions for adequate clearance.
Machine Tools M C. Indicate any special insert specification and/or
Mixers M coupling coating for environmental protection, if
Paper Mill Machinery M
required.
Pumps • Centrifugal U
• Rotary M Equation: Effective HP per 100 RPM = rated HP x Service
• Reciprocating H* Factor x 100/RPM
• On Injection H*
Molding Equip. Example: 150 HP 4 cyl. Diesel Engine Driving
Screens • Air & Water U Reciprocating Irrigation Pump operating
Washing at 3250 RPM
• Freight & Pass. H
Service Factor = 3.0 (Hytrel Insert recommended)
Stokers U
Textile Machinery M Eff. HP per 100 RPM = 150 HP x 3.0 x 100/3250
Woodworking Machinery M RPM = 13.85 HP/100 RPM Model 600 rating with
Winches H* Hytrel Insert is 23.7 HP/100 RPM
NOTE: Above service factors are intended for use as a general guide only.
* Recommend use of Steel Bushing and Clamp with Splined Bores.

Installation Instructions
Shaft spacing should be within range given by

dimensions ‘W’ and ‘X’ as shown in charts on page 4.
Position each hub on proper size shaft - Magnaloy
couplings are bored to standard “push fit” tolerances,
if a tight fit exists check shaft for burrs.
Maximum benefits are obtained with hubs posi-
tioned to allow complete shaft engagement within
bore. However, some equipment designs do not
permit this condition - maximum shaft engagement
should be utilized in any case.
Alignment - Place a straight edge (scale) at top

and side of coupling. Use a .005 inch feeler gauge
under scale for final inspection. This will indicate
accurate parallel and angular alignment.
Magnaloy’s precision tooled outside surfaces
permit this simple, but accurate alignment method.
Secure equipment mounts and recheck alignment

for movement.
Install the insert in the coupling positioning hubs in
contact with lip around outside of insert.
Before tightening set screws, run the coupling and
check for separation of hubs or creep . Recheck
alignment and tighten set screws.
With the Steel Bushed/Clamp type couplings, to
facilitate installation on the shaft, it may be necessary
to slightly loosen the set-screw over the keystock.
When securing the coupling to the shaft, first tighten
the clamp bolt, then tighten the set--screw against
the keystock.

Mis-Alignment Capabilities
Magnaloy couplings offer four-way flexibility (parallel,

angular, axial and torsional) and require no lubrica-
tion. They are easily installed and properly aligned
without use of special tools or equipment - a straight
edge and hex wrench are the only tools required.
Magnaloy’s insert reduces noise and vibration and
permits needed flexibility for proper operation within
alignment capabilities.
Recommended Torques
for Fasteners
Model Set Screw Clamp Screw
100 60-70 in. lbs. 130-140 in. lbs.
200 130-140 in. lbs. 130-140 in. lbs.
300 130-140 in. lbs. 210-220 in. lbs.
400 190-200 in. lbs. 210-220 in. lbs.
500 190-200 in. lbs. 300-310 in. lbs.
600 190-200 in. lbs. 35-36 ft. lbs.
700 300-310 in. lbs. 35-36 ft. lbs.
800 300-310 in. lbs. 49-50 ft. lbs.
900 100-110 ft. lbs. 100-110 ft. lbs.
Intended as a general guide for fastener torques
with Magnaloy Couplings.
Perfect alignment of equipment shafts, in most cases, is impractical to obtain or maintain,

and misaligned equipment produces excess stress on bearings and coupling. Magnaloy’s
insert design will accept misalignment strain and, when excessive, will cause insert wear as
a visual and audible indication of misalignment problems. However, Magnaloy’s inserts are
inexpensive and easily replaced; under normal conditions the insert seldom requires
replacement.
Maximum
1o Angular
Mis-Alignment
Mis-Alignment
Capabilities
Maximum
.015 in. Parallel
Mis-Alignment

Technical Bulletin & Notes
Keystock Interference with Drive Lug
Since the Magnaloy Coupling keyway in a bored and keyed hub is broached between the
drive lugs, there is a potential for interference with the keystock of the drive lugs and the
driver lugs of the driven hub. Interference will result when ALL the following conditions exist:
A) The shaft diameter is GREATER than listed below.
B) T h i s shaft extends into the hub insert core area.
C) The keystock on this shaft extends with the shaft.
The interference condition can be corrected by shortening the keystock so it does not
extend into the coupling hub insert core area.
Interference Potential exists when
shaft diameters are greater than Area of Interference Cut Keystock even
shown in this chart with this Surface
Model Size Shaft Diameter Key Size

100 7/8 1/4
200 1 - 3/16 1/4
300 1 - 5/16 5/16
400 1 - 1/2 3/8
500 1 - 15/16 1/2
600 2 - 1/2 5/8
700 2 - 3/4 5/8
800 3 - 1/2 7/8
900 4 - 1/2 1 - 1/4
Failure to correct this condition will result in assembly difficulty and could cause damage
to the drive or driven equipment.
Notes

Powdered Metal PM90 Couplings
The Strong, High Quality, Low Cost, Powdered Metal Coupling from Magnaloy
When your priorities for a coupling are economy and strength...
specify the all-new Magnaloy Type PM 90.
The PM 90 is made from high-density powdered metal
and is available in standard bores up to 1 1/8 inch
maximum. Double set screws are standard in all bores
1/2 inch and over. The set screws are placed over the
keyway and at a 45o angle to the keyway to allow
greater hoop-stress generation and maximum shaft
gripping. The increased drive lug surface area on the
PM 90 provides low unit loads on insert drive elements
while insuring more rapid heat dissipation. Magnaloy’s
exclusive insert design allows easy installation and replacement
without hub removal. The drive lug design provides even compressive
loading with no radial loading of insert drive elements
It is a well established fact that the major cause of failure in an elastomeric insert type drive
coupling is hysteresis failure which results from overworking the insert by application of
cyclic loads and the associated heat generation. These cyclic loads can be internal in ori-
gin as a result of coupling design (see page 2) and when coupled with externally applied
loads can greatly reduce elastomer life. Specifying Magnaloy’s Type PM Coupling with
radial designed drive lugs results in true compressive loads and improved insert life.

PM 90 Specifications
Model PM 90 Performance Specifications
Torque Torsional Complete Coupling Wr2
Maximum Minimum Insert Rating HP Rating Rigidity Approx. Weight (lb) (lb. Ft.2)
Bore Bore Number (in.lb.) Per 100 RPM (in.lb./deg.) Solid Max. Bore (Solid)
P097N7 224 0.36 38.3
1-1/8 7/16 P090U9 336 0.54 69.9 1.8 1.3 0.946
P090H5 672 1.08 158.7
Model PM 90 Dimensional Specifications

T W
A- Over all length (Assembled) - 2.78

B- Outside Diameter - 2.125
T- Set Screw 1/4 -20 UNC, 2 places
B W- Distance between shaft ends 3/16 min.
X- Distance between shaft ends 3/4 max.
Y- Hub movement required for insert removal (1.20 total)
Y X
Notes

PM 90 Specifications
Model PM 90 - Standard Bore - Keyway Sizes (Per AGMA Class 1, Clearance Fit)
Part Bore & Keyway Set Screw
Number Combinations Bore Size** Key Width Key Depth Size Quantity
P090014N 7/16 x No.Key .4375 / .4385 No Keyway - 1/4 - 20 UNC 1
P09001403 7/16 x 3/32 .4375 / .4385 .0938 / .0958 .484 / .495 1/4 - 20 UNC 1
P09001404 7/16 x 1/8 .4375 / .4385 .125 / .127 .496 / .507 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09001604 1/2 x 1/8 .500 / .501 .125 / .127 .560 / .571 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09001804 9/16 x 1/8 .5625 / .5635 .125 / .127 .623 / .634 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002005 5/8 x 5/32 .625 / .626 .1562 / .1582 .698 / .709 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002006 5/8 x 3/16 .625 / .626 .1875 / .1895 .709 / .720 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002206 11/16 x 3/16 .6875 / .6885 .1875 / .1895 .773 / .784 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002404 3/4 x 1/8 .750 / .751 .125 / .127 .812 / .823 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002406 3/4 x 3/16 .750 / .751 .1875 / .1895 .837 / .848 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002806 7/8 x 3/16 .875 / .876 .1875 / .1895 .964 / .975 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P09002808 7/8 x 1/4 .875 / .876 .250 / .252 .982 / .993 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P090010006 1 x 3/16 1.000 / 1.001 .1875 / .1895 1.090 / 1.101 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P090010008 1 x 1/4 1.000 / 1.001 .250 / .252 1.114 / 1.125 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
P090010408 1 1/8 x 1/4 1.125 / 1.126 .250 / .252 1.241 / 1.252 1/4 - 20 UNC 2
*Shaded combinations are Semi-special - See price sheet
**Other Bore/Keyway combinations available. Consult factory for quotation.
Model PM 90 Bore Tolerances

Key
Width
Features Tolerance
Bore -.000 / +.001
Key
Key Width -.000 / +.002 Depth Bore
Key Depth +.005 / +.016
As with Magnaloy’s standard line of Nitrile, 70A Durometer.....

couplings, insert elastomer selection Standard elastomer material offering
allows variable performance excellent resistance to petroleum
characteristics. Insert design products and superior compression
eliminates metal-to-metal set characteristics.
contact and assures Urethane, 90A Durometer....
electrical isolation Excellent mechanical and physical
properties. Note: Urethane material
of shafts. tends to soften when exposed to
elevated temperatures or humid
conditions
Hytrel, 50D Durometer....
Superior mechanical and physical
properties and offer excellent fluid
compatibility and high temperature
characteristics.
Additional insert materials available upon request from factory.

See page 8 for additional information on insert selection.

Make the Connection
with ......
Whatever your Fluid Power Unit needs,
magnaloy has the products
to keep you connected.
PM 90 Couplings
Economical PM-90 Iron Powder
Couplings have long lasting
Flexible Drive Couplings nitrile, hytrel or urethane inserts.
Top-of-the-line magnesium couplings Double set screws give excellent
are lighter, yet stronger than either Pump/Motor Mounts gripping power.
cast iron or aluminum. They also Precision machined aluminum & custom
offer better corrosion resistance steel pump/motor mounts directly connect
and easier handling. the motor and pump while ensuring
accurate shaft alignment and enclosing the
coupling. Vertical and horizontal models
readily available from stock.
Magnaloy Hydraulic Bar Magnaloy Reservoirs

Manifolds & Accessories Complete line of J.I.C. Style and
custom reservoirs from 10 to 5,000
Complete line of inline Bar Manifolds, Rod End Couplers gallons. Drip Pans, Stacking
Subplates, Cover Plates, Valve Adaptors, Two models of accurately machined Modules, Clean Out Covers and
Integrated Circuit Manifolds, and high tensile cylinder rod end alignment many other accessories are also
Accessories to make the design and o o
available from stock.
couplers offer 7 or 10 spherical
fabrication of Hydraulic Circuitry simple
and 1/8” parallel misalignment
and easy. Wide range of sizes include:
capabilities.
D03, D05, D05H & D08 in aluminum and
steel with ports available in SAE, NPTF,
BSPP, and BSTP styles. Custom design and
fabrication also available, consult factory.
Magnaloy Pressure Switch
Accessories Pressure Sensing switch capable of sensing up
Filler Breather Adaptors, Filler Breathers, to three (3) separate pressures. Each sensor
Reservoir Flanges, Suction Strainers, is externally independently adjustable from
Gauge Isolators, Liquid Level Gauges, 200 to 4000 psi. Viton seals provide wide
Modular O-Ring Kits. fluid compatibility range.

ÜßÓßÒ Ð®±¼«½¬- Ý±³°¿²§ô ×²½ò
Üðë Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬»-

Ð¿®¿´´»´ Ý·®½«·¬ Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬» Ð¿®¿´´»´ Ý·®½«·¬ Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬»
Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò
Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò ©·¬¸ Ù¿«¹» Ð±®¬
Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò ö
Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò
ö Ð´«¹ ²±¬ -«°°´·»¼ º±® ³»¬®·½ ¹¿«¹» °±®¬ò
î
Í»®·»- Ý·®½«·¬ Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬»æ Ý®±--±ª»® Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬»æ
Ð ¬± Ì Ð ¬± ßå Þ ¬± Ì
Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò Ý±ª»® Ð´¿¬» ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸¿®¼©¿®» ·- -«°°´·»¼ò
Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò Í»» °¿¹» ìì º±® ·¬»³·¦»¼ ´·-¬ò
Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±²-ô ¼»-½®·°¬·±²-ô ¿²¼ ¼·³»²-·±²¿´ ¼¿¬¿ ¿®» -«¾¶»½¬ ¬±

½±®®»½¬·±² ±® ½¸¿²¹» ©·¬¸±«¬ ²±¬·½» ±® ·²½«®®·²¹ ±¾´·¹¿¬·±²ò
Ñ®¼»®·²¹ ×²º±®³¿¬·±²
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ê¿´ª» Ý·®½«·¬ Ù¿«¹» Þ±´¬

Ð¿¬¬»®² Ð±®¬ Ì¸®»¿¼-
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ù¿«¹» Ð±®¬

ß´«³·²«³ ó êðêïóÌê ßª¿·´¿¾´» ©·¬¸ °¿®¿´´»´ ½·®½«·¬
ß ÝÐÐô ÝÐÍ ´ íððð °-· ´ îðòé ÓÐ¿ ±²´§ò Ñ³·¬ ·º ²±¬ ®»¯«·®»¼ò
ÝÑÐ ´ ïëðð °-· ´ ïðòí ÓÐ¿ ðòîëð ÒÐÌÚ ±®
Ü«½¬·´» ×®±² ó Üìëïî Ù ðòîëð ÞÍÐÌ øÓ ±°¬·±²÷
Ü ÝÐÐô ÝÐÍ ´ ëððð °-· ´ íìòë ÓÐ¿
ÝÑÐ ´ íððð °-· ´ îðòé ÓÐ¿
Ý·®½«·¬ Þ±´¬ Ì¸®»¿¼-
ÝÐÐ Ð¿®¿´´»´ Ý·®½«·¬ Ñ³·¬ º±® ·²½¸ øËÒÝ÷ ¾±´¬ µ·¬ò
Ê¿´ª» Ð¿¬¬»®² ÝÐÍ Í»®·»- Ý·®½«·¬ Ó Ó»¬®·½ ø×ÍÑ êØ÷ ¾±´¬ µ·¬
×ÍÑ ììðïóðëóðì
Üðë ÒÚÐß ÌíòëòïóÜðë ÝÑÐ Ý®±--±ª»® Ý·®½«·¬
øÐ ¬± ßô Þ ¬± Ì÷
Í»» -»½¬·±² ç
ìð ÜßÓßÒ ÐÎÑÜËÝÌÍ ÝÑÓÐßÒÇô ×ÒÝò ´ íêîî Òò Ø±³» Í¬®»»¬ô Ó·-¸¿©¿µ¿ô ×Ò ìêëìëóìíçè ËÍß
Ò±®¬¸ ß³»®·½¿ ´ Ð¸æ èððiçëçiéèìï Ú¨æ èððiîìïiéêêì ´ ×²¬»®²¿¬·±²¿´ ´ Ð¸æ îïçiîëçiéèìï Ú¨æ îïçiîëçiéêêë
»ó³¿·´æ ¼¿³¿²à¼¿³¿²·º±´¼-ò½±³ ´ ×²¬»®²»¬æ ¸¬¬°æññ©©©ò¼¿³¿²·º±´¼-ò½±³

Technical Information Series CVH161P
General Description
The CVH161P Series, Poppet-Type, Check Valves
allow free flow in one direction while preventing flow in
the reverse direction. They can be used to isolate (1) (2)
portions of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow
path around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
against the poppet, pushing it off its seat and permit- Out (2)
ting free flow. Reverse flow through the check is
blocked by the poppet.
In (1)
Features
Performance Curve
• Fully guided poppet for smooth operation
Flow vs. Pressure Drop
200 14
Maximum Flow 225 LPM (60 GPM)
Maximum 345 Bar (5000 PSI) 160 11

Pressure Drop (D P)
Inlet Pressure
120 8.3
Leakage 5 drops/min. (1/3 cc/min.)
at 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
80 5.5
-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon) 40 2.8
(-25°F to +250°F)

LPM 38 76 114 151 189 227
GPM 10 20 30 40 50 60
Flow (In Out)


Dimensions Series CVH161P
Cartridge Only
12.8
(.51) 1-1/2² Hex.
99 N.m.
(876 In.-Lbs.)
Torque
15.7
(.62)
* 1-5/16-12
Thread
UN-2A
44.4
(1.75)
Outlet
(2)
Compound is recommended.
Inlet
Ø 28.5 (1)
(1.12)
Cartridge In Body
0.8
(.03)
24.8
2 (.98)
57.2
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1
3.6 R.
(.14)
47.6 22.2
(1.88) (.88)
65.0 4.1 44.5
(2.56) (.16) (1.75)
76.2
(3.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION

Ordering Information Series CVH161P
CVH 16 1P
5000 PSI Size Style Cracking Seals Body
Design Pressure Option
Check Valve
Code Style Code Type
1P Guided Poppet Omit Nitrile

V Fluorocarbon
Code Type
16 1-5/16-12 UN-2B
Threaded Cavity
Code Type Code Port Size & Material
Omit 0.3 Bar (5 PSI) Omit Cartridge Only

20 1.4 Bar (20 PSI) 8P 1/2″ NPTF (B16-2-8P) Steel
65 4.5 Bar (65 PSI) A8P 1/2″ NPTF (B16-2-A8P) Aluminum
12P 3/4″ NPTF (B16-2-12P) Steel
16P 1″ NPTF (B16-2-16P) Steel
A16P 1″ NPTF (B16-2-A16P) Aluminum
12T SAE-12 (B16-2-12T) Steel
SERVICE PARTS A12T SAE-12 (B16-2-A12T) Aluminum
Nitrile Seal Kit: SK16-2 16T SAE-16 (B16-2-16T) Steel
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK16-2V A16T SAE-16 (B16-2-A16T) Aluminum
A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B16-2-A8B) Aluminum
Shipping Weight
Cartridge Only .27 kg (0.6 lbs.) 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B16-2-12B) Steel
Cartridge in Body 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs.) A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B16-2-A12B) Aluminum
16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-16B) Steel
A16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-A16B) Aluminum
NOTE:
If system pressure does not exceed 210 Bar

Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
Series HMI
Conforms to ISO 6020/2 (1991)
For working pressures up to 210 bar
Vital Technologies for

Motion and Control
For Cylinder Division Plant Locations – See Page II.
105
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
As the world leader in the Parker HMI Series cylinders are

design and manufacture of the true world standard, available
tie-rod cylinders, Parker all over the globe from Parker’s
Cylinder Division introduces worldwide manufacturing
the Parker Series HMI metric facilities. Whether you or your
hydraulic cylinder. Parker’s machine are in Europe, Asia,
HMI Series cylinders are South America, Canada,
designed to meet the Mexico, or the United States,
requirements of ISO 6020/2 you can rely on the engineering
(1991), 160 Bar Compact expertise, manufacturing experi-
Series. HMI Series cylinders ence, and commitment to quality
may be used for working that you’ve come to expect from
pressures up to 210 Bar. the Parker Cylinder Division.
For additional information – call your local Parker Cylinder Distributor.
106
Parker Series HMI Features, Specifications
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders and Mountings
Series HMI Standard Features and Specifications

• ISO 6020/2 mounting interchangeable • Working pressure up to 210 bar
• 12 standard mounting styles • Piston rods – 12mm to 140mm
• Up to 3 rod sizes per bore • Single and Double rod designs
• Wide range of mounting accessories • Cushions available at either end
• Up to 3 male and 3 female rod end threads per bore • Temperature Range – -20°C to 150°C
depending on seal type
• Bore sizes – 25mm to 200mm
• Seal types to suit a wide variety of operating environments
• Strokes – available in any practical stroke length
In line with our policy of continuing product improvement, specifications in this catalog are subject to change.
Available Mountings and Where To Find Them

ISO MX3 ISO MX2 ISO MX1
TB Page 112 TC Page 112 TD Page 112
ISO ME5 ISO ME6 ISO MS2 B
JJ Page 113 HH Page 113 C Page 113
ISO MP3 ISO MP1 ISO MP5
B Page 114 BB Page 114 SB Page 114
ISO MT1 ISO MT2 ISO MT4
D Page 115 DB Page 115 DD Page 115
107
Parker Series HMI
Design Features and Benefits Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
2 5 6 8
3
4 7&8 7 9
1 Piston Rod
Gland seal life is maximized by manufacturing piston rods cylinder.
from precision ground, high tensile carbon alloy steel, hard
The double lip wiperseal acts as a secondary seal, trapping
chrome plated and polished to 0.2µm max. Piston rods are
excess lubricating film in the chamber between the wiper
induction case hardened to Rockwell C54 minimum before
and lip seals. Its outer lip prevents the ingress of dirt into the
chrome plating, resulting in a dent-resistant surface.
cylinder, extending the life of gland and seals.
2 Parker’s ‘Jewel’ Gland The TS-2000 is manufactured from an enhanced poly-
Continuous lubrication, and therefore longer gland life, are urethane, giving efficient retention of pressurized fluid and
provided by the long bearing surface inboard of the primary long service life.
4 Cylinder Body
Strict quality control standards and precision manufacture
ensure that all tubes meet rigid standards of straightness,
roundness and surface finish. The steel tubing is surface
finished to minimize internal friction and prolong seal life.
5 Cylinder Body Seals

To make sure that the cylinder body remains leaktight, even
under pressure shock conditions, Parker utilizes pressure-
energized body seals.
6 One-Piece Piston
Side loading is resisted by the wide bearing surfaces of the
pistons. A long thread engagement secures the piston to
the piston rod and, as an added safety feature, pistons are
secured by an anaerobic adhesive.
7 Cushioning
Progressive deceleration is available by using profiled
seal. The Jewel gland, complete with rod seals, can easily cushions at the head and cap – see Section C for details.
be removed without dismantling the cylinder, so servicing is The head end cushion is self aligning, while the polished
quicker – and therefore more economical. cap end spear is an integral part of the piston rod.
3 Rod Seals 8 Floating Cushion Bushings and Sleeves

The TS-2000 primary seal has a series of sealing edges Closer tolerances – and therefore more effective
which take over successively as pressure increases, cushioning – are permitted by the use of a floating cushion
providing efficient sealing under all operating conditions. sleeve at the head end of the cylinder, and a floating
On the return stroke the serrations act as a check valve, cushion bushing at the cap end. A slotted cushion sleeve at
allow-ing the oil adhering to the rod to pass back into the the head end and the floating bronze cushion bushing in
the cap, provide minimum fluid restriction at the start of the
return stroke. This allows full pressure to be applied over
the entire area of the piston, providing full power and fast
cycle times.
108
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Design Features and Benefits
9 Cushion Adjustment Piston Seals

Needle valves are provided at both ends of the cylinder for Parker’s B style piston is a single seal design which
precise cushion adjustment. 63 mm bores and smaller incorporates two wear strips. This design provides smooth
contain cartridge cushion assembly shown below. operation, long bearing life, and high load carrying capacity.
Air Bleeds
Available as an option at both ends, the air bleeds are
recessed into the head and cap. Servo Cylinders
Servo cylinders permit fine control of acceleration, velocity
and position in applications where very low friction and an
absence of stick-slip are required. They may be used in
conjunction with integral or external transducers. Servo
cylinders combine low friction piston and gland seals with
specially selected tubes and rods. For low-friction appli-
cations – consult factory.
B
Seal Classes
To accommodate the many types of fluids and the varying
temperature ranges used in industry, Parker offers a range
of rod gland, piston and body seals. These are described in
detail in Section C of this catalog.
Gland Drains
The accumulation of fluid behind the gland wiperseal of long
stroke cylinders, or cylinders with constant back pressure,
can be relieved by specifying the option of a gland drain.
A port between the wiperseal and primary seal allows fluid to
be piped back to a reservoir. By fitting a transparent tube
between the port and the reservoir, fluid loss from concealed
or inaccessible cylinders can be monitored to provide an
early indication of the need for gland servicing. Gland drains
are described in greater detail in Section C of this catalog.
109
Parker Series HMI
Mounting Styles Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ISO Cylinder Mounting Styles
and Where to Find Them
The standard range of Parker Series HMI cylinders com-
prises 12 ISO mounting styles, to suit the majority of applica-
tions. General guidance for the selection of ISO cylinders is
given below, with dimensional information about each
mounting style shown on the following pages. Application-
specific mounting information is shown in the mounting
information section, Section C of this catalog.
Styles TB, TC, TD
Extended Tie Rods ISO Styles MX3, MX2, MX1 TB
Cylinders with TB, TC and TD mountings are suitable for
straight line force transfer applications, and are particularly
useful where space is limited. For compression (push) appli-
cations, cap end tie rod mountings are most appropriate;
where the major load places the piston rod in tension (pull
applications), head end mounting styles should be specified.
Cylinders with tie rods extended at both ends may be
attached to the machine member from either end, allowing
the free end of the cylinder to support a bracket or switch.
Flange Mounted Cylinders

These cylinders are also suitable for use on straight line Styles JJ, HH
force transfer applications. Two flange mounting styles are ISO Styles ME5, ME6 HH
available, offering either a head flange (JJ) or a cap flange
(HH). Selection of the correct flange mounting style depends
on whether the major force applied to the load will result in
compression (push) or tension (pull) stresses on the piston
rod. For compression-type applications, the cap mounting
style is most appropriate; where the major load places the
piston rod in tension, a head mounting should be specified.
Foot Mounted Cylinders

Style C, foot mounted cylinders do not absorb forces on
their centerline. As a result, the application of force by the Style C
cylinder produces a moment which attempts to rotate the ISO Style MS2 C
cylinder about its mounting bolts. It is important, therefore,
that the cylinder should be firmly secured to the mounting
surface and that the load should be effectively guided to
avoid side loads being applied to rod gland and piston
bearings. A thrust key modification may be specified to
provide positive cylinder location.
Pivot Mountings
Cylinders with pivot mountings, which absorb forces on their
centerlines, should be used where the machine member to
be moved travels in a curved path. Pivot mountings may be
used for tension (pull) or compression (push) applications. Styles B, BB, SB
Cylinders using a fixed clevis, styles BB and B, may be used BB
ISO Styles MP3, MP1, MP5
if the curved path of the piston rod travel is in a single plane;
for applications where the piston rod will travel in a path on
either side of the true plane of motion, a spherical bearing
mounting SB is recommended.
Trunnion Mounted Cylinders

These cylinders, styles D, DB and DD, are designed to
absorb force on their centerlines. They are suitable for
tension (pull) or compression (push) applications, and may
be used where the machine member to be moved travels in
a curved path in a single plane. Trunnion pins are designed
for shear loads only and should be subjected to minimum
bending stresses. Styles D, DB, DD
ISO Styles MT1, MT2, MT4 DB
110
Parker Series HMI Piston Rod End Data
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders and Threads
Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 Parker Thread Styles 4 & 7 25 & 32mm Bore Cylinders
– All Except JJ Mount – JJ Mount The smallest diameter rod end E 5mm
WF A WF
thread for each bore size is
A VE
VE designated Style 4 when sup- 5mm
VJ
plied with a No.1 rod. When
the same rod end thread is
supplied with a No. 2 or No. 3 E
RD B NA KK MM
rod, it is designated Style 7.
B NA KK MM
D Parker Thread Style 9

D
Wrench Flats
Wrench Flats
VL
– Short Stroke Cylinders
FJ
Style 9 (female) rod ends
should not be used on 160mm 5mm extra height applies to
Parker Thread Style 9 – Parker Thread Style 9 – or 200mm bore cylinders with port face at head end only.
All Except JJ Mount JJ Mount a stroke of 50mm or less.
WF Please consult the factory, Gland Retainer
VE
WF
with details of the application. – 160 and 200mm Bore
VE
VJ
On all 160mm and 200mm
Parker Thread Style 3 bore ISO mounting styles
Non-standard piston rod ends except TB and TD, the gland
B NA KF MM
are designated 'Style 3'. A dim- retainer is separately bolted
RD B NA KF MM
ensional sketch or description to the head, as shown.
D
Wrench Flats should accompany the order.
D
Wrench Flats
Please specify dimensions
A
VL KK or KF, A, rod stand out
FJ
WF and thread type.
A
Piston Rod End Dimensions
MM Style 4 Style 7 Style 9 JJ Mount Only
Bore Rod Rod B D NA VE WF B
f9 VL RD VJ FJ
φ No. φ KK A KK A KF A min f8
25 1 12 M10x1.25 14 - - M8x1 14 24 10 11 16
25 3 38 6 10
2 18 M14x1.5 18 M10x1.25 14 M12x1.25 18 30 15 17 16
32 1 14 M12x1.25 16 - - M10x1.25 16 26 12 13 22
35 3 42 12 10
2 22 M16x1.5 22 M12x1.25 16 M16x1.5 22 34 18 21 22
40 1 18 M14x1.5 18 - - M12x1.25 18 30 15 17 16 6
35 3 62 10
2 28 M20x1.5 28 M14x1.5 18 M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 12
1 22 M16x1.5 22 - - M16x1.5 22 34 18 21 22 6
50 2 36 M27x2 36 M16x1.5 22 M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 41 4 74 9 16
3 28 M20x1.5 28 M16x1.5 22 M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 6
1 28 M20x1.5 28 - - M20x1.5 28 42 22 26 22 75 6
63 2 45 M33x2 45 M20x1.5 28 M33x2 45 60 39 43 29 48 4 13 16
88
3 36 M27x2 36 M20x1.5 28 M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 9
1 36 M27x2 36 - - M27x2 36 50 30 34 25 82 5
80 2 56 M42x2 56 M27x2 36 M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 51 4 20
105 9
3 45 M33x2 45 M27x2 36 M33x2 45 60 39 43 29
1 45 M33x2 45 - - M33x2 45 60 39 43 29 92 7
100 2 70 M48x2 63 M33x2 45 M48x2 63 88 62 68 32 57 5 10 22
125
3 56 M42x2 56 M33x2 45 M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 7
1 56 M42x2 56 - - M42x2 56 72 48 54 29 105 9 20
125 2 90 M64x3 85 M42x2 56 M64x3 85 108 80 88 32 57 5
150 10 22
3 70 M48x2 63 M42x2 56 M48x2 63 88 62 68 32
1 70 M48x2 63 - - M48x2 63 88 62 68 32 125 10 22
160 2 110 M80x3 95 M48x2 63 M80x3 95 133 100 108 32 57 5
170 7 25
3 90 M64x3 85 M48x2 63 M64x3 85 108 80 88 32
1 90 M64x3 85 - - M64x3 85 108 80 88 32 150 10 22
200 2 140 M100x3 112 M64x3 85 M100x3 112 163 128 138 32 57 5
210 7 25
3 110 M80x3 95 M64x3 85 M80x3 95 133 100 108 32
All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.
111
Parker Series HMI
Extended Tie Rod Mountings Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
WF
1
EE E
WH 1
1 AA 2
E 4 TG
Style TB 3
Tie Rods Extended Head End DD BB FT G J KB
TG
(ISO Style MX3)
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
WF
1
EE DD E
1 AA
E 4 2 TG
Style TC
Tie Rods Extended Cap End KB 3
F G J BB
(ISO Style MX2) TG
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
WF
1
EE DD E
WH 1
1 AA
E 4 2 TG
Style TD 3
Tie Rods Extended Both Ends BB FT G J BB
TG
(ISO Style MX1)
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders – see page 111
Dimensions – TB, TC & TD See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111
Bore AA BB DD E EE F FT G J KB TG WF WH Y + Stroke
BSP/G
φ inches PJ ZJ
1
25 40 19 M5x0.8 40 1/4 10 10 40 25 4 28.3 25 15 50 53 114
32 47 24 M6x1 451 1/4 10 10 40 25 5 33.2 35 25 60 56 128
40 59 35 M8x1 63 3/8 10 10 45 38 6.5 41.7 35 25 62 73 153
50 74 46 M12x1.25 75 1/2 16 16 45 38 10 52.3 41 25 67 74 159
63 91 46 M12x1.25 90 1/2 16 16 45 38 10 64.3 48 32 71 80 168
80 117 59 M16x1.5 115 3/4 20 20 50 45 13 82.7 51 31 77 93 190
100 137 59 M16x1.5 130 3/4 22 22 50 45 13 96.9 57 35 82 101 203
125 178 81 M22x1.5 165 1 22 22 58 58 18 125.9 57 35 86 117 232
160 219 92 M27x2 205 1 25 25 58 58 22 154.9 57 32 86 130 245
200 269 115 M30x2 245 1-1/4 25 25 76 76 24 190.2 57 32 98 165 299
112
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Flange and Side Lugs Mountings
ZB + Stroke
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke UO
1
WF EE E
1
1
E 4 2 R
Style JJ 3
G J KB
Head Rectangular Flange TF
(ISO Style ME5) FBØ
ZJ +J Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
WF UO
1
EE E
1
1 1
R 4 2 E
Style HH
KB 3
Cap Rectangular Flange F G J
TF
(ISO Style ME6)
FBØ B
ZB +J Stroke
ZJ + Stroke A thrust key may be used with this
Y PJ + Stroke mounting style.
WF EE
1
SBØ
1 1
E 4 2
LH
ST
3
F G J KB 1
Style C E
SW SW
Side Lugs TS
(ISO Style MS2) XS SS + StrokeJ
US
1Head depth increased by 5mm to accommodate port on 25mm and 32mm bore cylinders, except Style JJ in port positons 2 and 4 – see page 111
Dimensions – JJ, HH & C See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111
Bore E EE F FB G J KB LH R SB ST SW TF TS UO US WF XS Y + Stroke
BSP/G
φ inches h10 PJ SS ZB ZJ
1
25 40 1/4 10 5.5 40 25 4 19 27 6.6 8.5 8 51 54 65 72 25 33 50 53 73 121 114
32 451 1/4 10 6.6 40 25 5 22 33 9 12.5 10 58 63 70 84 35 45 60 56 73 137 128
40 63 3/8 10 11 45 38 6.5 31 41 11 12.5 10 87 83 110 103 35 45 62 73 98 166 153
50 75 1/2 16 14 45 38 10 37 52 14 19 13 105 102 130 127 41 54 67 74 92 176 159
63 90 1/2 16 14 45 38 10 44 65 18 26 17 117 124 145 161 48 65 71 80 86 185 168
80 115 3/4 20 18 50 45 13 57 83 18 26 17 149 149 180 186 51 68 77 93 105 212 190
100 130 3/4 22 18 50 45 13 63 97 26 32 22 162 172 200 216 57 79 82 101 102 225 203
125 165 1 22 22 58 58 18 82 126 26 32 22 208 210 250 254 57 79 86 117 131 260 232
160 205 1 25 26 58 58 22 101 155 33 38 29 253 260 300 318 57 86 86 130 130 279 245
200 245 1-1/4 25 33 76 76 24 122 190 39 44 35 300 311 360 381 57 92 98 165 172 336 299
113
Parker Series HMI
Pivot Mountings Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
JZC + Stroke
Pivot pin not supplied ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
1
EE CD
E WF
1
1
E 2 4
3 LR MR
Style B KB
Cap Fixed Eye EW
F G J L M
(ISO Style MP3) XC + Stroke
JZC + Stroke
Supplied complete with pivot pin ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ Hole H9
1 Pin f8
E WF EE CD
1
1
E 2 4
3 LR MR
Style BB KB
Cap Fixed Clevis CW CB CW
F G J L M
(ISO Style MP1) XC + Stroke
ZO + Stroke
Pivot pin not supplied ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + StrokeJ
1
E WF EE CX
1
1
3˚
E 2 4
3˚
3 MS
KB
Style SB*
EP F
Cap Fixed Eye G J LT
(ISO Style MP5) EX XO + Stroke
*Parker Style SB is also known as Style SBd under Parker’s European model code system
Dimensions – B, BB & SB See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111

Bore CB CD CW CX E EE EP EW EX F G J KB L LR LT M MR MS WF Y + Stroke
BSP/G
φ A16 H9 inches h14 max PJ XC XO ZC ZJ ZO
25 12 10 6 12 -0.008 401 1/4 8 12 10 10 40 25 4 13 12 16 10 12 20 25 50 53 127 130 137 114 150
32 16 12 8 16 -0.008 451 1/4 11 16 14 10 40 25 5 19 17 20 12 15 22.5 35 60 56 147 148 159 128 170.5
40 20 14 10 20 -0.012 63 3/8 13 20 16 10 45 38 6.5 19 17 25 14 16 29 35 62 73 172 178 186 153 207
50 30 20 15 25 -0.012 76 1/2 17 30 20 16 45 38 10 32 29 31 20 25 33 41 67 74 191 190 211 159 223
63 30 20 15 30 -0.012 90 1/2 19 30 22 16 45 38 10 32 29 38 20 25 40 48 71 80 200 206 220 168 246
80 40 28 20 40 -0.012 115 3/4 23 40 28 20 50 45 13 39 34 48 28 34 50 51 77 93 229 238 257 190 288
100 50 36 25 50 -0.012 130 3/4 30 50 35 22 50 45 13 54 50 58 36 44 62 57 82 101 257 261 293 203 323
125 60 45 30 60 -0.015 165 1 38 60 44 22 58 58 18 57 53 72 45 53 80 57 86 117 289 304 334 232 384
160 70 56 35 80 -0.015 205 1 47 70 55 25 58 58 22 63 59 92 59 59 100 57 86 130 308 337 367 245 437
200 80 70 40 100 -0.020 245 1-1/4 57 80 70 25 76 76 24 82 78 116 70 76 120 57 98 165 381 415 451 299 535
114
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Trunnion Mountings
ZB +J Stroke Notes:
ZJ + Stroke A one-piece head and retainer is used on 100mm-200mm bore
Y sizes – G1 dimension. On 160 and 200mm bores, the bolted
PJ + StrokeJ
gland is recessed, with tie rods screwed into the head.
WF EE
1
R 3mm
1
E 4 2 TD
3
Style D F G J KB
TL TC TL
Head Trunnion W G1
(ISO Style MT1) XG
ZJ1J+ Stroke
ZB +J Stroke Note:
ZJ + Stroke On 100-200mm bore cylinders, dimension J becomes J1.
Y ZJ1 replaces ZB, and tie rods are screwed directly into the cap.
PJ + Stroke
WF EE
1
R 3mm
1
E 4 2 TD
Style DB F G J KB
3
Cap Trunnion TL TC TL
J1
(ISO Style MT2)
XJ + Stroke B
ZB + Stroke
ZJ + Stroke
Y PJ + Stroke
EE
1
WF E
BD 1
R 3mm
1
TY E 4 2 TD
Style DD
3
Intermediate Fixed Trunnion F G J KB
TL TM TL
(ISO Style MT4) XI
2
2Dimensions to be specified by customer
Dimensions – D, DB & DD See also Rod End Dimensions, page 111

Bore BD E EE F G G1 J J1 KB TC TD TL TM TY W WF XG Y + Stroke
Style DD Min XI
BSP/G
φ inches f8 PJ XJ ZJ ZJ1 ZB min stroke dim’n
25 20 401 1/4 10 40 - 25 - 4 38 12 10 48 45 - 25 44 50 53 101 114 - 121 10 78
32 25 451 1/4 10 40 - 25 - 5 44 16 12 55 54 - 35 54 60 56 115 128 - 137 10 90
40 30 63 3/8 10 45 - 38 - 6.5 63 20 16 76 76 - 35 57 62 73 134 153 - 166 15 97
50 40 76 1/2 16 45 - 38 - 10 76 25 20 89 89 - 41 64 67 74 140 159 - 176 15 107
63 40 90 1/2 16 45 - 38 - 10 89 32 25 100 95 - 48 70 71 80 149 168 - 185 15 114
80 50 115 3/4 20 50 - 45 50 13 114 40 32 127 127 - 51 76 77 93 168 190 194 212 20 127
100 60 130 3/4 22 50 72 45 58 13 127 50 40 140 140 35 57 71 82 101 187 203 216 225 20 138
125 73 165 1 22 58 80 58 71 18 165 63 50 178 178 35 57 75 86 117 209 232 245 260 25 153
160 90 205 1 25 58 88 58 88 22 203 80 63 215 216 32 57 75 86 130 230 245 275 279 30 161
200 110 245 1-1/4 25 76 108 76 108 24 241 100 80 279 280 32 57 85 98 165 276 299 330 336 30 190
115
Parker Series HMI
Double Rod Cylinders Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
ZM + (2 X Stroke)
Y PJ + Stroke
LV + Stroke KB
WF
EE
F G G F
Double Rod Cylinder SW SW
Available with Styles TB, TD, JJ, XS SV +JStroke
C, D, DD (Style C illustrated)
Mounting Styles and Codes Bore Rod Add Stroke Add 2x Stroke
Double rod cylinders are denoted by a ‘K’ in the ISO φ No. MM φ LV PJ SV ZM
cylinder model code.
1 12
25 104 53 88 154
Dimensions 2 18
To obtain dimensional information for double rod cylinders,
1 14
first select the desired mounting style by referring to the 32 108 56 88 178
corresponding single rod model. Dimensions for the 2 22
appropriate single rod model should be supplemented by
1 18
those from the table opposite to provide a full set of 40 125 73 105 195
dimensions. 2 28
1 22
Minimum Stroke Length – Style 9 Rod End
Where a style 9 (female) piston rod end is required on a 50 2 36 125 74 99 207
double rod cylinder with a stroke of 80mm or less, and a 3 28
bore of 80mm or above, please consult the factory.
1 28
Cushioning 63 2 45 127 80 93 223
Double rod cylinders can be supplied with cushions at 3 36
either or both ends. Cushioning requirements should be
specified by inserting a ‘C’ in the ordering code. See 1 36
cushioning section, Section C of this catalog. 80 2 56 144 93 110 246
3 45
1 45
100 2 70 151 101 107 265
3 56
1 56
125 2 90 175 117 131 289
3 70
1 70
160 2 110 188 130 130 302
Double Rod Cylinders 3 90
For double rod cylinders, specify rod number and rod end 1 90
symbols for both piston rods. A typical model number for a
double rod cylinder would be: 200 2 140 242 160 172 356
100 K JJ HMI R E 1 4 M 1 4 M 125 M 11 44 3 110
116
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Accessories
Accessory Selection Rod Clevis Dimensions
Accessories for the rod end of a cylinder are selected by Part AV CE CK CL CM CR ER KK
LE Weight
reference to the rod end thread, while the same acces- No. H9 A16 kg
sories, when used at the cap end, are selected by
143447 14 32 10 26 12 20 12 M10x1.25 14 0.08
cylinder bore size. See tables of part numbers below,
and on the following pages. 143448 16 36 12 34 16 32 17 M12x1.25 19 0.25
143449 18 38 14 42 20 30 17 M14x1.5 19 0.32
The rod clevises, plain rod eyes and spherical bearings
fitted as accessories to the rod end have the same pin 143450 22 54 20 62 30 50 29 M16x1.5 32 1.0
diameters as those used at the cylinder cap ends of the 143451 28 60 20 62 30 50 29 M20x1.5 32 1.1
corresponding mounting styles – B, BB and SB – when 143452 36 75 28 83 40 60 34 M27x2 39 2.3
fitted with the No.1 rod, or the No. 2 or No. 3 rods with 143453 45 99 36 103 50 80 50 M33x2 54 2.6
Style 7 rod end. 143454 56 113 45 123 60 102 53 M42x2 57 5.5
Rod and Cap End Accessories 143455 63 126 56 143 70 112 59 M48x2 63 7.6
Accessories for the HMI ISO cylinder include: 143456 85 168 70 163 80 146 78 M64x3 83 13.0
Rod End – rod clevis, eye bracket and pivot pin
– plain rod eye, clevis bracket and pivot pin Eye Bracket Dimensions
– rod eye with spherical bearing
Part CK EM FL MR LE AA HB TG UD
Cap End – eye bracket for style BB mounting No. H9 h13 max min
– clevis bracket for style B mounting
144808 10 12 23 12 13 40 5.5 28.3 40
– pivot pin for eye bracket and clevis bracket
144809 12 16 29 17 19 47 6.6 33.2 45
Rod Clevis, Eye Bracket and Pivot Pin 144810 14 20 29 17 19 59 9 41.7 65
Thread Rod Eye Pivot Nominal Weight 144811 20 30 48 29 32 74 13.5 52.3 75
KK Clevis Bracket Pin Force kN kg 144812 20 30 48 29 32 91 13.5 64.3 90
M10x1.25 143447 144808 143477 8 0.3 144813 28 40 59 34 39 117 17.5 82.7 115
M12x1.25 143448 144809 143478 12.5 0.6 144814 36 50 79 50 54 137 17.5 96.9 130
B
M14x1.5 143449 144810 143479 20 0.8 144815 45 60 87 53 57 178 26 125.9 165
M16x1.5 143450 144811 143480 32 2.2 144816 56 70 103 59 63 219 30 154.9 205
M20x1.5 143451 144812 143480 50 2.7 144817 70 80 132 78 82 269 33 190.2 240
M27x2 143452 144813 143481 80 5.9
M33x2 143453 144814 143482 125 9.4 Part EK EL Weight
M42x2 143454 144815 143483 200 17.8 No. f8 kg
M48x2 143455 144816 143484 320 26.8
Pivot Pin for Clevis 143477 10 29 0.02
Bracket and Plain 143478 12 37 0.05
M64x3 143456 144817 143485 500 39.0
Rod Eye – Dimensions
CL 143479 14 45 0.08
CM EL 143480 20 66 0.2
ER max
143481 28 87 0.4
EK 143482 36 107 1.0
CK 143483 45 129 1.8
LE CE 143484 56 149 4.2
143485 70 169 6.0
AV
min
Thread KK
Eye Bracket – Cap End Mounting for Style BB
CR
Bore Eye Bracket Nominal Force Weight
Rod Clevis φ kN kg
UD FL
LE 25 144808 8 0.2
EM
ØHB 32 144809 12.5 0.3
MR 40 144810 20 0.4
50 144811 32 1.0
AA
TG UD CK 63 144812 50 1.4
80 144813 80 3.2
100 144814 125 5.6
125 144815 200 10.5
TG
160 144816 320 15.0
Eye Bracket
200 144817 500 20.0
117
Parker Series HMI
Accessories Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
Plain Rod Eye, Clevis Bracket and Pivot Pin
Thread Plain Clevis Nominal Weight
KK Rod Eye Bracket Pivot Pin Force kN kg
M10x1.25 143457 143646 143477 8 0.5
M12x1.25 143458 143647 143478 12.5 1.0
M14x1.5 143459 143648 143479 20 1.3
M16x1.5 143460 143649 143480 32 3.2
M20x1.5 143461 143649 143480 50 3.8
M27x2 143462 143650 143481 80 6.9
M33x2 143463 143651 143482 125 12.5
M42x2 143464 143652 143483 200 26.0
M48x2 143465 143653 143484 320 47.0
M64x3 143466 143654 143485 500 64.0
Plain Rod Eye/Knuckle Dimensions Plain Rod Eye/Knuckle

h13
Part AW CA CB CD CK EM ER KK
LE Weight EM
No. H9 h13 kg ER max
143457 14 32 18 9 10 12 12 M10x1.25 13 0.08

143458 16 36 22 11 12 16 17 M12x1.25 19 0.15 CK KK
Thread LE
143459 18 38 20 12.5 14 20 17 M14x1.5 19 0.22
143460 22 54 30 17.5 20 30 29 M16x1.5 32 0.5 CA
143461 28 60 30 20 20 30 29 M20x1.5 32 1.1 AW
min
143462 36 75 40 25 28 40 34 M27x2 39 1.5
143463 45 99 50 35 36 50 50 M33x2 54 2.5 CB
CD CD
143464 56 113 65 50 45 60 53 M42x2 57 4.2
143465 63 126 90 56 56 70 59 M48x2 63 11.8
143466 85 168 110 70 70 80 78 M64x3 83 17.0 Clevis Bracket
UR FL
Clevis Bracket Dimensions
CW CM CW LE
Part CK CM CW FL MR HB LE RC TB UR UH
No. H9 A16 max min
143646 10 12 6 23 12 5.5 13 18 47 35 60
143647 12 16 8 29 17 6.6 19 24 57 45 70 MR
143648 14 20 10 29 17 9 19 30 68 55 85
143649 20 30 15 48 29 13.5 32 45 102 80 125 TB UH CK
143650 28 40 20 59 34 17.5 39 60 135 100 170
143651 36 50 25 79 50 17.5 54 75 167 130 200
143652 45 60 30 87 53 26 57 90 183 150 230
143653 56 70 35 103 59 30 63 105 242 180 300
143654 70 80 40 132 78 33 82 120 300 200 360
ØHB
RC
Clevis Bracket – For Style B
Pivot Pin for Clevis Part EK EL Weight
Bore Clevis Bracket Nominal Force Weight
φ kN kg Bracket and Plain No. f8 kg
25 143646 8 0.4
Rod Eye – Dimensions 143477 10 29 0.02
32 143647 12.5 0.8 143478 12 37 0.05
EL
40 143648 20 1.0 143479 14 45 0.08
50 143649 32 2.5 143480 20 66 0.2
EK
63 143649 50 2.5 143481 28 87 0.4
80 143650 80 5.0 143482 36 107 1.0
100 143651 125 9.0 143483 45 129 1.8
125 143652 200 20.0 143484 56 149 4.2
160 143653 320 31.0 143485 70 169 6.0
200 143654 500 41.0
118
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Accessories
Rod Eye with Spherical Bearing, EN
Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin EU
EF
Thread Rod Eye with Mounting Bracket Nominal Weight

KK Spherical Bearing and Pivot Pin Force kN kg
M10x1.25 145254 145530 8 0.2 3˚
CN
M12x1.25 145255 145531 12.5 0.3 3˚
LF FU
M14x1.5 145256 145532 20 0.4 X Y
CH
M16x1.5 145257 145533 32 0.7 Section X-Y
M20x1.5 145258 145534 50 1.3 AX
M27x2 145259 145535 80 2.3 P

MA Torque
KK
M33x2 145260 145536 125 4.4 A
N
M42x2 145261 145537 200 8.4
M48x2 145262 145538 320 15.6 Rod Eye with Spherical Bearing
M64x3 145263 145539 500 28.0 All spherical bearings should be re-packed with grease when
servicing. In unusual or severe working conditions, consult the
Rod Eye with Spherical Bearing Dimensions factory regarding the suitability of the bearing chosen.
Part EF LF MA max
A max AX min CH CN EN EU FU KK N max P
No. max min Nm
145254 40 15 20 42 12 -0.008 10 -.012 8 13 M10x1.25 16 17 10 M6
145255 45 17 22.5 48 16 -0.008 14 -.012 11 13 M12x1.25 20 21 10 M6
145256 55 19 27.5 58 20 -0.012 16 -.012 13 17 M14x1.5 25 25 25 M8
145257 62 23 32.5 68 25 -0.012 20 -.012 17 17 M16x1.5 30 30 25 M8
145258 80 29 40 85 30 -0.012 22 -.012 19 19 M20x1.5 35 36 45 M10
145259 90 37 50 105 40 -0.012 28 -.012 23 23 M27x2 45 45 45 M10
145260 105 46 62.5 130 50 -0.012 35 -.012 30 30 M33x2 58 55 80 M12 B
145261 134 57 80 150 60 -0.015 44 -.015 38 38 M42x2 68 68 160 M16
145262 156 64 102.5 185 80 -0.015 55 -.015 47 47 M48x2 92 90 310 M20
145263 190 86 120 240 100 -0.020 70 -.020 57 57 M64x3 116 110 530 M24
Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin Dimensions - For Style SB

Part CF CG CO CP FM FO GL HB KC LG LJ LO RE SR TA UJ UK
No. K7/h6 +0.1, +0.3 N9 js11 js14 js13 0, +0.30 js13 max js13
145530 12 10 10 30 40 16 46 9 3.3 28 29 56 55 12 40 75 60
145531 16 14 16 40 50 18 61 11 4.3 37 38 74 70 16 55 95 80
145532 20 16 16 50 55 20 64 14 4.3 39 40 80 85 20 58 120 90
145533 25 20 25 60 65 22 78 16 5.4 48 49 98 100 25 70 140 110
145534 30 22 25 70 85 24 97 18 5.4 62 63 120 115 30 90 160 135
145535 40 28 36 80 100 24 123 22 8.4 72 73 148 135 40 120 190 170
145536 50 35 36 100 125 35 155 30 8.4 90 92 190 170 50 145 240 215
145537 60 44 50 120 150 35 187 39 11.4 108 110 225 200 60 185 270 260
145538 80 55 50 160 190 35 255 45 11.4 140 142 295 240 80 260 320 340
145539 100 70 63 200 210 35 285 48 12.4 150 152 335 300 100 300 400 400
Cap Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin Mounting Bracket and Pivot Pin
LO
Bore Mounting Bracket Nominal Force Weight
GL
φ and Pivot Pin kN kg FO
CP
CG
25 145530 8 0.6 SR
32 145531 12.5 1.3

40 145532 20 2.1 CF
50 145533 32 3.2 LG LJ
FM HB
63 145534 50 6.5 Ø
80 145535 80 12.0
100 145536 125 23.0 CO
KC
125 145537 200 37.0 TA RE
160 145538 320 79.0 UK UJ
200 145539 500 140.0 All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise stated.
119
Parker Series HMI
Model Numbers Metric Hydraulic Cylinders
How to Order ISO Cylinders
Data Required On All Cylinder Orders
When ordering Series HMI cylinders, be sure to specify each of the following requirements:
(NOTE: – Duplicate cylinders can be ordered by giving g) Cushions (if required)
the SERIAL NUMBER from the nameplate of the original Specify “Cushion-head end,” “Cushion-cap end” or
cylinder. Factory records supply a quick, positive “Cushion-both ends” as required. If cylinder is to
identification.) have a double rod and only one cushion is
required, be sure to specify clearly which end of
a) Bore Size
the cylinder is to be cushioned.
b) Mounting Style
h) Piston
Specify your choice of mounting style – as shown
Parker B style pistons are standard. Fluorocarbon
and dimensioned in this catalog. If double rod is
also available.
required, specify “with double rod.”
i) Ports
c) Series Designation (“HMI”)
BSP (ISO 228) are standard.
d) Length of Stroke
j) Fluid Medium
e) Piston Rod Diameter Series HMI hydraulic cylinders are equipped with
Call out rod diameter or rod code number. In seals for use with hydraulic oil. If other than
Series HMI cylinders, standard rod diameters hydraulic oil will be used, consult factory.
(Code No. 1) will be furnished if not otherwise
specified, unless length of stroke makes the
application questionable.
f) Piston Rod End Thread Style
Call out thread style number or specify dimensions.
Thread style number 4 will be furnished if not
otherwise specified.
ADDITIONAL DATA is required on orders for cylinders with special modifications.
For further information, consult factory.
Service Policy Certified Dimensions

On cylinders returned to the factory for repairs, it is standard Parker Cylinder Division guarantees that all cylinders
policy for the Cylinder Division to make such part replace- ordered from this catalog will be built to dimensions shown.
ments as will put the cylinder in as good as new condition. All dimensions are certified to be correct, and thus it is not
Should the condition of the returned cylinder be such that necessary to request certified drawings.
expenses for repair would exceed the costs of a new one,
you will be notified.
Address all correspondence to Service Department at your
nearest regional plant listed in the pages of this catalog.
120
Parker Series HMI
Metric Hydraulic Cylinders Model Numbers
Series HMI Model Numbers – How to Develop and “Decode” Them

Parker Series HMI cylinders can be completely and accurately Note: Page numbers with a letter prefix, ie: C77, are located in
described by a model number consisting of coded symbols. To develop section C of this catalog.
a model number, select only those symbols that represent the cylinder
required, and place them in the sequence indicated below.
Example
Feature Description Page Symbol
80 C K C P HMI R B S 1 4 M C 230 M 11 44
Bore Millimeters –
Cushion – Head If required C111 C
Double Rod If required 116 K
Mounting Style Head Tie Rods Extended 112 TB
Cap Tie Rods Extended 112 TC
Both Ends Tie Rods Extended 112 TD
Head Rectangular Flange 113 JJ
Cap Rectangular Flange 113 HH
Side Lugs 113 C
Cap Fixed Eye 114 B
Cap Fixed Clevis 114 BB
Cap Fixed Eye with
Spherical Bearing* 114 SB*
Head Trunnion 115 D
Cap Trunnion 115 DB
Intermediate Fixed Trunnion‡ 115 DD
Mounting Thrust Key for Style C
Modifications mounting only C106 P
Series Series name HMI
Ports BSP (ISO 228) – standard C115 R
BSPT (Taper Thread) C115 B
Metric Thread C115 G
B
Metric Thread per ISO 6149 C115 Y
SAE – Straight Thread O-ring Port C115 T
NPTF (Dry Seal Pipe Thread) C115 U
SAE – Flange Ports (3000 PSI) C115 P
Piston B-Style Low Friction filled PTFE seals
(standard) 108 B
Special One or more of the following: S
Features Gland Drain Port C117
Oversize Ports C114
Rod End Bellows C117
Stop Tube C109 Key: Essential information
Stroke Adjuster C117
Tie Rod Supports C107 Optional features
Water Service Modifications C116
Or to detailed descriptions or
drawings supplied by customer
Piston Rod Rod No. 1 111 1
Number Rod No. 2 111 2
Rod No. 3 111 3
Piston Rod End Style 4 111 4
Style 7 111 7
Style 9 111 9
Style 3 (Special) Please supply
description or drawing 111 3
Rod Thread Metric (standard) 111 M
Cushion – Cap If required C111 C
Gross Stroke Millimeters -
Fluid Mineral Oil HH, HL, HLP, HLP-D,
Medium HM, HV, MIL-H-5606 Oil,
ISO Air, Nitrogen – Group 1 C116 M
6743/4 (1982) Fluorocarbon – Group 5 C116 D
Port Head position 1-4 C114 1
Positions Cap position 1-4 C114 1
Air Bleeds Head position 1-4 C114 4
Cap position 1-4 C114 4
No Air Bleed C114 00
*Mounting Style SB is also known as Parker Style SBd in Parker’s
European model code system. ‡Specify XI dimension.
121
Bulletin 2542-M9/USA
Service Bulletin
Hydraulics Series D3W, B Style
Effective: January 1, 2000

Bulletin 2542-M9/USA Directional Control Valves
Contents Series D3DW, B Style
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH,
PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation
by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product
catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making
the final selection of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation
and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are
governed by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
 Copyright 2000, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved

2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Hydraulics i Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Contents Series D3DW,
D3W, BBStyle
Style
Ordering Information ....................................................................................................................................... 1-2
Parts Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
D3W*B**C** ................................................................................................................................................... 3
D3W*B**K ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
D3W*B**P**, D3DW*B**W** .......................................................................................................................... 5
D3W*B**S** ................................................................................................................................................... 6
D3W*B**E** ................................................................................................................................................... 7
Technical Information ..................................................................................................................................... 8-13
Spool Chart .................................................................................................................................................. 12
Single Solenoid AC ....................................................................................................................................... 13
Single Solenoid DC ...................................................................................................................................... 13
Troubleshooting Guide ................................................................................................................................. 14-15
Offer of Sale ........................................................................................................................................................ 16
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Hydraulics ii Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Ordering Information
D3W, BBStyle
Style
D 3 W B
Directional Basic Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Connector

Control Valve Valve Voltage Package
NFPA D05 Wet armature Code Description

CETOP 5 solenoid N Nitrile
NG 10 V Fluorocarbon
Code Symbol Code Description

A B
E 24/60 - 24/50 VAC
20* Y * 120/60 - 110/50 VAC
P T
A B
T * 240/60 - 220/50 VAC
K # 12 VDC
26*†
P T
J # 24 VDC
A B D 120 VDC
30** Z 250 VDC
P T
* Available in low watt version
* 20 & 26 spool have with integral rectifier.
closed crossover. # Low Watt Coil available.
** 30 spool has open
crossover.
† Available only with
rectified AC coils or
high watt DC coils.
Code Description Code Description

b A B
Single solenoid, 2 position, C Conduit Cavity
B* spring offset K Conduit Adaptor
P to A and B to T in offset position P T
P Hirschmann w/Plug
* Only spools 20, 26 & 30. W* Hirschmann w/o Plug
S Double Spade
E Explosion Proof
*Not available with signal lights.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Hydraulics 1 Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Contents Information
Ordering Series D3DW,
D3W, BBStyle
Style
Solenoid Tube Manual Electrical Shift Approvals Variations Design

Options Options Override Options Response Series
Options and
Indication
NOTE:
Not
required
when
ordering.
Code Description Code Description Code Description
Omit Low Pressure Omit No Option Omit Standard Valve
V Varistor Surge 4 CSA Approval
Suppressor K UL Recognition
Z AC Rectified
Coils
Code Coil Code Description

Omit High Watt Omit Standard Response
D† Explosion Proof, EExd S4 Soft Shift, 0.040" Orifice
F Low Watt S7† Soft Shift, 0.070" Orifice
U Explosion Proof, UL/CSA I7 Monitor Switch*
* Single solenoid models only. Not
† Explosion proof coils are 60 Hz at
CE or CSA approved.
standard voltage; dual rating not
available. † Recommended for spools 3, 4, 15.

Omit Standard Tube Omit Standard Valve
P Extended Manual Override 5 Signal Lights
R Repairable Manual Override 6 Manaplug, Brad Harrison Mini
7 Manaplug, Brad Harrison Micro (M12x1)
56 Manaplug (Mini) with Lights
57 Manaplug (Micro) with Lights (M12x1)
1A Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-Pin
1B Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-Pin (M12x1)
1C Manaplug (Mini) Single Sol. 5-Pin w/Lights
1D Manaplug (Micro) Single Sol. 5-Pin w/Lights (M12x1)
Valve Weight:
Single Solenoid:
AC 4.3 kg (9.5 lbs)
DC 5.3 kg (11.6 lbs)
Standard Bolt Kit:
BK98
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Contents
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Cover Screw
205 x 122SZ
Torque 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.)
Hydraulics
Nameplate
1302176
Top Seal Conduit Plug

1302280 678800
Torque 20 N.m.
Ground Screw
(15 ft.-lbs.) Note: Qty. 1 of Each,
1301070
Torque 2 N.m. (18 in.-lbs.) Either Side of Body
Shipping Plug
120 x 21
Coil Seal
8mm Plug DC 1860179
1860129-080 AC 692651
Push Pin O-Ring Seal
O-Ring DC All Spools 1860170 DC 1860168
3-911*-9 Washer AC All Spools 1300669 AC 2-214N-6
1800712
3
Series
Directional Control Valves
D3W*B**C**
End Cap Spool
1300621 (See Table 1, Body Not Tube Variations Retainer
Torque Spring Item 1) Available Roll Pin (See Table 2, Item 75) Variations
20 N.m. (See Table 10, SAE Plug 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil (See Table 3,
Item 13) O-Ring Item 5)
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 37)
D3DW, B Style
2-014*-9 4HP50*S
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) Torque 20 N.m. Varistor Coil, DC only Torque 7 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) (See Table 8, Item 37) (5 ft.-lbs.)
Rectified Coil
Shipping Plate (See Table 11, Item 37)
679192 Soft Shift Coil
(DC See Table 4, Item 37)
(AC See Table 6, Item 37)
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
D3W Single AC Solenoid Model

D3W Single DC Solenoid Model
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown, See Tables for AC Components Where Applicable
2) * Indicates Seal Compound: N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon.
3) Gasket 1300698 (Used on AC Only) Not Shown. Reference C-Style for Location.
See Detail "A" in Tables Location.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Contents
Parts
Conduit Screw
Data
1302340
Conduit Box
1800680
Nameplate
Hydraulics
(With Lights: See

1800681
Table 5, Item 2)
Conduit Plug
678800 Shipping Plug
Torque 2.5 T.F.F.T. 120 x 21
Ground Screw Bottom Seal

1301070 1800597 Conduit Plug
Torque 2 N.m. (18 in.-lbs.) 678800
Torque 20 N.m.
(15 ft.-lbs.) Coil Seal
8mm Plug DC 1860179
1860129-080 AC 692651
DC All Spools 1860170 DC 1860168
O-Ring
Washer AC All Spools 1300669 AC 2-214N-6
3-911*-9
1800712
4
Series
D3W*B**K**
End Cap Spool
Body Not
D3DW, B Style
1300621 (See Table 1, Tube Variations Retainer
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil (See Table 3,
O-Ring SAE Plug
(15 ft.-lbs.) Item 13) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 37) Item 5)
2-014*-9 4HP50*S
Rectified Coil
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
NOTES:
Contents
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Hydraulics
Hirschmann "B" Plug

Cover Screw 692914 (Standard, Black)
205 x 122SZ (With Lights: See Table 5,
Torque to 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.) Items 10, 11 and 12)
Nameplate Coil Seal

1302176 DC 1860178
AC 692651 O-Ring Seal
Push Pin
O-Ring DC All Spools 1860170 DC 1860168
3-911*-9 Washer AC All Spools 1300669 AC 2-214N-6
1800712
End Cap Spool

20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil
5
(See Table 3,
Series
SAE Plug
D3W*B**P**,
Item 13) O-Ring
(15 ft.-lbs.) 4HP50*S (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 45) Item 5)
2-014*-9
Rectified Coil
(See Table 11, Item 45)
D3DW,**W**
Shipping Plate
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
B Style
NOTES:
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Contents
Parts
Data
Hydraulics
Insulator Screw
Cover Screw 693979
205 x 122SZ
Torque to 1 N.m. (10 in.-lbs.)
Insulator Block
693975
Nameplate Coil Seal
1302176 1860178
O-Ring 1860170 1860168
3-911*-9 Washer
1800712
End Cap Spool

6
Series
Item 1)
D3W*B**S**
Torque Spring Available Roll Pin (See Table 2, Item 75) Variations
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 Soft Shift Tube Standard and Low Watt Coil
O-Ring SAE Plug (See Table 3,
(15 ft.-lbs.) Item 13) (See Table 7, Item 75) (See Table 4, Item 52)
2-014*-9 4HP50*S Item 5)
D3DW, B Style
Soft Shift Coil
679192
DC Solenoid

NOTES:
Contents
2542-M9.p65, dd, am
Parts Data
Cover Screw
Hydraulics
205 x 122SZ
½ Inch NPT
Nameplate (UL and CSA) Explosion Proof Solenoid
1302176 (See Table 9, Item 7)
O-Ring O-Ring
3-911*-9 Washer 3-911*-9
1800712 Torque 7 N.m.
(5 ft.-lbs.)
Torque 20 N.m.
End Cap Spool (15 ft.-lbs.)
1300621 (See Table 1, Body Not
Torque Spring Item 1) Available Roll Pin
20 N.m. (See Table 10, 99 x 37 ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Item 13) Push Pin
7
(15 ft.-lbs.)
Series
D3W*B**E**
Riser Block 1. Loosen or remove hex nut.
DC All Spools 1860181
694189 SAE Plug 2. Loosen the large end cap by
AC All Spools 1860181
4HP50*S turning it counter-clockwise
Torque 24 N.m. (18 ft.-lbs.) as viewed from the end.
O-Ring 3. Rotate the coil to align the
D3DW, B Style
2-014*-9 conduit.
4. Tighten the large end cap by
hand. Use of any tools could
damage the unit. A .002 inch
Shipping Plate DC Solenoid feeler gage should not enter
679192 the joint between the coil and
AC Solenoid the end cap.
5. Replace the hex nut and
torque to 20 N.m. (15 ft.-lbs.)
maximum.
NOTES:
1) DC Components Shown. See Tables for AC Components where Applicable.
Technical
Contents Information D3W, BBStyle
Series D3DW, Style
Table 1 (Spools) Table 2 (Tube Variations)
Table 3 (Retainer Variations)
Table 4 (Standard Coils)
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Technical Information
Contents D3W, BBStyle
Series D3DW, Style
Table 5 (Signal Lights)
Table 6 (Soft Shift Coils, AC Only)
Table 7 (Soft Shift Tubes, AC or DC)
Table 8 (Varistor Coils, DC Only)
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Technical
Contents Information D3W, BBStyle
Series D3DW, Style
Table 9 (Explosion Proof Coils)
Table 10 (Springs)
Table 11 (Rectified Coils, AC Only)
Detail A: Repairable Soft Shift Option

(Codes "RS4" and "RS7")
Repairable
Override Assembly 9/16" Hex
Torque 20 N.m. (15 ft.-lbs.)
Orifice Removal Tool

Orifice 1301651
(See Table 7, Item 75) (1/2" Hex)
Torque 3 N.m. (2 ft.-lbs.)
5/32" Wrench
Not Supplied
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

D3W, BBStyle
Style
Solenoid Ratings** D3W*****F Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†

Insulation Class H Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding
Allowable Deviation Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
from rated voltage -10% to +15% KF 12 VDC — 3.00 18
Armature Wet pin type JF 24 VDC — 0.75 18
** DC Solenoids available with optional molded metal oxide varistor † Based on nominal voltage @ 22°C (72°F)
(MOV) for surge suppression.
Leadwire length 6” from coil face.
D3W Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†

Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Nominal
Code Volts/Hz VA VA Watts (Ref)
120/60 298 95
Y 32
110/50 294 102
240/60 288 96
T 32
220/50 288 101
24/60 290 77
E 32
24/50 381 110
K 12 VDC — 3.00† 36
J 24 VDC — 1.50† 36
D 120 VDC — 0.30† 36
Z 250 VDC — 0.14† 36
† DC holding amps.
Explosion Proof Solenoids
Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings Electrical Characteristics* ED and EU

U.L. (EU) Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C & D Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding Nominal
C.S.A. Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G Code Volts/Hz VA VA Watts (Ref)
As defined by the N.E.C
Y 120/60 266 82 36
CENELEC (ED) Complies with BASEEFA requirements
T 240/60 266 82 36
for BS5501: Parts 1 and 5 Ex’d
CENELEC EN50 – D18, Group II B K 12 VDC — 3.00† 36
J 24 VDC — 1.50† 36
D 120 VDC — 0.30† 36
Z 250 VDC — 0.14† 36
*Dual frequency not available on explosion proof coils.

† DC holding amps.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Technical
Contents Information Series D3DW,
D3W, BBStyle
Style
Spools
B-SOLENOID A-SOLENOID
* (A-SOLENOID) * (B-SOLENOID)
20 Spool
1300620
26 Spool
1302049
30 Spool
1300630
Note: Spools 20 and 26 are closed crossover.

Spool 30 is open crossover.
Soft Shift with Tool

Repairable Soft Shift Tool
Repairable
Override Assembly 9/16" Hex
Orifice**
Removal Tool
Response Time* 1/2" Hex
Control Orifice
5/32" Wrench
Not Supplied
** Orifice Removal Tool with Kit Part Number 1301661
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

D3W, BBStyle
Style
Single Solenoid AC
Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**)
Bolt Hole
Centerline
Reference
107.7
(4.24)
90.0
(3.54) 89.8
(3.54)
36.0
(1.42)
21.5
23.0 Bolt Hole (0.85)
(0.91) 12.0 Centerline
(0.47) 74.5
58.0 Reference (2.93)
(2.29) 97.8 87.9
(3.85) (3.46)
Single Solenoid DC
Inch equivalents for millimeter dimensions are shown in (**)
Bolt Hole
Centerline
Reference
105.8
90.7 (4.17)
(3.57) 88.2
(3.47)
36.0
(1.42)
21.5
23.0 Bolt Hole (0.85)
(0.91) 12.0 Centerline 74.3
(0.47) 123.3 (2.93)
58.0 Reference 87.9
(2.29) (4.85) (3.46)
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Troubleshooting Guide
D3W, BBStyle
Style
Warning
Before any circuit connection is broken, be sure to turn off all power and relieve system pressure. Lower all vertical
loads and cylinders, lock any load which could produce pressure and discharge any accumulators. Plug and cap all
lines and openings to prevent contamination from entering the system.
Cleaning and Inspection

1. Proper cleaning is a critical part of preventive maintenance in the use of directional control valves. All parts should
be cleaned with a solvent that is compatible with the system fluid. Compressed air may also work well when
cleaning orifices and passage ways, but proper filtration must be employed to remove water and contamination.
NOTE: Always make sure all parts have been cleaned before reassembling.
2. Inspection
a. Inspect all passage ways for obstructions.
b. Inspect all washers, push pins, plungers and pole faces for signs of wear and/or mushrooming. Inspect all
springs for signs of distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
c. Look for nicks and burrs on the spool and bore lands. Nicks in these areas indicate likely contamination of the
system fluid.
3. If there are no signs of nicks or burrs on the spool and bore, check the spool movement as follows:
a. Lubricate the spool and bore with clean system fluid.
b. Insert the spool back into the body and slowly move the spool back and forth. The spool should move freely. If
there is any sticking between the spool and the bore, remove the spool and repeat 2a, 2c and 3a.
c. The spool movement can also be checked by placing the valve body on end and inserting the spool. Gravity will
pull the spool to the other end if there is no sticking.
d. After several attempts have been made without resolution, replace the valve.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Valve spool fails to move
Cause Recommendation
Mechanical Recommended flow exceeded Check maximum flow rate for appropriate spool by spool function.
Recommended pressure exceeded Check maximum pressure rating for valve
Improper installation connections Check installation drawings
Contamination in system Disasemble, inspect, clean and flush
Improper assembly Check proper assembly. Refer to drawing for appropriate model.
Valve has silted Disassemble and clean valve.
Electrical Power off Turn power on
Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model
Faulty connection Check connections
Faulty coil Check coil resistance
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

D3W, BBStyle
Style
Problem: Valve produces undesirable response

Recommended pressure exceeded Check maximum pressure rating for valve.
Improper installation connections Check installation drawings.
Contamination in system Disassemble, inspect, clean and flush.
Improper fluid Check fluid recommendations.
Recommended temperature
exceeded (indicated by fluid Check maximum temperature recommendations.
discoloration or spool tarnishing)
Incorrect orifice size (soft shift only) Check orifice size for desired response time.
Electrical Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model.
Faulty connection Check connections.
Faulty coil Check coil resistance.
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Contents
Offer of Sale Series D3DW, B Style
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This
offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items,
when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance
of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, propos- paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the right to alter,
als, offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other property in its
are subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and sole discretion at any time.
conditions stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings,
to these terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other
inconsistent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any accep- items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and
tance of an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed
different or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using
contract between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to
by Seller. Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control.
expressly conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions 9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and
stated herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like
contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufac-
events constitute such assent. ture, sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the
of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid amount thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer
shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month agrees to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt
or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by of its invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax
Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless imposed by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from
Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the and against any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon
shipment. which may be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller
be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks, copy-
however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. rights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided in this
Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations of
liability for any delays in delivery. infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will
from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages
date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that
COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property
ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer
RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM- becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole
ITED TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all
WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is
LAW, TRADE USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third
DISCLAIMED. party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WAR- right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make
RANTIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the
OR PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS. purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwith-
5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR standing the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringe-
IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CON- ment based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items
TRACT SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR RE- delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part
PLACEMENT OF THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or
PRICE PAID BY BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of
SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUEN- this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s
TIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSO- sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.
EVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for an
FROM OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer
ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments
BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark,
TORT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right.
TO WARN OR STRICT LIABILITY. 11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason
modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter
as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all ‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without
or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or cancel- limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws,
lation shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller unless rules or regulations of any government or government agency, fires,
accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. Accep- floods, delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of
tance of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be at materials and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as Seller 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set
may require. forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall
tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are
acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This
tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio.
any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this
apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after
items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially con- the cause of action accrues.
verted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any charges 9/91-P
2542-M9.p65, dd, am

Parker Hannifin Corporation Bulletin 2542-M9/USA,
Hydraulic Valve Division 5M, 1/00, PHD
520 Ternes Avenue
Hydraulics Tel: (440) 366-5200
Fax: (440) 366-5253
Web Site: http://www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve
Service Bulletin
Hydraulics Series D1VW, C Style
Effective: March 23, 1998

Contents Series D1VW, B C Style
Model Code
Standard Valves .............................................................................................................................................. 1
Soft Shift Valves .......................................................................................................................................... 2-3
Parts Data
D1VW*C**C** .................................................................................................................................................. 4
D1VW*C**P**, D1VW*C**W**, D1VW*C**S** .................................................................................................. 5
D1VW*C**H** .................................................................................................................................................. 6
D1VW*C**CS* ................................................................................................................................................. 7
D1VW*C**PS* ................................................................................................................................................. 8
D1VW*C**E** (Explosion Proof) ...................................................................................................................... 9
Ordering Information ......................................................................................................................................10-11
Spool Chart ......................................................................................................................................................... 12
Wiring Instructions .........................................................................................................................................13-14
Coil Data ............................................................................................................................................................. 15
Troubleshooting Guide ...................................................................................................................................16-17
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL
INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or system options for further investigation by users having
technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety
of operating conditions and applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection of the products and systems
and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its
subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors. This offer and its acceptance are governed by
the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
 Copyright 1998, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved

2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Hydraulics ii Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Contents
Model Code Series D1VW, B C Style
Standard Valves
D 1V W C
Directional Basic Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid Solenoid Solenoid Tube Coil Valve Design
Control Valve Voltage Connection /Tube Variation Variation Variations Series
Valve Combination
NFPA D03 Double solenoid,

CETOP 3 3 position, Code Description
spring centered Omit Standard Tube
b A B a P* Extended
Wet armature Manual Override
solenoid P T
R* Repairable
Manual Override
T* Without
Manual Override
Code Description * Tube variations not
available on explosion
N Nitrile proof.
V Fluorocarbon
E EPR Code Description
Omit Standard Coil
B Without Coil
Code Symbol Code Symbol Code Description C† Hazardous Location
A B A B
A# 24/50 VAC V* Surge Suppression
1 11 R# 24/60 VAC † Conduit solenoid connection
P T P T
A B Q# 100/50 VAC only.
A B
Y 120/60 - 110/50 VAC * DC only, not available with
2 14 solenoid connection H.
P T P T
T 240/60 - 220/50 VAC
A B A B L 6 VDC
3 15 K 12 VDC Code Description
P T P T J 24 VDC Omit Standard Valve
A B A B
D 120 VDC 4 C.S.A. Approved
4 16 Z 250 VDC 5 Signal Lights
P T P T
# High Watt Coil only. 6 Manaplug 5-Pin Without Lights
A B A B
56 Manaplug with Lights
5 21
P T P T
Code Description
A B A B
C Conduit Box
6 22
P T P T
E Explosion Proof
A B A B P Hirschmann w/ Plug
7 81 S # † Dual Spade Lug
P T P T W† Hirschmann w/o Plug Code Coil Tube
A B A B H* # † Single Spade Lug Omit High Watt Low Pressure
8*, 9** 82 † Not available with lights H* High Watt High Pressure
P T P T # Not CSA approved F Low Watt Low Pressure
A B * DC only
FH* Low Watt High Pressure
10 D† Explosion proof CENELEC
P T
Valve Weight: M† Explosion Proof M.S.H.A.
* 8 spool has closed crossover
U† Explosion Proof UL/CSA
** 9 spool has open crossover Single Solenoid
1.36 kg (3.0 lbs) * High pressure tube rating
210 Bar (3000 PSI)
Double Solenoid
† Explosion proof coils are 60Hz @
1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)
standard voltage and are high
Standard Bolt Kit: wattage only. Dual frequency rating
BK209 not available.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents
Model Code Series D1VW, B C Style
Soft Shift Valves
D 1V W C
Directional Basic Actuator Spool Style Seal Solenoid

Control Valve Valve Voltage
NFPA D03 Double solenoid,

CETOP 3 3 position,
spring centered
b A B a
Wet armature
solenoid
P T
Code Description
N Nitrile
Code Symbol Code Symbol V Fluorocarbon
A B A B E EPR
1 11
P T P T Code Description
A B A B
Q* 100/50 VAC
2 14
Y* 120/60 - 110/50 VAC
P T P T
A B A B T * 240/60 - 220/50 VAC
L 6 VDC
3 15
P T P T K 12 VDC
A B A B J 24 VDC
4 16 D 120 VDC
P T P T Z 250 VDC
A B A B
* AC input voltage, not
5 21
necessarily coil voltage.
P T P T
A B A B
6 22
P T P T
A B A B
7 81
P T P T
A B A B
8*, 9** 82
P T P T
A B
10
P T
* 8 spool has closed crossover

** 9 spool has open crossover
Valve Weight:
Single Solenoid
1.36 kg (3.0 lbs)
Double Solenoid
1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)
Standard Bolt Kit:
BK209
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents
Model Code Series D1VW, BCStyle
Style
Soft Shift Valves
Solenoid Solenoid/Tube Tube Coil Soft Valve Design X-Numbers

Connection Combination Variation Variation Shift Variations Series
Code Description Code Description NOTE:

C Conduit Box Omit Standard Coil Not Required
When Ordering
P Hirschmann w/ Plug B* Without Coil
S*† # Dual Spade Lug C† Hazardous Location
W*† Hirschmann w/o Plug * Not available with solenoid
* DC voltage only connection “P”.
† Not available with lights † Conduit solenoid connection
# Not CSA approved only.
Code Coil Tube Code Description

Omit High Watt Low Pressure Omit Standard Valve
H* High Watt High Pressure 4 C.S.A. Approved
F† Low Watt Low Pressure 5 Signal Lights
FH*† Low Watt High Pressure 56 Manaplug with Lights
* High pressure tube rating Double Solenoid 5-Pin
210 Bar (3000 PSI)
† Not available with AC input.
Code Description
Omit Standard Tube
R Repairable Manual Override
Spool Center Condition *

Orifice Closed Open 2-Position
X-Number Size Voltage Energize De-Energize Energize De-Energize Energize De-Energize
AC 175 ms 700 ms 600 ms 800 ms 150 ms 200 ms
XB072 0.020
DC 200 ms 650 ms 700ms 650 ms 175 ms 225 ms
AC 150 ms 400 ms 500 ms 600 ms 100 ms 150 ms
XB073 0.030
DC 125 ms 325 ms 550 ms 550 ms 100 ms 100 ms
AC 125 ms 300 ms 450 ms 500 ms 100 ms 100 ms
XB074 0.040
DC 100 ms 250 ms 500 ms 450 ms 75 ms 60 ms
AC 100 ms 250 ms 400 ms 450 ms 50 ms 100 ms
XB075 0.050
DC 50 ms 225n ms 400 ms 400 ms 50 ms 40 ms
No AC 75 ms 250 ms 300 ms 350 ms 40 ms 100 ms
XB070
Orifice DC 50 ms 200 ms 300 ms 300 ms 40 ms 40 ms
* Step response times were obtained under the folowing conditions: 100 SSU fluid @ 120°F with the valve operating
at nominal pressure and flow. Published response times are nominal and may vary with spool, flow, pressure and
temperature.
Orifice Kit: Part Number 1301661

Orifice Removal Tool: Part Number 1301651
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Parts Data
Cover Screw (4 Req’d)
1301067
1.1 N-m (10 in-lb) Torque
Nameplate
1300651
Conduit Box Cover

1300649-1 (Standard)
(With Lights: See Table 5, Item 2)
Hydraulics
Top Seal
1300828
Ground Screw
1301070
Conduit Box
1300648
Conduit Plug Shipping Plug

678800 120 x 21
Torque 2½ T.F.F.T.
Standard Coil
(See Table 4, Bottom Seal
Item 37) Standard Coil
Seal 697646
697647
Retainer Variations Solenoid Variations Varistor Coil, DC Only
(See Table 3, Item 5) (See Table 2, Item 75) (See Table 8, Item 37)
Centering
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) 20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
Torque 988-8 x 14 x 1
1
4
Series
D1VW*C**C**
A B
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1)
Gasket
Roll Pin Body
D1VW, B Style
1301704 Pushrod
99 x 37 Not Available
81 and 82 Spools 697660 O-Ring
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
(4 Req’d) Roll Pin
Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625
Shipping Plate
697628
AC Solenoid DC Solenoid
Double A.C. Solenoid Model

NOTES: Double D.C. Solenoid Model
1) AC Solenoid Components shown on left side, DC Components shown on right side.
2) * Indicates Seal Compound. N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon, E-EPR.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Contents
Parts
Data
Hydraulics
Hirschmann “B” Plug Hirschmann “A” Plug

692914 (Standard, Black) 692915 (Standard, Gray)
(With Lights: See Table 5, (With Lights: See Table 5
Items 10, 11, and 12) Items 10, 11, and 12)
(Not Available on D1VW*C**S**-75) Not Available on D1VW*C*S**-75
0.6 N-m (5 in-lb) Torque 0.6 N-m (5 in-lb) Torque
Stick Screw
1301066
Nameplate
Seal 1300638
697647 Solenoid Variations
Retainer Variations
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Centering
Torque Washer
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb)
Torque 988-8 x 14 x 1
1
5
Series
D1VW*C**P**,
A B
Spool
O-Ring (See Table 1, Item 1)
Solenoid 3907*-7 Solenoid Seal
Standard Coil Seal 2018N-9
(See Table 4, Roll Pin Body
2018N-9 Pushrod Not Available Standard Coil
D1VW, B
Items 45 and 52) 99 x 37 O-Ring
81 and 82 Spools 697660 (See Table 4, Items 45 and 52)
All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9 Varistor Coil, DC Only
99 x 37 (See Table 8, Items 45 and 52)
Spring
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
Shipping Plate
**W**,
697628
Style**S**

Double D.C. Solenoid Model
NOTES:
Contents
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Parts Data
Hydraulics
Insulator Block
693975
Stick Screw
1301066
Nameplate
1300638
Spacer
1301653 Solenoid Variations
Nut (See Table 2, Item 75 Centering
1301654 20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
3 N-m (27 in-lb)
988-8 x 14 x 1
Torque
1
A B
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1) Solenoid Seal
2018N-9
Coil Roll Pin Body
6
Series
D1VW*C**H**
(See Table 4, Pushrod Not Available
81 and 82 Spools 697660 99 x 37 O-Ring
Item 65)
Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
D1VW, B Style
Shipping Plate
697628
DC Solenoid DC Solenoid

NOTES:
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Contents
Parts
Cover Screw (4 Req’d)
Data
1301067
Nameplate
1300651
Hydraulics
Conduit Box Cover

1300649-1 (Standard)
(With Lights: See Table 5, Item 2)
Top Seal
1300828
Rectifier Board
1000556
(AC Only)
Ground Screw
1301070
Conduit Box
1300648
Conduit Plug Shipping Plug

678800 120 x 21
Torque 2½ T.F.F.T.
Seal Bottom Seal

697647 Soft Shift Coil 697646
(See Table 6, Soft Shift Tube
Item 37) (See Table 7)
7
Series
Centering
D1VW*C**CS*
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque Washer
988-8 x 14 x 1
D1VW, B Style
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1)
Retainer Variations Gasket
Roll Pin Body
(See Table 3, Item 5) 1301704 Pushrod Not Available Standard Coil
81 and 82 Spools 697660 99 x 37 O-Ring
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) Torque (See Table 4, Item 37)
Roll Pin
(4 Req’d)
99 x 37
Spring
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
All Other Spools 697625 Shipping Plate
697628

NOTES:
Contents
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Parts Data
Hydraulics
Hirschmann “B” Plug

Hirschmann “A” Plug
692915 (Standard, Gray)
(With Lights: See Table 5,
Items 10, 11, and 12)
Stick Screw 0.6 N-m (5 in-lb) Torque
1301066
Nameplate
Seal 1300638
697647
Soft Shift Tube
(See Table 7)
Centering
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque
Washer
988-8 x 14 x 1
A B
8
Series
D1VW*C**PS*
O-Ring Spool
3907*-7 (See Table 1, Item 1) Solenoid Seal
2018N-9
Soft Shift Coil Roll Pin Body Standard Coil
Pushrod
(See Table 6, Item 45) 99 x 37 Not Available (See Table 4, Item 45)
81 and 82 Spools 697660 O-Ring
D1VW, B Style
Retainer Variation All Other Spools 697627 2012*-9
(See Table 3, Item 5) (4 Req’d) Roll Pin
3.0 N-m (27 in-lb) Torque Spring 99 x 37
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
Shipping Plate
697628

NOTES:
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
Contents
Parts
Data
Explosion Proof Solenoid
Stick Screw (See Table 9, Item 7)
1301066 (Note: CSA and UL Shown)
20 N-m (180 in-lb) Torque
Hydraulics
Nameplate
1300638
O-Ring
3907*-7
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS: Centering ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Loosen or remove hex nut. Washer 1. Loosen or remove hex nut.
2. Loosen the large endcap by turning it 988-8 x 14 x 1 2. Loosen the large endcap by turning it
counterclockwise as viewed from counterclockwise as viewed from
the end. the end.
3. Rotate the coil to align the conduit. 1
3. Rotate the coil to align the conduit.
4. Tighten the large endcap by hand. 4. Tighten the large endcap by hand.
Use of any tools could damage Use of any tools could damage
the unit. A .002 inch feeler gage the unit. A .002 inch feeler gage
should not enter the joint between A B should not enter the joint between
the coil and the endcap. the coil and the endcap.
Spool 5. Replace the hex nut and torque to
5. Replace the hex nut and torque to
15 ft. lb. max. (See Table 1, Item 1) 15 ft. Lb. max.
Roll Pin Body

Pushrod Not Available
1300545 99 x 37
O-Ring
2012*-9
Spring (4 Req’d)
2, 7-9, and 14 Spools 697626
9
Series
D1VW*C**E**
Riser Block
694190
D1VW, B Style
O-Ring
2012*-9 Roll Pin
(4 Req’d) 99 x 37
Shipping Plate
697779
DC Solenoid
AC Solenoid
Double A.C. Solenoid Explosion Model

Double D.C. Solenoid Explosion Model
NOTES:
1) AC Solenoid Components shown on left side, DC Solenoid Components shown on right side.
Table 1 – Spools
Code Item Part Number Qty Description
Table 3 – Retainer Variation
1
1 1 697601 1 #1 Spool Code Item Part Number Qty Description
All except
2 1 697602 1 #2 Spool 5 697981 A/R Standard Retainer
R, S, P & T
3 1 697603 1 #3 Spool
P or FP 697833 A/R Extended Override Retainer
4 1 697604 1 #4 Spool 5
HP or FHP 697161 A/R Extended Override Boot
5 1 697605 1 #5 Spool
All R 697981 A/R
6 1 697606 1 #6 Spool 5 Repairable Override Retainer
All S 1300289 A/R
7 1 697607 1 #7 Spool
697981 A/R Standard Retainer
8 1 697608 1 #8 Spool
All T 5 1300812 A/R Tamperproof Disc
9 1 1302128 1 #9 Spool
1300532 A/R Tamperproof Disc
10 1 697610 1 #10 Spool
11 1 697611 1 #11 Spool
14 1 697607 1 #7 Spool Reversed 1 Arrow points toward ‘A’ port for all spools
15 1 697603 1 #3 Spool Reversed except: 14, 15, 16 & 22.
16 1 697605 1 #5 Spool Reversed 2 Repairable cartridge P/N 1300300, for o-ring only,
21 1 697621 1 #21 Spool PN 5-190-*884-75. “*” indicates seal compound.
22 1 697621 1 #21 Spool Reversed N-Nitrile, V-Fluorocarbon, E-EPR.
81 1 1210011 1 #1 20% Overlap Spool 3 81 and 82 spools not applicable with explosion proof
82 1 1210012 1 #11 20% Bleed Spool 3 options
Table 2 – Solenoid Variations

75 697632 A/R A.C. Tube 1500 PSI
Omit or F
75 697633 A/R D.C. Tube 150PSI
75 697714 A/R A.C. Tube 3000 PSI
H or FH
75 697717 A/R D.C. Tube 3000 PSI
75 697715 A/R Extended A.C. Tube 1500 PSI
P or FP
75 697718 A/R Extended D.C. Tube 1500 PSI
75 697716 A/R Extended A.C. Tube 3000 PSI
HP or FHP
75 697719 A/R Extended D.C. Tube 3000 PSI
75 1300296 A/R Repairable A.C. Tube 1500 PSI
R or FR
75 1300297 A/R Repairable D.C. Tube 1500 PSI
2
75 1860017 A/R Repairable A.C. Tube 3000 PSI
HR or FHR
75 N/A A/R Repairable D.C. Tube 3000 PSI
Table 5 - Signal Lights

All 10 697047 A/R Label - “A” Solenoid
All 11 697048 A/R Label -”B” Solenoid
YP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 100-120V

QP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 100-120V
QPD*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 100-120V
TP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 240V
KP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 12V
JP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 24V
DP*5 12 694936 A/R Plug with light, 100-120V
YC*5 2 1300650-Y 1 Conduit Box Cover, 120VAC

QC*5 2 1300650-Q 1 Conduit Box Cover, 100VAC
TC*5 2 1300650-T 1 Conduit Box Cover, 240VAC
RC*5 2 1300650-R 1 Conduit Box Cover, 24VAC
AC*5 2 1300650-A 1 Conduit Box Cover, 24VAC
LC*5 2 1300650-L 1 Conduit Box Cover, 6VDC
KC*5 2 1300650-K 1 Conduit Box Cover, 12VDC
JC*5 2 1300650-J 1 Conduit Box Cover, 24VDC
DC*5 2 1300650-D 1 Conduit Box Cover, 120VDC
ZC*5 2 1300650-Z 1 Conduit Box Cover, 250VDC
* Indicates size of orifice. The dash number specifies

Table 7 - Soft Shift Tubes, AC or DC the following:
Code Item Part Number Qty Description -0 = No Orifice, X - Number XB070
S 75 1860024-* A/R 1500 PSI Soft Shift Tube -2 = 0.020 Inch, X - Number XB072
SH 75 1860025-* A/R 3000 PSI Soft Shift Tube -3 = 0.030 Inch, X - Number XB073
SR 75 1301656-* A/R 1500 PSI Repairable Soft Shift Tube -4 = 0.040 Inch, X - Number XB074
SHR 75
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj
1301656-* A/R 3000 PSI Repairable Soft Shift Tube -5 = 0.050 Inch, X - Number XB075

Ordering
ContentsInformation Series D1VW, B C Style
Table 4 – Standard Coils

Sol C P S W H
Connection (Conduit) (Hirschw/ Plug) (Dual Spade) (Hirschw/o Plug) (Spadew/o Varistor)
Item 37 45 52 45 65
Code Description Qty Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
Y* 120/60-110/50 VAC A/R 697212 697228 1301819 697228 N/A
Y*F 120/60-110/50 VAC Low Watt A/R 692619 693715 1301817 693715 N/A
T* 240/60-220/50 VAC A/R 697213 697229 1301820 697229 N/A
T*F 240/60-220/50 VAC A/R 1301930 1301932 1301818 1301932 N/A
Q* 100/60 VAC A/R 697348 697350 N/A 697350 N/A
Q*F 100/60 VAC Low Watt A/R N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
QD 100/60-100/50 VAC A/R N/A 697863 N/A 697863 N/A
R* 24/60 VAC A/R 1300344 1300348 N/A 13000348 N/A
R*F 24/50 VAC A/R 1300715 N/A N/A N/A N/A
A* 24/50 VAC A/R 1300345 1300349 N/A 1300349 N/A
A*F 24/50 VAC Low Watt A/R N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
E* 24/50-24/60 VDC A/R 697214 697693 1301821 697693 N/A
L* 6 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301520 1301515 1301610 1301515 1301620
L*F 6 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301530 1301525 1301615 1301525 1301625
K* 12 VDC A/R 1301521 1301516 1301611 1301516 1301621
K*F 12 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301531 1301526 1301616 1301526 1301626
J* 24 VDC A/R 1301522 1301517 1301612 1301517 1301622
J*F 24 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301532 1301527 1301617 1301527 1301627
D* 120 VDC A/R 1301523 1301518 1301613 1301518 1301623
D*F 120 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301533 1301528 1301618 1301528 1301628
Z* 250 VDC A/R 1301524 1301519 1301614 1301519 1301624
Z*F 250 VDC Low Watt A/R 1301534 1300529 1301619 1300529 1301629
Table 6 - Soft Shift Coils, AC

Sol Connection C (Conduit) P ( Hirsch w/ Plug)
Item 37 45 (Hirschmann Plugs, AC Only)
Code Description Qty Part Number Part Number Item Description Qty Part Number
Y*H 120/600-110/50 VAC A/R 1301682 1301692 12 Rectified Standard, Plug “A” A/R 1301054
Y*F 120/60-110/50 VAC Low Watt A/R 1301682 1301692 12 Rectified Standard, Plug “B” A/R 1301053
T*H 240/60-220/50 VAC A/R 1301683 1301693 12 Rectified Standard, Plug “A” A/R 1300712
T*F 240/60-220/50 VAC Low Watt A/R 1301683 1301693 12 Rectified Standard, Plug “B” A/R 1300712
QD*H 100/60-110/50 VAC A/R 1301694 1301694
Table 8 - Varistor Coils, DC Only

Sol Connection C (Conduit) P (Hirsch w/ Plugs) S (Dual Spade) W (Hirsch w/o Plug)
Item 37 45 52 45
Code Description Qty Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
L* 6 VDC A/R 1860001-L 1860003-L 1860005-L 1860003-L
L*F 6 VDC Low Watt A/R 1860002-L 1860004-L 1860006-L 1860004-L
K* 12 VDC A/R 1860001-K 1860003-K 1860005-K 1860003-K
K*F 12 VDC Low Watt A/R 1860002-K 1860004-K 1860006-K 1860004-K
J* 24 VDC A/R 1860001-J 1860003-J 1860005-J 1860003-J
J*F 24 VDC Low Watt A/R 1860002-J 1860004-J 1860006-J 1860004-J
D* 120 VDC A/R 1860001-D 1860003-D 1860005-D 1860003-D
D*F 120 VDC Low Watt A/R 1860002-D 1860004-D 1860006-D 1860004-D
Z* 250 VDC A/R 1860001-Z 1860003-Z 1860005-Z 1860003-Z
Z*F 250 VDC Low Watt A/R 1860002-Z 1860004-Z 1860006-Z 1860004-Z
Table 9 - Explosion Proof Coils

Sol Connection D(Cenelec) M(MSHA) U(UL & CSA)
Item 7 7 7
Code Description Qty Part Number Part Number Part Number
YE 120/60-110/50 VAC A/R 1300830 697761 697770
TE 240/60-220/50 VAC A/R 1300853 697762 697771
QE 100/60 VAC A/R 1300856 697763 697772
RE 24/60 VAC A/R 1300857 697764 697773
AE 24/50 VAC A/R 1300888 N/A N/A
LE 6 VDC A/R 1300858 697765 697774
KE 12 VDC A/R 1300859 697766 697775
JE 24 VDC A/R 1300860 697767 697776
DE 120 VDC A/R 1300861 697768 697777
ZE 250 VDC A/R 1300862 697769 697778
NE 220/50 A/R 1300854 N/A 1300714
PE
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj 110/50 A/R 1300855 N/A 1300332

Spools
B-SOLENOID A-SOLENOID B-SOLENOID A-SOLENOID

* (A-SOLENOID) * (B-SOLENOID) * (A-SOLENOID) * (B-SOLENOID)
A B A B
A B A B
1 Spool 10 Spool
1 697601
10 697610
P T P T
A B A B
2 Spool 11 Spool
2 697602 11 697611
P T P T
A B A B
3 Spool 14 Spool
3 697603
7 697614
P T P T
A B A B
4 Spool 15 Spool
4 697604
3 697615
P T P T
A B A B
5 Spool 16 Spool
5 697605 5 697616
P T P T
A B A B
6 6 Spool 21 Spool
697606 21 697621
P T P T
A B A B
7 Spool 22 Spool
7 697607 21 697622
P T P T
A B A B
8 Spool 81 Spool
8 697608 1210011
P T P T
*Note Reverse Operator Location
A B A B
9 9 Spool 82 Spool
1302128 1210012
P T P T
*Note Reverse Operator Location
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Wiring Instructions
Figure 1: Variation 6, Double Solenoid Models with 5-Pin Manaplug without Lights.
Pilot
Valve Spool Nameplate Wiring diagram Item Part Number Qty Description
Wiring
Wire #6
(Red/Black)
1 1302154 1 Manaplug, 5-Pin
Wire #1
(Red/White) 2 MA693015 8 Ring Terminal
All Wire #4
(Red/Yellow)
3 MA6934542 4 Plastic Boot
See Detail A
D1VW Except B AB A Wire #3
(Green)
4 4 x 277SZ 4 Screw
Wire #2
8&9 (Red) 5 16 x 104SZ 4 Hex Nut
“B” Sol “A” Sol 6 MA697629 1 Warning Label
Wire #1 1 1302154 1 Manaplug, 5-Pin

(Red/White)
Wire #5
(Red/Black) 2 MA693015 8 Ring Terminal
8&9 Wire #2
(Red) See Detail A
3 MA6934542 4 Plastic Boot
D1VW Spools A AB B Wire #3 4 4 x 277SZ 4 Screw
(Green)
Wire #4
only (Red/Yellow) 5 16 x 104SZ 4 Hex Nut
“A” Sol “B” Sol 6 MA697629 1 Warning Label
1 Manaplug & Decal must be

over solenoid “A”.
See Detail A
DETAIL A
Manaplug Wire 4
Solenoid
Wire
P
2 5 3
Wiring Instructions:
1. Cut solenoid wires to 100mm (4.00 in.), strip 10mm (.40 in.), and assemble ring
terminals (Item 3) to wire.
2. Assemble ring terminals (Item 2) to manaplug wires.
3. Slip ground screw (A1301070, Ref.) through ring terminal on green ground wire
(from manaplug) and secure to valve body.
4. Following the Wiring Diagram, stack one solenoid wire with one manaplug wire & install
screw through ring terminals & secure assembly with nut. Cover with plastic boot. (See Detail A)
5. Place warning label (Item 6) on conduit box side.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Wiring Instructions
Figure 2: Variation 56, Double Solenoid Models with 5-Pin Manaplug with Lights.
Pilot Sol
Valve Spool Nameplate Wiring diagram Code Item Part Number Qty Description
Wiring
Wire #6 All 1 1302154 1 Manapug, 5-Pin
(Red/Black)
Wire #1
(Red/White) All 2 MA697629 1 Warning Label
All Wire #4
(Red/Yellow)
D1VW Except B AB A Wire #3
(Green)
Y C)1300650-Y 1 Circuit Board - 120VAC
Wire #2
8&9 (Red) Q C)1300650-Q 1 Circuit Board - 100VAC
“B” Sol “A” Sol T C)1300650-T 1 Circuit Board - 240VAC
R C)1300650-R 1 Circuit Board - 24VAC
Wire #1 A 3 C)1300650-R 1 Circuit Board - 24VAC
(Red/White)
Wire #5
(Red/Black) L C)1300650-L 1 Circuit Board - 6VDC
8&9 Wire #2 K C)1300650-K 1 Circuit Board - 12VDC
(Red)
D1VW Spools A AB B Wire #3 J C)1300650-J 1 Circuit Board - 24VDC

(Green)
Wire #4
Only (Red/Yellow) D C)1300650-D 1 Circuit Board - 120VDC
“A” Sol “B” Sol Z C)1300650-Z 1 Circuit Board - 250VDC
Wiring Instructions:
1) Cut solenoid wires to 95mm (3.75 in.), strip 5.5mm (.200 in.).
2) Install manaplug (Item 1) over solenoid “A” on double solenoid models.
3) Slip ground screw (A1301070, Ref.) through ring terminal on green ground
wire (from manaplug) and secure to valve body.
1 Manaplug must be
3
over solenoid “A”.
4) Insert solenoid and manaplug wires into terminal strip on cover (Item 3)
Torque as shown in wiring diagram. Ensure all wire strands are contained by the
5-7 In*Lbs. connector and tighten clamping screws to 0.5 N*m (5 In*lbs.).
5) Install cover on the conduit box.
6) Place warning decal (Item 2) on conduit box side, as shown.
NOTES:
1) When using the D1 Valve as a pilot, wiring may vary, consult factoy.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents
Coil Data Series D1VW, B C Style
Solenoid Ratings**
Insulation Class F D1VW*****F Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†
Allowable Deviation Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding
from rated voltage -10% to +15% Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
Armature Wet pin type YF 120/60 1.90 0.42 21
CSA file LR60407 110/50 2.00 0.50 23
** DC Solenoids available with optional molded metal oxide varistor TF 240/60 0.95 0.22 21
(MOV) for surge suppression. 220/50 1.00 0.26 23
Leadwire length 6” from coil face.
LF 6 VDC — 4.00 24
KF 12 VDC — 2.00 24
D1VW Solenoid Electrical Characteristics†
JF 24 VDC — 1.00 24
Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding DF 120 VDC — 0.20 24
Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
ZF 250 VDC — 0.10 24
Y 120/60 2.00 0.49 25
† Based on nominal voltage @ 22°C (72°F)
110/50 2.10 0.58 27
T 240/60 1.00 0.26 25
220/50 1.05 0.31 27
Q 100/50 2.05 24 24
D1VW Soft Shift AC Electrical Characteristics
R 24/60 10. 50 2.70 27
A 24/50 8.7 2.65 28 Solenoid Input Coil Holding
Code Volts/Hz Voltage Amps Watts
L 6 VDC — 5.00 30
Q 100/50 86 VDC 2.87 30
K 12 VDC — 2.50 30
Y 120/60 98 VDC 3.27 30
J 24 VDC — 1.25 30 110/50
D 120 VDC — 0.25 30 T 240/60 214 VDC 7.13 30
Z 250 VDC — 0.12 30 220/50
Explosion Proof Solenoids
Explosion Proof Solenoid Ratings Electrical Characteristics* ED, EM and EU

U.L. (EU) Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups C & D Solenoid Nominal In Rush Holding
Class II, Div 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G Code Volts/Hz Amps Amps Watts
As defined by the N.E.C Q 100/60 2.60 0.70 27
M.S.H.A. (EM) Complies with 30 CFR, Part 18.
Y 120/60 2.20 0.58 27
CENELEC (ED) Complies with BASEEFA
T 240/60 1.10 0.29 27
requirements for BS5501:
Parts 1 and 5 Ex’d R 24/60 11.10 2.90 27
CENELEC EN50 – D18, Group II B L 6 VDC — 5.50 33
CSA Hazardous L Class II, Groups E, F & G
K 12 VDC — 2.75 33
J 24 VDC — 1.38 33
D 120 VDC — 0.28 33
Z 250 VDC — 0.13 33
*Dual frequency not available on explosion proof coils.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents Series D1VW, C B Style
Warning
Before any circuit connection is broken, be sure to turn off all power and relieve system pressure. Lower all vertical
loads and cylinders, lock any load which could produce pressure and discharge any accumulators. Plug and cap all
lines and openings to prevent contamination from entering the system.
Cleaning and Inspection

1. Proper cleaning is a critical part of preventive maintenance in the use of directional control valves. All parts should
be cleaned with a solvent that is compatible with the system fluid. Compressed air may also work well when
cleaning orifices and passage ways, but proper filtration must be employed to remove water and contamination.
NOTE: Always make sure all parts have been cleaned before reassembling.
2. Inspection
a. Inspect all passage ways for obstructions.
b. Inspect all washers, push pins, plungers and pole faces for signs of wear and/or mushrooming. Inspect all
springs for signs of distortion. Replace parts as necessary.
c. Look for nicks and burrs on the spool and bore lands. Nicks in these areas indicate likely contamination of the
system fluid.
3. If there are no signs of nicks or burrs on the spool and bore, check the spool clearance as follows:
a. Lubricate the spool and bore with clean system fluid.
b. Insert the spool back into the body and slowly move the spool back and forth. The spool should move freely. If
there is any sticking between the spool and the bore, remove the spool and repeat 2b.
c. The spool clearance can also be checked by placing the valve body on end and inserting the spool. Gravity will
pull the spool to the other end if there is no sticking.
d. After several attempts have been made without resolution, replace the valve.
Troubleshooting
Problem: Valve spool fails to move
Contamination in system Disasemble, inspect, clean and flush.
Valve has silted Disassemble and clean valve.
Electrical Power off Turn power on.
Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Contents
Troubleshooting Guide Series D1VW, B C Style
Problem: Valve produces undesirable response

Contamination in system Disassemble, inspect, clean and flush.
Improper fluid Check fluid recommendations.
Recommended temperature
exceeded (indicated by fluid Check maximum temperature recommendations.
discoloration or spool tarnishing)
Incorrect orifice size (soft shift only) Check orifice size for desired response time.
Electrical Improper voltage Check voltage requirements for valve model.
2531-M2.pm6, sm, jj

Parker Hannifin Corporation Bulletin 2531-M2/USA,
Hydraulic Valve Division 5M, 3/98, PHD
520 Ternes Avenue
Fax: (440) 366-5253
Web Site: http://www.parker.com/hydraulicvalve
FT Series
Tank Top Filters
Global Filtration Technology
9
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Applications for
FT series
■ Scissors Lifts
■ Fork Lifts
■ Industrial Power Units
■ Off-highway
■ Turf Equipment
■ Aerial Lift
■ Confined Installation Areas
The rugged all metal design FT with

options for a fill port, breather, and
dipstick provides multifunctional
capability in a compact package. This
relates to reduced space and lower
costs due to the elimination of sight
gauges, fill ports, and reservoir
breathers. The FT series is ideal for
low flow, return line applications
where both space and filtration
performance are critical.

Hydraulic Filter Division
10 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Features
Cover
■ Cast aluminum Fill Port
is lightweight (Optional)
and durable. ■ Optional port
allows for filling
of system fluid
through the filter.
Gauge This insures clean
■ Color-coded face
fluid is supplied to
indicates when system efficiently
element should with no mess.
be serviced.
Dipstick
(Optional)
Breather
■ Allows for fluid
Assembly (Optional)
■ Integral to the filter,
level monitoring
this option protects the without the need
system from airborne for additional
contaminants. This feature accessories.
along with the fill port
option can eliminate the
need for a standard filler/
breather cap.
Bypass Assembly
■ Full flow bypass
protects element
from over pressur-
Bowl ization. Bypass
■ Can be removed during
location allows
element service, allowing for inspection
for removal of sediment. during routine
element service.
Bowl Adapter Element

(Optional) ■ High capacity,
■ Optional connection
high efficiency
permits the use Microglass III
of extensions to elements provide
prevent aeration maximum service
of fluid and improve life with consistent
system performance. removal efficiency.

11 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
FTA Element Performance

Efficiency Capacity (grams)
Beta Rating Efficiency %
10,000
05Q MODEL FTA
20Q Media Single Double
1,000 99.9
10Q Code Length Length
20Q 3.8 7.4
200 99.5
100 99.0 10Q 3.5 9.5
05Q 3.3 9.0
20 95.0
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Particle Size (Micrometre)
Flow vs. Pressure Loss

LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
25 25
150 SUS 10Q
150 SUS
Single Length 05Q 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
20Q
05Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10Q
10 10
0.5 20Q 0.5

5 5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 20 40 60 80 0 20 40 60 80
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
lve
Va 2.5
pass
By
30 15 1.0
2.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
20 1.5 10 ing
us
y Ho
pt
1.0 Em 0.5
10 5
0.5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25
GPM GPM

12 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
FTB Element Performance

10,000
MODEL FTB
Media Single Double
1,000 99.9
Code Length Length
10Q 20Q 14.9 29.1
200 99.5
05Q 20Q
100 99.0 10Q 14.8 29.0
05Q 14.7 28.9
20 95.0
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150
25 25
150 SUS 05Q 150 SUS
Single Length 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
10Q
15 1.0 15 1.0
20Q
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
10 10
05Q
0.5 0.5
10Q
5 5
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 0 50 100 150
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
e 2.5
Valv
ass
Byp
30 15 1.0
2.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
g
1.5 in
20 10 us
Ho
y
pt
1.0 Em 0.5
10 5
0.5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM

13 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
FTC Element Performance

10,000
MODEL FTC
05Q Media Single Double
1,000 99.9
Code Length Length
10Q
20Q 50.7 85.0
200 99.5
100
20Q
99.0 10Q 50.5 84.7
05Q 50.3 82.8
20 95.0
2 50.0
1
0 5 10 15 20 25

LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
25 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
Single Length 1.5 Double Length 1.5
20 20
15 1.0 15 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
05Q
10 10
05Q
10Q 10Q
20Q 0.5 0.5
5 5
20Q
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM
LPM LPM
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
50 25
150 SUS 150 SUS
3.0 1.5
40 20
2.5
lve
ss Va
30 Bypa 15
2.0 1.0
PSID
PSID
BAR
BAR
20 1.5 10
1.0 0.5
10 5
g
0.5 Housin
Empty
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
GPM GPM

14 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Specifications: FTA, FTB, FTC Series Element Condition Indicators:

Pressure Ratings: 1.00 (25.4)
1/8-27 NPT
Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure
(MAOP): 150 psi (10.3 bar)
Rated Fatigue Pressure: 100 psi (6.9 bar)
Design Safety Factor: 2:1 1.50 (38)
Operating Temperatures:
-22oF (-30oC) to 230oF (110oC)
Element Collapse Rating:
Standard: 150 psi (10.3 bar) 1.69 (43)
Materials: “G” Option Pressure Gauge (0-30 psi color coded)

Head: aluminum
Cover: aluminum
Bowl: mild steel (FTA & FTB), aluminum (FTC)
11.8 (300)
Breather:
.55 (14) .51 (13)
5 micron cellulose
Sipping Weights (approximate):
Model Single length Double length OPTIONAL DIPSTICK
FTA 1.5 lbs. (0.7 kg) 1.8 lbs. (0.8 kg)
FTB 2.9 lbs. (1.3 kg) 3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg)
FTC 6.4 lbs. (2.9 kg) 8.0 lbs. (3.6 kg)
3.50 (89)
Linear Measure: inch (millimeter) 1/8 NPT
1.16 (29.5)
Breather Performance
FTA FTB
Air Flow (SCFM) Air Flow (SCFM)
0 1.0 2.0 3.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
2.0 2.0
50 50
1.5 1.5
40 40
IN H2O
IN H2O
PSID
PSID
30 30
1.0 1.0
20 20
.5 .5
10 10
0.0 0.0
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 0 10 20 30 40 50
GPM GPM

15 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Installation
Dimensions A B C D E F G H I J K L M
are in(mm)
FTA
FTA 2.19 (55.5) 4.13 (105) 7.91 (201) 1.02 (26) 1.18 (30) 2.00 (51) 2.60 (66) 1.77 (45) 1.87 (47.5) 3.11 (.74) 3.46 (88) 3.07 (78) 2.36 (60)
FTB 2.87 (73) 4.41 (112) 8.74 (222) 1.22 (31) 1.50 (38) 2.56 (65) 3.19 (81) 2.32 (59) 2.38 (60.5) 3.86 (98) 4.53 (115) 3.94 (100) 2.95 (75)
FTC 4.25 (108) 6.69 (170) 11.38 (289) 1.50 (38) 3.11 (79) 3.90 (99) N/A N/A 3.23 (82) 6.50 (165) 5.59 (142) 6.89 (175) 4.72 (120)
FTA FTB FTC
G E F
G
F F
DE E
D
D
Single Length - B Single Length - B

A Double Length - C Single Length - B Double Length - C
A Double Length - C
1.1 (28) 1.1 (28) 1.50 (38)

1.1 (28) 1.1 (28)
2.83
1.18(30)
(72) 3.35
1.18(30)
H 1.18(30) (85)
H
I
J J I
I
60°
.43 (11)
.10 (25) 45°
ø.43 (11)
ø.24 (6) L
L
45°
M K
K K
45°
45°
4.37 (111)
M
L M
ø.43 (11)
ø.24 (6) J

16 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
Element Service Parts List

(Hydraulic) Index Description FTA FTB FTC
1. Stop the system’s power unit. 1 Head Consult Factory
2. Rotate the cover counter 2 Cover Without Fill Port 102770-001 102772-001 101768
clockwise and remove. Cover With Fill Port Consult Factory
3. Element and bowl are removable 3 Spring 10152325 10152325 10152325
through the head by using the 4 Spring Retainer 101789 101789 101789
element pull tab. 5 Seal Kit
4. Discard the element and clean Seal Kit - Nitrile FTS-0001 FTS-0003 FTS-0005
the inside of the bowl. Seal Kit - Fluorocarbon FTS-0002 FTS-0004 FTS-0006
5. Check the integrity of the bowl 6 Bypass Assembly S02101 S02102 S02103
o-ring and replace if necessary. 7 Element See How To Order Page
6. Insert new element assembly 8 Bowl
into bowl and place into head, Single Length 102812-001 102812-002 929716
be sure element and bowl are Double Length 102812-003 102812-004 929717
seated securely. 9 Breather Replacement Kit FTS-0011 FTS-0011 NA
7. Check integrity of the cover Not Shown Bowl Adapter FTS-0012 FTS-0013 NA
o-ring and replace if necessary. Not Shown Fill Port FTS-0015 FTS-0015 NA
8. Center the cover spring over Not Shown Dipstick FTS-0014 FTS-0014 FTS-0014
the bypass assembly and Not Shown Gauge - 25 psi 934237 934237 934237
rotate the cover clockwise Not Shown Pressure Switch - 25 psi 926923 926923 926923
until handtight. Not Shown Gauge Adapter 935266 935266 NA
Element Service 2
(Breather)
1. Stop the system’s power unit.
2. Loosen socket hood cap 3
screw (SHCS). 4 5
3. Discard complete breather
assembly and replace.
6
4. Rotate SHCS clockwise
until handtight.
1
9

17 Metamora, OH
Tank Top Filters
FT Series
HOW TO ORDER:
Select the desired symbol (in the correct position) to construct a model code.
Example:
BOX 1 BOX 2 BOX 3 BOX 4 BOX 5 BOX 6 BOX 7 BOX 8 BOX 9
BO Design number
FTA 1 A 20Q P 25 N8 X assigned
by Parker
BOX 1: Basic Assembly BOX 6: Bypass BOX 8: Modifications

Symbol Description Symbol Description Symbol Description
FTA 15 gpm (57 L/MIN) 25 25 PSID (1.7bar) X None
FTB 40 gpm (151 L/MIN) Y All (Breather, Fill Port,
FTC 80 gpm (303 L/MIN) Bowl Adaptor)
BOX 7: Ports A Breather Only
Symbol Description
BOX 2: Bowl/Element Length B Fill Port Only
Symbol Description FTA
C Bowl Adaptor Only
N8 ½” NPT
1 Single Length D Fill Port & Bowl Adaptor
2 Double Length M18 M18, ISO6149
S8 SAE8 E Fill Port & Breather
FTB F Breather & Bowl Adaptor
BOX 3: Seals
N16 1” NPT
Symbol Description
M33 M33, ISO6149 Note: All modifications apply to FTA and
A Nitrile FTB only, for FTC use X
B Fluoroelastomer S16 SAE16
FTC
N24 1½” NPT BOX 9: Design Number
BOX 4: Element Media
M42 M42, ISO6149
Symbol Description
S24 SAE24
05Q Microglass III Applied to the filter by Parker Hydraulic
10Q Microglass III Filter Division. Use the full model code,
20Q Microglass III including the design number when
ordering replacement parts.
BOX 5: Indicator
Symbol Description
N None
P Plugged
V Visual Pressure Guage
E Electrical Pressure
Switch
Replacement Elements (Fluorocarbon Seals)

FTA FTA FTB FTB FTC FTC
Media Single Length Double Length Single Length Double Length Single Length Double Length
05Q FTAE1B05Q FTAE2B05Q FTBE1B05Q FTBE2B05Q FTCE1B05Q FTCE2B05Q
Please note the bolded options reflect

standard options with a reduced
lead-time. Consult factory on all
other lead-time options.

18 Metamora, OH
Catalog 3105/USA P.C. Flow Control Valves
Technical Information Series FC101
General Description
The FC101 Series Flow Control Valves provide con-
stant regulated flow in one direction regardless of
(1) (2)
changes in load pressure. Flow in the reverse direction
is non-regulated, free flow. This cartridge can be used
in either meter-in or meter-out applications.
Operation
When flow enters the nose of the cartridge it passes
through a control orifice. This control orifice creates a
pressure differential across the regulating spool. As
the inlet flow increases, the pressure differential across
the regulating spool increases, allowing the regulating Full Flow
Outlet
spool to overcome its spring force and begin to shift. (1)
Metered Flow
As it shifts, it throttles to maintain a constant flow. Inlet
When the FC101 is used with a fixed displacement (2)
Metered Flow Outlet
pump, a relief valve will be required between the pump Free Flow Inlet
and the FC101.
Features
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability Performance Curves
Regulated Flow vs. Pressure Drop
GPM LPM Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
8 30
Specifications 800
700
Maximum Flow 56.25 LPM (15 GPM) 6 23 600

Regulated Flow
500
Maximum 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
Inlet Pressure 4 15 400
Max. Operating See regulated flow vs. 300

Pressure pressure curve 2 8 200
100
Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F) 050
0
-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon) Bar 35 70 105 140 170 204
0
(-25°F to +250°F) PSI 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Cartridge Material All parts steel. All operating
parts hardened steel. Pressure Drop vs. Flow (Through cartridge only)
PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
Body Material Steel or Aluminum 250 18

SAE Class 4 or better 200 14
150 11
100 7
50 4
0
LPM 8 15 23 30
0
GPM 2 4 6 8
Flow (Q)
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk

Hydraulics VC22 Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Dimensions Series FC101
Cartridge Only
Screw and
Knob Adjust -
1/4″ Internal Hex. Tamper
Resistant
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
58.4 61.0
(2.30) (2.40)
Max.
35.6
(1.40)
25.4 (1.00) Hex.

7/8 22 N.m.
14UNF-2A (190 In.-Lbs.)
Thread Torque 31.8
(1.25)
(2)
Metered Flow Outlet
Free Flow Inlet
(1)
Full Flow Outlet Ø 15.8
Metered Flow Inlet (.62)
Cartridge Only
58.4
(2.30)
Max.
0.8 (.03)
Max.
Spotface
18.3
(.72)
38.1 2
50.8 (1.50)
(2.00)
1
3.6 R.
(.14)
19.1
(.75) 15.9
3.2 41.3 (.63)
(.13) (1.63) 31.8
50.8 (1.25)
(2.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk

Ordering Information Series FC101
FC 10 1
Pressure Size Type Adjustment Flow Optional Seals Body
Compensated Style Range Setting Option
Flow Control
Valve
7/8-14UNF-2B Code Type
Omit Nitrile
Code Type V Fluorocarbon
1 Spool
Code Type Optional Setting
K Knob Adjust Flow setting specified in

.38 LPM (.1 GPM) increments
S Screw Adjust other than standard
T Tamper Resistant Cap
Flow Range and Code Port Size & Material

Code Standard Setting
Omit Cartridge Only
050 1.1-3.8 LPM (.30-1.0 GPM)
(1.9 LPM (.5 GPM) @ 4P 1/4″ NPTF (B10-2-4P) Steel
69 Bar (1000 PSI) ∆P) A4P 1/4″ NPTF (B10-2-A4P) Aluminum
100 2.8-8.3 LPM (.75-2.2 GPM) 6P 3/8″ NPTF (B10-2-6P) Steel
(3.8 LPM (1 GPM) @
300 7.5-16.9 LPM (2.0-4.5 GPM) 8P 1/2″ NPTF (B10-2-8P) Steel
(11.3 LPM (3 GPM) @
600 15-30 LPM (4.0-8.0 GPM) 6T SAE-6 (B10-2-6T) Steel

(22.5 LPM (6 GPM) @ A6T SAE-6 (B10-2-A6T) Aluminum
69 Bar (1000 PSI) ∆P)
SERVICE PARTS 6B 3/8″ BSPG (B10-2-6B) Steel
Knob Option: 840208K A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B10-2-A6B) Aluminum
(To convert screw adjust to knob adjust)
Nitrile Seal Kit: SK10-2
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK10-2V A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B10-2-A8B) Aluminum
Shipping Weight
Cartridge Only .23 kg (0.5 lbs.)
Cartridge in Body .68 kg (1.5 lbs.)
fc101.pm6.5, bl, lk

GAUGES & INSTRUMENTATION
Pressure Gauges 2
Gauge Isolator Valves 4
Flow Meters, Alarms & Transmitters 6
In-Line Flow Meters 8
Phone: (800) 787-8542 Fax: (800) 329-5422 Gauges & Instrumentation 1

PRESSURE GAUGES
PGL Series
• Stainless Steel (304SS) or Brass Case
• Built-in snubber
• Acrylic lenses
• Phosphor bronze bourdon tube
• Accuracy ± 1.5% of full scale
• Glycerine filled operating temperature: +13°F to 150°F (-25°C to +65°C)
Options • Custom dials

• Silicone liquid available for low temp. below +20°F (–7°C)
• Front flanges
2 1/2 ” Gauge
Size a a2 b c D d d1 E F f h i L M N ch p
in 2.5 0.22 0.26 1.1 0.39 3.3 2.67 2.46 2.95 1/4 " NPT 0.14 2.1 2.83 0.51 3.54 1.5 0.56 2.1
mm 63 5.6 6.6 28 10 85 68 62.6 75 1/4 " SAE 3.6 54.3 72 13 90 38 14x8 53
PGL – A – 63 – N – B – 3000 – P
Mounting
Thread Type P Panel
N NPT *PFF Front Flange
S SAE (2 1/2 " stem only) S Stem
* Furnished with but not
assembled to stainless
cased gauges.
i i
ps g i i i i i si si si si si si si ps
- 20 in. H psi psi ps ps ps ps ps 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 00
PGL-A Hg 30 30 60 100 160 300 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100
30 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0-
2 1/2 " Stem • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2 1/2 " SAE Stem • • • • • • •
2 1/2 " Panel • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
2 Gauges & Instrumentation Phone: (800) 787-8542 Fax: (800) 329-5422

PRESSURE GAUGES
4” Gauge
Size a a2 b c D d d1 E e F f h L p T V Z ch
in 4.0 0.30 0.67 1.33 0.42 5.2 4.3 3.9 4.6 1.1 1/ "
NPT 0.2 3.4 0.78 2.9 1.2 2.7 4.4 0.86
2
mm 100 7.5 17 33.9 10.8 132 109.8 101 118 2.9 — 6 86.8 20 74 30.5 70 112 22
PGL – A – 100 – N – B – 3000 – P
i
i i i si si si si si si si ps
ps ps ps 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 0 p 00 Mounting
PGL-A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
30 50 60 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 10
0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- P Panel
4" Stem • • • • • • • • •
4" Panel • • • • • • • • *PFF Front Flange
S Stem
cased gauges.
6” Gauge
Lower connection Back connection

stem mounting flush mounting
U-clamp
0 Size A B C D d1 E F G H J K L M N O P QZ
in 6.0 0.59 0.83 1.99 6.36 5.89 5.90 1/ "
NPT 0.79 3.40 4.14 6.10 6.46 0.78 1.99 6.36 0.65 4.65
2
mm 150 15 21 50.5 161.5 149.6 150 — 20 85 106 155 164 20 50.5 161.5 16.5 118
PGL – A – 150 – N – B – 3000 – P
i Mounting
ps Hg i i i i i i i si
20 i i si si si si psi ps ps ps ps ps ps ps 0 p
- i . ps ps p p p p
n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 P Panel
PGL-A Hg 30 30 60 100 160 300 500 600 100 150 200 300 400 500 600 100
30 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0- 0-
6" Stem • • • • • • *PFF Front Flange
6" Panel • • • • • • S Stem
cased gauges.

GAUGE ISOLATOR VALVES
GI Series
• Protects pressure gauge
• Double function – dampening the shock of pressure during opening
and isolating the
pressure gauge from pressure line
• Rotating nut enables the user to connect the pressure gauge and
orient the gauge face
• Made of press forged steel; buna face seal at bottom of NPT female
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids
• Suitable for pressures up to 5800 PSI
• Operating temperature –4°F to +212°F (–20°C to 100°C)
GI-290 GI-291
Swivel fitting moves

freely with gauge
installed
Part Working
No. Press. (PSI) A B C D E F G H L M N P Q OR ES
GI-290 5800 in. 1/4 " NPT /#4 SAE 0.47 0.22 2.05 2.42 1.34 0.47 — 2.09 0.59 0.0079 0.37 — 79.45 0.71
mm. N/A 12 5.6 52 61.5 34 12 M15x1 53 15 2 9.5 — 2018 18
GI-291 5800 in. 1/ " NPT
4 0.47 0.22 0.87 1.57 1.34 0.39 — 2.56 0.43 0.0079 0.37 1.06 79.45 0.71
mm. N/A 12 5.6 22 40 34 10 M15x1 65 11 2 9.5 27 2018 18
Part No. Type Thread Size Working Pressure Panel Mount Kit
GI-290-N In-Line 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI Part No. Description
GI-290-S In-Line 1/4 " NPT F to #4 SAE M 5800 PSI PMK-290-291 Fits all Models
GI-291-N Elbow 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI
Gauge Snubber • Forged steel body

• One-piece construction
• 3000 PSI maximum working pressure
• Provides over-pressure protection
Order Information
Part No. Port Size Operating Pressure

GI-100-N 1/4 " NPT 3000 PSI max.

GAUGE ISOLATOR VALVES
GI Series
• Push to read
• Can be locked in actuated position
• Panel or in-line mounting
• Panel nut included
• Made of press forged steel
• 5800 PSI working pressure
• Maximum panel thickness 5/16 "
• 1/4 " NPT ports
• Viton seals
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids and other fluids
compatible with Viton seals
• Operating temperature –30°F to +240°F (–22°C to +115°C)
Part No. Ports Working Pressure
GI-1400-N 1/4 " NPT 5800 PSI
GI Series • Compact
• Viton seals
Six Station • 1/4 " SAE ports
• Panel mount
• Steel barstock body
• 5800 PSI working pressure
• Can read up to 6 pressure points with 1 gauge
• Turn to select, push to read selector knob with spring return
• Compatible with petroleum based fluids and other fluids
compatible with Viton seals
• Operating temperature –30°F to +240°F (–22°C to +115°C)
° 60
60 °
1 7/8" He x
2 /6 "
/3 "
/ 6"
180°
3 1/ 8 "
Part No. Ports Working Pressure
GI-6000-S #4 SAE 5000 PSI

FLOW METERS, ALARMS & TRANSMITTERS
IFA, IFM Series • Flows to 150 GPM (unidirectional) Phosphate Ester Model Features
• Port sizes 1/8 " to 2" • Materials of construction: aluminum,
• Standard calibration fluid: 175 SUS brass, stainless steel
• Pressure rating aluminum & brass: 3,500 PSI (240 bar) • High pressure orientation 6000 PSI
• ±4% Full scale accuracy; ±1% full scale repeatability (415 bar) rating
• Temperature to 240°F (115°C) • Full scale accuracy within ±4%
• Good viscosity stability • Stainless steel internal parts
• Install in any in-line position • Flows up to 130 GPM (490 LPM)
• NPT, SAE, BSP • High temperature range to 600°F
• Read out scale mounted inside clear polycarbonate tube (316°C), alternate O-ring material
• Teflon coated alnico magnet required
• Stainless steel internal parts
Options: • Pressure rating: stainless steel 6000 PSI (415 bar)
• Ultra high temperature 600°F only
• Body casing available in aluminum, brass or stainless steel
• Phosphate ester model available
• Pneumatic and inert gas model available
• High temperature to 400°F (204°C)
• High temperature to 600°F (315°C)
• Water service
1/4 " - 1/2" size: 1 7/8" O.D. x 69/16 " length
3/4 " - 1" size: 2 3/8 " O.D. x 75/32 " length
1 1/4 " - 1 1/2 " size: 3 1/2 " O.D. x 10 1/8 " length
2" size: 3 1/2 " O.D. x 12 5/8 " length
Size 04, 06, 08 Size 12, 16 Size 20, 24, 32

Flow Rate (L/Min)
15 23 30 3 45 53 1 3 7 114 151
76 151 227 303 379 454 530
14 14
25 1.7
12 3 12 3
Pressure Drop (Bar)

Pressure Drop (PSI)
001, 002, 005, 010, 015 015, 020, 025 20 1.4
10 7 10 005, 030 7
55 55 15 1
41 41 075
4 010, 040 10 .7
2 4 2
2
14 5 .3
0 0 2 14 0025, 050
2 4 10 12 14 1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Flow Rate (GPM)
Size 04, 06, 08 Size 12, 16 Size 20, 24, 32

5 35 25 17 35 24
Pressure Drop (Bar)
030, 040, 050

Pressure Drop (Bar)
30 21
Pressure Drop (Bar)

4 27 20 14
25 17
3 001, 002, 005 21 15 10 20 14
002, 005, 015 075
15 10
2 14 10 7
10 7
1 07 5 34 5 050 34
010, 020, 025
0
0 0 0 0 200 400 00 00 1020 1200 1400
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 100 200 300 400 500
100 100 100
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ANALYZER

• Consists of flow meter, silicone filled pressure gauge,
bi-metal temperature gauge, precision needle load valve
• Install in any in-line position C
• Ports available 1/2 " - 1 1/4 "

• Teflon coated alnico magnet
• Buna-N seals and stainless steel internal parts A B
• Body casing available in aluminum only
• ±4% accuracy of full scale NPTF A B C
• Flow rate 150 GPM (560 LPM) Size in mm in mm in mm
1/ " 10.5 266 4.00 100 5.50 140
• Operating pressure: aluminum and brass 3000 PSI (200 bar); 2
3/ " 11.5 292 4.00 100 6.50 165
stainless steel 6000 PSI (415 bar) 4
• Maximum operating temperature 240°F (116°C) 1" 13.0 330 4.25 108 6.50 164
1 1/4 " 16.5 420 5.25 133 8.00 200

• Proportional analog outputs of 4-20mA. 0-1mA, Flow Rate Alarm Features:
IFT, FA1 Series 0-5Vdc, and 1-5Vdc • Alarm switch dead band, ±4% full scale accuracy
• Standard visual indication of flow rate • Alarm switch contacts are Performance SPDT
• Sealed, corrosion-resistant enclosure Options: • DPDT (double pull double throw)
• ±4% full scale accuracy
• Stainless steel internal parts Flow Rate Transmitter Features:
• Working pressure: • Power requirements: 12-35Vdc, connections via
3500 PSI (240 bar) aluminum and brass screw terminal
6000 PSI (410 bar) stainless steel • Load driving capacity: 4-20mA. Load resistance
• Flow measuring range: 150 GPM (560 LPM) dependant on power supply voltage
• Maximum operating temperature: • LED indicator provides power indication
Media 240°F (116°C); ambient 180°F (82°C) • Over-current protection: self-limiting at 35mA
• Standard calibration; 175 SUS @ 110°F (43°C); • Response time: less than 0.1 second
filtered water @ 70°F (21°C); air @ 70°F (21°C) Options: • Integral digital display 3.5 digits
100 psig • LCD digital display
• Teflon coated alnico magnet
A B C D
Size in mm in mm in mm in mm
04, 06, 08 6 9/16 167 3 11/32 85 3 5/32 80 1 7/8 47
12, 16 7 5/32 182 3 9/16 90 3 9/16 90 1 7/8 47
20, 24, 32 3 1/2 * 90 12 5/8† 322 – – – –
* 11/4 , 1 1/2 , #20 SAE, 1 1/4 BSP measure 3 1/2 " (90mm)
† 1 1/ , 1 1/ , #20 SAE, 1 1/ BSP measure 10 1/ " (258mm)
4 2 4 8
IFM – A –16 – 30 N – *
Type Options Series
IFA* System Analyzer Omit No Options All
IFM In-line Flow Meter HT 400° High Temperature IFM
IFT** Flow Transmitter UT 600° High Temperature IFM
FA1 Flow Alarm (One Switch) G Pneumatic and Inert Gases IFM Must specify
FA2 Flow Alarm (Two Switch) LCD LCD Digital Display IFT
P Phosphate Ester IFM Must specify
Case W Water Service FA1, FA2, IFM, IFT
A Aluminum (Petroleum Base Fluid) Thread Type
B Brass (Water Base Fluid) NPT only B BSP
SS Stainless Steel (Caustic N NPT

S SAE
Flow Ranges: Air Port Sizes Available

Size NPT* SAE (Liquid & Water) (@ 100 PSI) NPT SAE BSP
1 3 1 3 1
02
1
/8" N/A 001 0.05-1 GPM 1.5-12 SCFM /4", /8", /2", /4" 4, 6, 8, 10 /8", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4"
1
04 1
/4" N/A 002 0.2-2 GPM 4-23 SCFM /4", 3/8", 1/2" 4, 6, 8, 10 1
/8", 3/8", 1/2"
1
06 3
/8" 6 005 0.5-5 GPM 5-50 SCFM /4", 3/8", 1/2" 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 3
/8", 1/2"
3
08 1
/2" 8 010 1-10 GPM 10-100 SCFM /8", 1/2", 3/4", 1" 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 3
/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1"
3 1 3 3
015 1-15 GPM 15-150 SCFM /8", /2", /4", 1" 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 /8", 1/2", 3/4", 1"
3
12 /4" 12
3 3
16 1" 16 020 2-20 GPM 20-215 SCFM /4", 1" 12, 16 /4", 1"
1
20 1 /4" 20 025 2-25 GPM 20-250 SCFM 3 1 1
/4", 1", 1 /4", 1 /2", 2" 3
/4", 1", 11/4", 11/2", 2
1
24 1 /2" 24 030 3-30 GPM 30-330 SCFM 3
/4", 1" 3
/4", 1"
3 3
32 2" 32 040 4-40 GPM 30-400 SCFM /4", 1" /4", 1"
3 3
*IFA Series available in 050 5-50 GPM 40-500 SCFM /4", 1" /4", 1", 11/4", 11/2", 2
1 3 1
aluminum /2", /4", 1, and 1 /4" 5-50 GPM 30-470 SCFM 11/4", 11/2", 2"
NPTF bodies only 075 8-75 GPM 30-750 SCFM 11/4", 11/2", 2" 11/4", 11/2", 2
100 10-100 GPM 150-900 SCFM 11/4", 11/2", 2" 11/4", 11/2", 2
**Please specify GPM or LPM 150 20-150 GPM 150-1300 SCFM 11/4", 11/2", 2" 11/4", 11/2", 2
scale when ordering

IN-LINE FLOW METERS
LFM Series • Reads flows to 100 GPM / 400 LPM

• Rugged low cost design
• Standard calibration for 150 SUS fluids
• Accuracy within ±4% full scale
• Mount in any position
• Aluminum body
• Pressure gauge can be mounted in block
1
• /4" NPT pressure gauge connection in top center
1
• 2 /2" (63mm) dial
Options: • Other body materials available
• Thermometer
• Calibration for other than 150 SUS
Part No. A B C D E F G H J K
LFM-750 in 5.1 2.4 0.3 2.7 1.6 3.0 1.2 2.0 1.6 0.3
mm 130 60 8 68 42 75 30 51 40 8
LFM-1500 in 7.1 2.6 0.4 2.8 2.6 3.3 1.7 3.0 2.1 0.4
mm 178 65 10 73 66 84 43 76 53 10
Note - Not suitable for reverse flow or direct mounting to steel plate.
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp-edged orifice and
tapered metering piston which moves in proportion to
changes in flow rate. In the no-flow condition the metering
piston is at the minimum orifice position and the pointer
indicates zero. With increasing flow the pressure difference
across the variable orifice formed by the metering piston and
fixed orifice moves the piston against the calibrated spring.
The piston movement is directly proportional to flow rate and
the sharp-edge orifice minimizes the effects of viscosity. The
piston is magnetically coupled to the rotary pointer assembly
1
which registers on a clear 2 /2" (63mm) scale calibrated LPM
and GPM.
Flow Rate Max. Working Inlet Max. P

Part No. GPM LPM Press. PSI Outlet Port PSI
3
LFM-750-16A 0.5-17 60 5000 /4" NPT 20
3
LFM-750-30A 1.5-31 120 5000 /4" NPT 30
3
LFM-750-50A 2-48 180 5000 /4" NPT 84
LFM-1500-50A 50 200 3000 #24 SAE 15
LFM-1500-80A 80 300 3000 #24 SAE 20
LFM-1500-100A 100 300 3000 #24 SAE 20

Motor Connection Diagrams
Dual-Voltage Motors Single-Voltage Motors

(single-speed) (two-speed)
Frame Size Low Voltage High Voltage Frame Size
DT71 thru DV180 230V - 60Hz 460V - 60Hz DT71 thru DV225
200V - 50Hz 400V - 50Hz
Single-Speed / Dual-Voltage Connection

DT79 Two-Speed / Two-Winding Connection
DT43
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc. USA

Diagram Diagram
Low Voltage High Voltage Low Speed High Speed
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
U2 V2 W2 2U 2V 2W L1 L2 L3
1093/9P000004
1093/9P000011
T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 T6 T11 T12 T13
U2 V2 W2
2U 2V 2W
U5 V5 W5 U5 V5 W5
T7 T8 T9 T7 T8 T9 T11 T12 T13
1U 1V 1W
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1 T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
1U 1V 1W
T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
Frame Size
DT71 thru DV132S
Frame Size Low Voltage High Voltage

DV200 thru DV225 230V - 60Hz 460V - 60Hz
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc. USA Two-Speed / Single-Winding
∇
Connection
Diagram DT33
Low Speed High Speed
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
2U 2V 2W L1 L2 L3
1093/9P000009
T5 T6 T4
DT72
Diagram 2U 2V 2W
1U 1V 1W
∇∇ ∇ T1 T2 T3 T5 T6 T4
Low Voltage High Voltage
(See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate) 1U 1V 1W
U6 V6 W6
* * T1 T2 T3
U6 V6 W6
1093/9P000007
T10 T11 T12 T10 T11 T12

L1 L2 L3 * *
U2 V2 W2
T5 T6 U2 V2 W2
T4
T4 T5 T6 *Customer Supplied Motor Starter Contacts
U5 V5 W5
T8 T9 U5 V5 W5
T7 T9
T7 T8
U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
Frame Size
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 DV132M thru DV225
Two-Speed / Single-Winding Connection

DT53
Diagram
∇
Low Speed High Speed
2U 2V 2W L1 L2 L3
1093/9P000010
T5 T6 T4
Frame Size Low Voltage High Voltage V6 U6 W6 2U 2V 2W
T8 T9 T7
DT71 thru DV225 200V - 50Hz 346V - 50Hz T5 T6 T4
208V - 60Hz 360V - 60Hz 1U 1V 1W V6 U6 W6
T1 T2 T3 T8 T9 T7
220V - 50Hz 380V - 50Hz
230V - 50Hz 400V - 50Hz * * 1U
T1
1V
T2
1W
T3
240V - 50Hz 415V - 50Hz L1 L2 L3 * *
330V - 60Hz 575V - 60Hz *Customer Supplied Motor Starter Contacts
Two-Speed / Two-Winding Connection

DT48

DT13
Diagram
Diagram ∇
Low Voltage
∇ Low Speed High Speed
High Voltage (See Motor Nameplate) (See Motor Nameplate)
2U1 2V1 2W1 L1 L2 L3
0997/9P000022
W2 U2 T11 T12 T13

1093/9P000001
V2
T6 T4 T5 T6 T4 T5 2U1 2V1 2W1
W2 U2 V2 2W2 2U2 2V2 T11 T12 T13
T16 T14 T15
U1 V1 W1 2W2 2U2 2V2
U1 V1 W1 1U 1V 1W T16 T14 T15
T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 T2 T3
1U 1V 1W
T1 T2 T3
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
USCS 0100
Ì®±«¾´»-¸±±¬·²¹ Ý¸¿®¬
ÐÎÑÞÔÛÓ ÝßËÍÛ ÎÛÓÛÜÇ

Ó±¬±® ²±¬ ½±²²»½¬»¼ º±® °®±°»® -«°°´§ Ý¸»½µ ½±²²»½¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ±² ½±²¼«·¬ ¾±¨
ª±´¬¿¹» ½±ª»® ¿²¼ ½±®®»½¬ ¬¸» ©·®·²¹ò
Í«°°´§ ª±´¬¿¹» ª¿®·»- ±«¬-·¼» ¬¸» ¿´´±©ó
¿¾´» ¬±´»®¿²½» ½¿«-·²¹ ¿² «²¼»®ª±´¬¿¹» ±® ß--«®» ½±®®»½¬ -«°°´§ ª±´¬¿¹»ò
±ª»®ª±´¬¿¹» ½±²¼·¬·±²ò
×²-«ºº·½·»²¬ ½±±´·²¹ ¿·® ª±´«³» ¼«» ¬±æ
¿ò Ô±© º®»¯«»²½§ ±°»®¿¬·±² ±² ª¿®· ×²½®»¿-» ¿·® º´±©æ
¿ò Ý±²¬·²«±«- ®«²²·²¹ ¿«¨·´·¿®§ º¿²ò
¿¾´» º®»¯«»²½§ ¼®·ª»ò ¾ò Û²-«®» «²±¾-¬®«½¬»¼ ¿·® º´±©ò
¾ò Ñ¾-¬®«½¬»¼ ¿·® º´±©ò
Ó±¬±® Ñª»®¸»¿¬-
ß³¾·»²¬ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ·- ¬±± ¸·¹¸ò Û²-«®» ½±±´ ¿·® ¹»¬- ¬± ¬¸» ³±¬±®ò Ü«½¬·²¹
øÝ¸»½µ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ©·¬¸ ·²-¬®«³»²¬¿¬·±²÷ ³¿§ ¾» ®»¯«·®»¼ò
Ñª»®´±¿¼ ¿¬ ®¿¬»¼ ª±´¬¿¹»ò Ë²·¬ ©·´´ ¼®¿©
½«®®»²¬ ·² »¨½»-- ±º ²¿³»°´¿¬» ®¿¬·²¹ ¿²¼ Í»´»½¬ ¿ ´¿®¹»® «²·¬ò
®«² ¾»´±© ®¿¬»¼ -°»»¼ò
Ó±¬±®Ž- ¿´´±©¿¾´» ¼«¬§ ½§½´» ·- »¨½»»¼»¼ Ì¸» °®±¾´»³ ³¿§ ±® ³¿§ ²±¬ ¾» -±´ª»¼
ø¬±± ³¿²§ -¬¿®¬- °»® ¸±«® ®»¯«·®»¼÷ò ©·¬¸ ¿ ´¿®¹»® ³±¬±®ò Ý±²¬¿½¬ ÍÛÉó
Û«®±¼®·ª»ò
Í·²¹´» °¸¿-·²¹ ¼«» ¬± ¾®»¿µ ±® ´±±-» ½±²ó Î»°¿·® -«°°´§ ´·²»-ò
²»½¬·±² ·² -«°°´§ ´·²» ±® ¾´±©² º«-»ò Î»°´¿½» º«-»-ò
Þ´±©² º«-»ò Ü»¬»®³·²» ¿²¼ ½±®®»½¬ ½¿«-» ±º º¿·´«®» ¿²¼

®»°´¿½» º«-»ò
Ó±¬±® ¼±»- ²±¬ ®«²ò Ó±¬±® °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» ¿½¬·ª¿¬»¼ò Î»-»¬ °®±¬»½¬·ª» ¼»ª·½»ò ×¼»²¬·º§ ¿²¼
½±®®»½¬ ½¿«-» º±® ¼»ª·½» ¿½¬·ª¿¬·±²ò
Ó±¬±® °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» º¿«´¬§ ±® ©·´´ ²±¬ Ý¸»½µ °®±¬»½¬·±² ¼»ª·½» º±® º¿«´¬-ò
®»-»¬ò
Ó±¬±® ²±¬ ½±²²²»½¬»¼ º±® °®±°»® ª±´¬¿¹»ò Ý¸»½µ ½±²²»½¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ·² ½±²¼«·¬ ¾±¨
½±ª»® ¿²¼ ½±®®»½¬ ¬¸» ©·®·²¹ò
Ó±¬±® ©·´´ ²±¬ -¬¿®¬ ±® -¬¿®¬- -´«¹¹·-¸´§ò
Ô¿®¹» ª±´¬¿¹» ¿²¼ñ±® º®»¯«»²½§ º´«½¬«¿¬·±² Û²-«®» -¬¿¾´» °±©»® -«°°´§ò
¿¬ -¬¿®¬·²¹ò
Ú±® ®»¼«½»¼ ª±´¬¿¹» -¬¿®¬·²¹ô ³±¬±® ©·´´ ²±¬ ×²-«ºº·½·»²¬ ¬±®¯«» ·² Í¬¿® Ý±²²»½¬·±²ò Í¬¿®¬ ³±¬±® ¼·®»½¬´§ ·² Ü»´¬¿ Ý±²²»½¬·±² ·º
-¬¿®¬ ·² Í¬¿® Ý±²²»½¬·±² ¾«¬ ©·´´ -¬¿®¬ ·² °±--·¾´»ò Ñ¬¸»®©·-» «-» ¿ ´¿®¹»® ³±¬±®ò
Ü»´¬¿ ½±²²»½¬·±²ò Ú¿«´¬§ ½±²¬¿½¬ ·² Í¬¿®ñÜ»´¬¿ -¬¿®¬»®ò Ý±®®»½¬ º¿«´¬ ½±²¼·¬·±²ò
Ú¿«´¬§ ±® ¼»º»½¬·ª» ©·²¼·²¹ò Ø¿ª» ³±¬±® ®»°¿·®»¼ ¾§ ¯«¿´·º·»¼ -»®ª·½»
Ó±¬±® ¸«³- ¿²¼ ¼®¿©- ¸·¹¸ ½«®®»²¬ò -¸±°ò
Î±¬±® ¼®¿¹¹·²¹ò
Í¸±®¬ ½·®½«·¬ ·² °±©»® -«°°´§ ½±²¼«½¬±®- ±® Ý±®®»½¬ ¬¸» º¿«´¬ ½±²¼·¬·±²ò
·² ¬¸» ³±¬±®ò
Ú«-»- ¾´±© ±® ³±¬±® ±ª»®½«®®»²¬ °®±¬»½¬·±² Ó±¬±® ¸¿- ¹®±«²¼ º¿«´¬ ±® ©·²¼·²¹ ¬± ©·²¼ó Ø¿ª» ³±¬±® ®»°¿·®»¼ ¾§ ¯«¿´·º·»¼ -»®ª·½»
¬®·°- ·³³»¼·¿¬»´§ò ·²¹ -¸±®¬ ½·®½«·¬ò -¸±°ò
Ó±¬±® ·³°®±°»®´§ ½±²²»½¬»¼ò Ý¸»½µ ½±²²»½¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ·² ½±²¼«·¬ ¾±¨

½±ª»® ¿²¼ ½±®®»½¬ ¬¸» ©·®·²¹ò
Ó±¬±® ®«²- ·² ©®±²¹ ¼·®»½¬·±²ò Ó±¬±® -«°°´§ ´»¿¼- ³·-½±²²»½¬»¼ò Í©·¬½¸ ¬©± -«°°´§ ´»¿¼-ò
Ò±¬»æ ×ºô ¿º¬»® °®±½»»¼·²¹ ¬¸®±«¹¸ ¬¸» Ì®±«¾´»-¸±±¬·²¹ Ý¸¿®¬ô ¬¸» ³±¬±® ·- º±«²¼ ¬± ¾» ¼»º»½¬·ª»ô ½±²¬¿½¬ §±«® ²»¿®»-¬ ÍÛÉóÛ«®±¼®·ª» ß--»³¾´§ Ý»²¬»®
º±® ©¿®®¿²¬§ ¿--·-¬¿²½» ±® ®»°´¿½»³»²¬ °¿®¬-ò
Ð®·²¬»¼ ·² ËÍß ê ðîðï

Sun Hydraulics : Adjustable Snubber Page 1 of 1
Functional Group: Model:

Products : Accessories : Snubbers, Adaptors and Line Fuses : Adjustable Adjustable
Snubbers Snubber
Product Description
SUN adjustable gage snubbers are throttling and shut-off devices used to isolate and protect hydraulic
gages from line pressure and gage pointer pulsations.
Technical Features
l Snubbers with a male SAE thread are adjustable allowing the knob to be pointed in any direction.
Option Selection U.S. Dollar

Recommended List Price
Female to Female
Port Configurations Model Code Price
.250 NPTF (Female), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-AA $ 25.00
SAE 4 (Female), SAE 4 (Female) NSAB-KXV-HH $ 25.00
.250 BSPP (Female), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-TT $ 28.00
Male to Female
Port Configurations Model Code Price
SAE 4 (Male), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-AS $ 28.00
.250 NPTF (Male), .250 NPTF (Female) NSAB-KXV-BA $ 24.00
.250 BSPP (Male), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-BT $ 28.00
SAE 4 (Male), SAE 4 (Female) NSAB-KXV-HS $ 28.00
.250 BSPP (Male), .250 BSPP (Female) NSAB-KXV-TA $ 28.00
Special Notes :
No Special Notes available for selected Model.
Model Code : Adjustable Snubber Print Date : 30 July 2003
http://www.sunhydraulics.com/cmsnet/snubbersppprint.aspx?Cat_Level_0=1&Cat_Level_1... 07/30/03
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Gearmotors and Gear Reducers
01 805 52 US
These operating instructions are intended to help you install and SEW-Eurodrive supplies the recommended hollowshaft mount-
operate the drive. For trouble free service, proper installation and ing paste with every hollow shaft reducer. The mounting paste is
operation are essential. Additionally, these instructions contain to be applied on the keyed output shaft. The mounting paste is to
important recommendations on maintenance. aid in the prevention of rusting and fretting corrosion between the
reducer hollowshaft and the shaft of the driven machine. The
Before shipment every SEW-Eurodrive gear unit is tested, mounting paste will aid in shaft removal when necessary.
checked and properly packed. However, please inspect the drive
immediately upon arrival for shortage or transit damage. Note the For additional information on shaft mounted reducers, drive shaft
damage or shortage on the freight bill of lading and file a claim configuration and tolerances, refer to the SEW-Eurodrive Catalog
with the carrier. Also, notify SEW-Eurodrive of the shortage or or request Documents #2201, 2202.
damage.
The drive installation site should be selected to ensure:

All gearmotors and gear reducers are supplied with the correct · Ambient temperatures below 40°C (104°F).
grade and quantity of lubricating oil for the specified mounting po- · Unimpeded flow of air to the motor and variable speed units.
sition. Exceptions include reducers shipped without input assem- · Accessibility to the drain, level and breather plugs.
blies. The recommended lubricants are found on page 2. · Adequate space for removal of brakemotor fanguard for brake ad-
justment and maintenance.
If the drive is not installed immediately, it should be stored in a dry, The drive unit should be mounted on a flat, vibration damping, and
protected area. If the drive is to be stored for an extended period of torsionally rigid structure. Careful alignment is critical. Mounting
time and was not ordered from SEW for long term storage, contact to an uneven surface will cause housing distortion. The flatness
your nearest SEW assembly plant for information on Long Term tolerance of the supporting surface should not exceed:
Storage, or request Document #2115. · For gear units size 80 and smaller — 0.004 inch.
Drives which are used for standby service should be stored as a · For gear units above size 80 — 0.008 inch.
sealed gearcase. For transportation, the units are sup-
plied with the breather plug already Fig. 1
mounted. After the unit is installed, the
Do not hammer on the shafts. Hammering can cause brinelling of black rubber seal located on the
the reducer’s bearings shortening the bearing life. We recommend breather MUST BE REMOVED (Fig.
heating the components to approximately 175°F (when possible) 1). In addition, the oil level should be
and sliding them on the shaft . This will reduce possible damage to checked. Remove the plated (non-painted)
the reducer’s bearings. Document #2116. oil level plug. The oil level is correct when the surface of the oil is
level with the lowest point of that tapped hole, the exception is
Table 1. Standard Shaft Tolerances S37. Units W20 and W30 are sealed in any position.
Solid Shaft Hollowshaft After installation, the actual mounting position should be con-
Diameter (inch) Tolerances (inch) Tolerances (inch) firmed against the mounting position shown on the gear reducer
1.500 and smaller +0.0000/-0.0005 +0.0005/-0.0000
nameplate. Adequate lubrication is only guaranteed if the unit is
mounted in the specific nameplated mounting position.
Larger than 1.500 +0.000/-0.001 +0.001/-0.000
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2111, #2112,
For metric shafts consult our catalogs
#2113, or #2114 (R, F, K, or S, respectively) if a specific mount-
ing position diagram is needed.
Shaft couplings should be properly aligned to prevent vibration,
coupling wear, and premature failure of the shaft bearings.
To prevent the output shaft and bearings from being subjected to Always ensure equipment is secure and electrical
excessive loads, the maximum overhung load, as shown in SEW- power is off before removing or performing maintenance on
Eurodrive catalogs, should not be exceeded. Please consult our en- the drive assembly. Oil levels and oil quality should be checked
gineering department if the load may exceed the recommended at regular intervals, determined by usage and the environment.
figure given or where there are combined radial and axial loads. In Grease and oil should be changed per the recommendations on
such cases, the exact operating conditions must be stated including page 2. Check coupling alignment, chain or belt tension, and
speed, direction of rotation, position, magnitude and direction of mounting bolt torque periodically. Keep the drive relatively free
the external radial and axial loads being applied. of dust and dirt.
For additional information call the SEW FAXline, 1-800-601-6195, and request document number shown.
SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

& ASSEMBLY CENTER 2001 West Main Street/Troy OH 45373 30599 San Antonio Road/Hayward CA 94544
1295 Old Spartanburg Hwy/Lyman SC 29365 (937) 335-0036 Fax: (937) 222-4104 (510) 487-3560 Fax: (510) 487-6381
(864) 439-7537 Fax: (864) 439-7830
SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

3950 Platinum Way/Dallas TX 75237 200 High Hill Road/Bridgeport NJ 08014
(214) 330-4824 Fax: (214) 330-4724 (856) 467-2277 Fax: (856) 845-3179
LUBRICANTS
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE FOR SEW-EURODRIVE GEAR UNITS
Ambient air kin viscosity

Gear tempera- at 40°C (cSt)
Reducer Lubrication ture range ° Mobil CHEVRON Shell Texaco BP Kluber
Type1) Type F approx. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co. Oil Co.
Chevron
Non-
+32
R Leaded Shell Omala
to VG220 Mobilgear Meropa 220 BP Energol Kluberoil
Gear Oil 220
+104 630 GR-XP 220 GEM 1-220
Compound
F 220
Oil
Chevron
Non-
+5
Leaded
to VG150 Mobilgear Shell Omala Meropa 150 BP Energol Kluberoil
K Gear
+77 VG100 629 Oil 100 GR-XP 100 GEM 1-150
Compound
150
Chevron
Non-
+32
Mobilgear Leaded Shell Omala
to VG680 Meropa 680 BP Energol Kluberoil
636 Gear
+104 Oil 680 GR-XP 680 GEM 1-680
Compound
680
S Oil
Chevron
Non-
+5
VG220 Mobilgear Leaded
to Shell Omala Meropa 220 BP Energol Kluberoil
630 Gear
+77 Oil 220 GR-XP 220 GEM 1-220
Compound
220
+176
Synth. Oil to Consult Factory For Use of Synthetic Oils
-40
General +176
Synth.
to Consult Factory For Use of Grease Filled Reducers
Grease
-40
Grease Chevron Shell BP CEN-
Ball & Roller Mobilux
Used for normal application Dura-Lith Alvania Multifak Energrease TOPLEX
Bearings EP 2
Temp. range—:-5°F to140°F EP2 Grease R 3 EP2 LS 3 2EP
1)
Applies to all reducers with or without motor and input shaft.
Oil levels and oil quality should be checked at frequent intervals, Grease packed bearings should be cleaned and regreased every
depending on usage. Oil changes are required at intervals of 10,000 hours or 20,000 hours for synthetic grease. Input (high
10,000 operating hours or every two years, whichever comes speed) bearings should not be overgreased. They should be
first. If a synthetic oil lubricant is used then this period can be ex- filled with grease not to exceed 1/3 of the bearing’s free volume.
tended to 20,000 operating hours or every four years, whichever For output bearings and bearings with replaceable grease
comes first. In applications where hostile operating conditions shields, fill to 2/3 of their free volume.
exist, such as high humidity, corrosive environment, or large
temperature changes, the lubricant should be changed at more
frequent intervals. When the recommended lubricant is not available, it is permissi-
ble to use a lubricant having equivalent characteristics but we do
The gear units W20 and W30 are supplied with a synthetic oil not recommend that lubricants of different brands be mixed. Un-
which is good for the life of the reducer, independent of the der no circumstances should synthetic lubricants be mixed with
mounting position. one another, or with one having a mineral base.
2
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
Parallel Helical Gear Units - “R” U.S. Gallons

Mounting Position
1) 1) 2) 2) 1), 2) 1) 1)
Gear Unit B3 B5 B5I B5II B5III B6 B7 B8 V1 V3 V5 V6
RX/RXF 57 0.16 0.13 0.18 0.29 0.18 0.24 0.24 0.34 0.29 0.21 0.34 0.21
RX/RXF 67 0.21 0.18 0.26 0.40 0.26 0.29 0.29 0.45 0.45 0.21 0.50 0.21
RX/RXF 77 0.29 0.24 0.42 0.63 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.69 0.66 0.40 0.71 0.40
RX/RXF 87 0.45 0.42 0.77 1.29 0.77 0.77 0.77 1.27 1.24 0.66 1.27 0.66
RX/RXF 97 0.55 0.55 1.27 1.87 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.95 1.85 0.95 1.85 0.90
RX/RXF 107 1.03 0.82 1.90 2.96 1.90 2.03 2.03 3.06 2.77 1.56 3.14 1.48
R..17 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16
0.07 0.07
R..27 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18
(0.11) (0.11)
0.08 0.11
R..37 0.21 0.26 0.26 0.21 0.26 0.26 0.29 0.24 0.29 0.24
(0.26) (0.26)
0.18 0.18
R..47 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.45 0.42 0.45 0.42
(0.40) (0.40)
0.21 0.21
R..57 0.58 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.53 0.48 0.55 0.50
(0.55) (0.55)
0.29 0.32 0.71 0.69
R..67 0.50 0.71 0.55 0.48 0.53 0.74 0.82 0.84
(0.61) (0.66) (0.95) (0.92)
0.32 0.32 1.0 1.0
R..77 0.63 0.87 0.79 0.66 0.90 1.0 0.98 1.2
(0.79) (0.69) (1.1) (1.3)
0.61 0.63 1.8 1.8
R..87 1.7 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.1
(1.6) (1.6) (2.1) (2.4)
1.2 1.3 3.1 3.1
R..97 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.7 3.5
(2.6) (2.7) (3.9) (3.9)
1.6 1.7 4.2 4.3
R..107 3.5 4.5 4.2 3.5 4.2 4.5 5.1 5.1
(3.6) (3.9) (5.3) (5.4)
2.6 2.5 7.1 7.4
R..137 6.6 7.7 6.6 6.6 6.6 7.8 8.6 8.3
(6.6) (6.6) (8.6) (8.6)
4.1 4.3 12 12
R..147 11 13 11 10 11 13 14 14
(11) (11) (14.5) (14.5)
7.1 6.9 21.6 21.7
R..167 17.2 20 18.7 17.4 18.2 20.6 23.2 23.2
(18.5) (18.5 ) (24) (24)
1)
On compound gear units the larger gear unit is to be provided with the oil quantity in parenthesis.
2)
On compound gear units having mounting positions B6, B7, or B8 the smaller gear unit is to be provided with the oil filling of the B5 mounting position.
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2111 for R-Series mounting position diagrams.
Right Angle Helical-Worm Gear Units - “S” U.S. Gallons

Mounting Position
B3, V5, V5I
Gear B8II B3I B6 B81) V1A V1B V5II, V6 H5
Unit B6I B6II B5 B5I B5II B5III1) B8I B3II V1IB V1IA V6I H1
1)
H2 H3 H4 H6
S..37 0.07 0.16 0.11 0.07 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.07 0.13 0.16 0.11 0.11
S..47 0.09 0.29 0.24 0.11 0.32 0.24 0.21 0.18 0.24 0.26 0.21 0.11 0.18 0.29 0.21 0.21
S..57 0.13 0.40 0.32 0.13 0.40 0.26 0.32 0.26 0.37 0.37 0.34 0.13 0.26 0.42 0.29 0.32
0.61 0.58 0.48
S..67 0.26 0.84 0.58 0.26 0.84 0.58 0.69 0.71 0.69 0.26 0.77 0.53 0.66
(0.79) (0.82) (0.69)
1.0 0.98 0.95
S..77 0.50 1.6 1.08 0.5 1.72 1.11 1.3 1.2 1.2 0.5 1.56 1.03 1.2
(1.5) (1.43) (1.32)
1.87 1.8 1.6
S..87 0.87 3.2 2.11 1.0 3.17 2.14 2.16 2.40 2.2 1.0 3.0 2.0 2.1
(2.67) (2.75) (2.3)
3.64 3.54 3.0
S..97 1.8 5.9 3.96 1.95 6.23 3.96 4.75 4.49 4.49 1.85 5.54 3.70 4.14
(4.96) (4.75) (4.22)
1)
On compound gear units, the larger unit is to be filled with the quantity in parenthesis.
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2114 for S-Series mounting position diagrams.
3
LUBRICANTS
Oil Capacities
Right Angle Helical-Bevel Gear Units - “K” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
B3, H1, B3I,
Gear Unit B5I B6II B5 B5II B5III B6, B8I B6I B8
K..37 0.13 0.34 0.29 0.40 0.29 0.26 0.16 0.26
K..47 0.21 0.53 0.34 0.58 0.45 0.34 0.21 0.40
K..57 0.29 0.84 0.61 0.92 0.69 0.63 0.40 0.63
K..67 0.29 0.90 0.63 0.95 0.74 0.63 0.40 0.69
K..77 0.58 1.56 1.08 1.58 1.16 1.08 0.74 1.16
K..87 0.98 2.88 2.16 3.14 2.38 2.11 0.98 2.30
K..97 1.85 5.28 3.88 5.68 4.57 3.70 1.85 4.14
K..107 2.64 8.45 5.81 9.24 6.86 5.54 2.64 6.73
K..127 5.54 14.26 10.96 14.52 12.14 10.96 5.54 11.62
K..157 8.18 23.76 17.42 24.29 18.22 16.37 8.18 17.16
K/KH..166 8.18 31.15 — 31.15 — — — —
K/KH..186 15.05 51.22 — 51.22 — — — —
Mounting Position
Gear Unit V1, V1I V5, V5I V6/V6I H2 H3 H4 H5, H6
K..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.37 0.26 0.26
K..47 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.55 0.34 0.42
K..57 0.77 0.69 0.63 0.74 0.95 0.69 0.77
K..67 0.71 0.69 0.69 0.71 0.95 0.63 0.69
K..77 1.19 1.11 1.16 1.21 1.58 1.08 1.16
K..87 2.22 2.06 2.11 2.32 2.93 2.16 2.11
K..97 4.14 4.14 4.09 4.14 5.28 3.88 4.14
K..107 6.60 6.34 6.34 6.34 8.45 5.41 6.34
K..127 10.82 10.56 10.82 11.35 13.73 10.96 10.56
K..157 16.37 15.31 16.37 17.69 22.97 17.42 16.37
K/KH..166 25.08 — — — — — —
K/KH..186 40.92 — — — — — —
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2113 for K-Series mounting position diagrams.
the
SNUGGLER® Helical Gear Units - “F” U.S. Gallons
Mounting Position
Gear Unit H2, B5II, H3, B5III,
H1 B5 B6 B6II B3I, B8I H4, B3, B8 B5I H5 V1 V5 H6, V3, V6
F..37 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.18 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.34 0.32 0.32 0.32
F..47 0.40 0.42 0.40 0.29 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
F..57 0.71 0.73 0.69 0.55 0.79 0.77 0.77 1.08 1.08 1.06 1.00
F..67 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.50 0.84 0.77 0.77 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
F..77 1.32 1.35 1.32 1.14 1.66 1.59 1.59 2.11 2.14 2.11 1.93
F..87 2.64 2.72 2.64 2.06 2.96 2.85 2.91 3.65 3.72 3.65 3.49
F..97 4.89 5.02 4.89 3.33 5.42 4.89 4.99 6.65 6.74 6.65 5.94
F..107 6.47 6.74 6.47 5.15 7.40 7.13 7.26 9.91 10.17 9.91 8.45
F..127 10.30 10.96 10.70 8.98 12.94 12.28 12.28 16.11 16.64 16.11 14.79
F..157 17.95 19 18.22 16.9 20.86 22.18 22.97 27.46 27.98 27.72 27.72
Refer to the SEW Catalog or request Document #2112 for F-Series mounting position diagrams.
Printed in U.S.A. 4 0201

PM 1624
Hydraulics
Service Parts Guide
Effective: February, 1996
PVP SERIES
VARIABLE VOLUME
PISTON PUMP
Model PVP 41 * * * * 10
Model PVP 48 * * * * 10
1
REAR PORTED PUMP
2
INCLUDED IN
3
16 COVER ASSEMBLY
20 15 17 1 10 21 58
40
INCLUDED IN 27 71 17 FT.-LB.
SHAFT ASSEMBLY
28 INCLUDED IN COVER ASSEMBLY
50
26
18 2 9 13 11 14 57
19 98 6 7 12 13
70 FT.-LB. 60
17 FT.-LB. 25 ROT
BOTTOM ON 3
SWASHPLATE
5
IN OUT
8 4
INCLUDED IN
HOUSING ASS’Y 17 FT.-LB. 22 BOTTOM IN FRONT HSG
NOTE:
1. PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP WITH REAR PORTS.
FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS
WILL BE REVERSED.
2. INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 16 (SERVO POST) ABOVE ITEM 58 (REAR COVER)
TO BE 1.743/1.747.
3. INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 28 (NEEDLE BEARING) ABOVE ITEM 58 (REAR COVER)
TO BE .150/.130.
2
SIDE PORTED PUMP
26 17 FT.-LB.
66 10 FT.-LB.
65
67
58
O-RING # 3908 -9
O-RING # 2011 -9
ADJUSTABLE MAX. VOLUME STOP

VOLUME STOP OPTION “2”
ITEM #72
IN OUT
ROT
70 FT.-LB. 60
68 17 FT.-LB.
NOTE:
PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION,
SIDE PORTED PUMP. FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION
PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
3
CONTROL OPTIONS
93 97
96 89 87 86
REMOTE CONTROL OPTION “M” LOAD SENSE OPTION “A”

REQUIRED W/POWER OPTION “H” REQUIRED W/POWER OPTION “C”
92
90
STANDARD CONTROL OPTION “OMIT”

CONTROL OPTION “ME”
4
THRU SHAFT OPTIONS
COMPENSATOR-REF.
78 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE
(VAR. 6A1)
80
94 O-RING
#2035 -7
13 FT.-LB.
TORQUE
O-RING #2035 -7
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS “6A1” & “6A3”

REAR PUMP CONFIGURATION:
- SAE AA 2 BOLT
- 2.000 PILOT DIAMETER
- SHAFT SIZES:
POWER CONTROL 6A1 - ϕ .500 X .125 KEY - KIT P/N 787233
OPTIONS “H” & “C” 6A3 - 9 TOOTH 20/40 PITCH SPLINE -
KIT P/N 787235
86
85
84
82 83 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE
81 120 IN.-LB. TORQUE (VAR. 6B1 & 6B2)
79 (VAR. 6A2)
O-RING
#2243 -7
O-RING
#2237 -7
(LATER DESIGNS
INCORPORATE A
GASKET, P/N 801209)
13 FT.-LB.
13 FT.-LB. TORQUE
TORQUE
O-RING
O-RING #2042 -7 #2042 -7
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS “6A2”, “6A4”, & “6A5”

THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS “6B1”, “6B2”, “6B3”, & “6B4”
- SAE A 2 BOLT
- SAE B 2 BOLT
- SHAFT SIZES:
- SHAFT SIZES
6A4 - 9 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH SPLINE - KIT P/N 787236
6B1 - ϕ .875 X .250 KEY - KIT P/N 787237
6A5 - 11 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH SPLINE - KIT P/N 787392
6B2 - ϕ 1.000 X .250 KEY - KIT P/N 787238
6B3 - 13 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH SPLINE - KIT P/N 787239
6B4 - 15 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH SPLINE - KIT P/N 787240
5
19
27 BEARING SEPARATE
O-RING 17 FT.-LB.
50 # 2035 -7
BOTTOM ON
SWASH PLATE 25
5
18 8
98 20 3
4
21
15
17
1
2
NOTES:
1. PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP WITH REAR PORTS.
FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW) ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
6
50 IN.-LB.
70 FT.-LB.
17 FT.-LB.
60 O-RING
STANDARD # 3908 -9
COMPENSATOR
ASSEMBLY ITEM #90 71
VOLUME STOP OPTION “2”

(INSTALLED FROM REAR
O-RING OF PUMP) ITEM #72
# 3902 -9 16
O-RING #’S 2011 -9
58
40 & 3908 -9
57
14
13 17 FT.-LB.
12 26 O-RING
13 # 3910 -9
11
10
9
28 BEARING SEPARATE
6
7
BOTTOM IN
22 FRONT HOUSING
7
PVP
ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION
1 787761 1 SWASHPLATE ASS’Y 41 40 787782 1 SERVO PISTON
2 787766 1 SLIPPER PLATE 48 40 787770 1 SERVO PISTON
3 787775 2 TRUNNION PIN
P 4 787784 2 BEARING-TRUNNION
5 787772 2 TRUNNION PLATE 10 1000 PSI COMP. SET
6 787765 1 SLIPPER RETAINER 20 2000 PSI COMP. SET
7 787115 11 PISTON ASSEMBLY 30 3000 PSI COMP. SET
8 2035 -7 2 O-RING 36 3600 PSI COMP. SET
9 787768 1 BALL SEAT
10 23X68 3 BARREL PIN
11 787759 1 BARREL OMIT 50 787747 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“B” STR.
12 787779 1 SPRING-BARREL B 50 787748 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“B” SPL.
V 13 787767 2 WASHER-SPRING C 50 787745 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“BB” STR.
14 56X321 1 RETAINING RING D 50 787746 1 SHAFT ASS’Y-“BB” SPL.
15 787780 1 SWASH PLATE SPRING
16 787771 1 SERVO POST
17 787769 1 SWASH SPRING GUIDE OMIT 60 10X296 4 CAP SCREW
18 56X352 1 RETAINING RING 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
19 56X337 1 RETAINING RING 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
20 788069 1 HOUSING ASS’Y 66 12X221 4 BOLTS
21 787763 1 GASKET-COVER 2
67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
22 99X127 2 ROLL PIN 68 108X10 1 PLUG (DRAIN)
P 23 800511 1 NAMEPLATE 69 800757 1 FLANGE COVER (1-1/2")
24 39X10 2 DRIVE SCREW 70 787799 1 FLANGE COVER (1")
25 12X221 8 HEX BOLT 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
26 108X10 1 PLUG 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
27 787350 1 BALL BEARING 3 66 12X221 4 BOLTS
28 787781 1 NEEDLE BEARING 67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
68 108X10 1 PLUG (DRAIN)
NOTES:
1. O-RING COMPOUND DESIGNATION - (OMIT) =NITRILE, V =VITON
2. FOR PROPER OPERATION OF “H” CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH
A REMOTE COMPENSATOR ASS’Y. (OPTION “M” - PART NUMBER 787028)
3. FOR PROPER OPERATION OF ‘C’ CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH
A LOAD SENSE COMPENSATOR ASS’Y. (OPTION “A” - PART NUMBER 787027)
4. SEAL KIT P/N SKPVP ** (** - DESIGN SERIES)
41 (41 CC/REV)
48 (48 CC/REV)
5. ROTATING GROUP KIT RRKPVP ** (** - DESIGN SERIES)
R (CW)
L (CCW)
41 (41 CC/REV)
48 (48 CC/REV)
8
R 57 787789 1 PORT PLATE - CW OMIT 77
L 57 787790 1 PORT PLATE - CCW A1 78 787233 1 “AA” PILOT, 1/2 KEYED
A2 79 787234 1 “A” PILOT, 3/4 KEYED
A3 80 787235 1 “AA” PILOT, 9T SPLINE
A4 81 787236 1 “A” PILOT, 9T SPLINE
6 A5 82 787392 1 “A” PILOT, 11T SPLINE
B1 83 787237 1 “B” PILOT, 7/8 KEYED
O
R 58 787819 1 COVER ASS’Y-REAR PORT-RH B2 84 787238 1 “B” PILOT, 1" KEYED
M
I
L 58 787820 1 COVER ASS’Y-REAR PORT-LH B3 85 787239 1 “B” PILOT, 13T SPLINE
T
R 58 787815 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE; FLNG-RH B4 86 787240 1 “B” PILOT, 15T SPLINE
2
L 58 787816 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE; FLNG-LH
3 R 58 787817 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE, STRT-RH
L 58 787818 1 COVER ASS’Y-SIDE, STRT-LH
OMIT 61 787010 - * 1 STANDARD COMP ASS’Y
M 62 787028 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (INT)
ME 63 787029 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (EXT)
OMIT 71 108X8 1 PLUG (VOLUME STOP) A 64 787027 - * 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASS’Y
2 72 787749 1 VOLUME STOP KIT 787823 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
H 65
787028 - * 1 REMOTE COMP ASS’Y (INT)
787823 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
C 65
787027 - * 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASS’Y
OMIT 98 787751 1 SHAFT SEAL - BUNA
V 98 787791 1 SHAFT SEAL - VITON
PUMP DESIGN SERIES 10
CAUTION
These service parts are intended for use in hydraulic pumps.
Incorrect installation or assembly of these parts could cause the
pump or pumps being repaired to fail in subsequent use, or to
operate incorrectly.
The following precautions should be followed:

1. All parts should be cleaned and then lightly coated with mineral oil,
or another lubricating fluid compatible with the system fluid being used,
prior to assembly.
2. The pump should be disassembled, repaired, and reassembled in a
clean environment.
3. Use proper tools to disassemble and reassemble the pump.
4. If you are uncertain as to how to install these parts, you should obtain assistance
either from a Parker Hannifin distributor, or from the Fluidpower Pump Division.
9
Hydraulic Pump/Motor Division
2745 Snapps Ferry Road
Greeneville, TN 37745 USA
Fax: (423) 787-2418
12
Web site: www.parker.com/pumpmotor
PM 1624 11/99 IGS Printed in USA
Bulletin PM1624-10-M1/USA
Hydraulics Parker Pumps

Parts & Service
Effective: May, 2000

Supersedes: Febuary, 1996
PVP Series
Variable Volume
Piston Pump
Service Bulletin
Model
PVP41**** 10
PVP48**** 10
Bulletin PM1624-10-M1/USA Parker Pumps Parts & Service
Model PVP41/48**** 10
WARNING
FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS AND/OR SYSTEMS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR
RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.
This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product and/or
system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise. It is important that you analyze all aspects of your application
and review the information concerning the product or system in the current product catalog. Due to the variety of operating conditions and
applications for these products or systems, the user, through its own analysis and testing, is solely responsible for making the final selection
of the products and systems and assuring that all performance, safety and warning requirements of the application are met.
The products described herein, including without limitation, product features, specifications, designs, availability and pricing, are subject to
change by Parker Hannifin Corporation and its subsidiaries at any time without notice.
Offer of Sale
The items described in this document are hereby offered for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors.
This offer and its acceptance are governed by the provisions stated in the "Offer of Sale".
ã Copyright 2000, Parker Hannifin Corporation, All Rights Reserved
2 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Hydraulics Greeneville, Tennessee
Table of Contents PVP 41/48**** 10
Pump Cut-A-Way ............................................................................................ 4-5
Control Options ............................................................................................... 6
Compensator Assemblies................................................................................. 7
Hi-Lo Control ................................................................................................... 8
Thru-Shaft Options ............................................................................................ 9
Exploded View ............................................................................................10-11
Ordering Information...................................................................................12-13
Service Procedure .......................................................................................... 14
Offer Of Sale .................................................................................................... 15

Pump Cut-A-Way Model PVP41/48**** 10
HOUSING INCLUDED IN
2 COVER ASSY
ASSY
20 15 17 1 10 3 21 16 58 COVER
ASSY
40
INCLUDED 23 N.m
IN SHAFT (17 FT-LB)
ASSEMBLY
71
27
22
28
50 18 2 9 13 11 14 57 67 65 66
SHAFT 13.6 N.m
ASSY O-RING # (10 FT-LB)
19 98 6 7 12 13
3908 -9
O-RING #
SECTION x-x 2011 -9
72 ADJUSTABLE MAX.VOL.STOP
VOLUME STOP OPTION "2"
NOTE:
1 PUMP SHOWN IS A RIGHTHAND (CW) ROTATION PUMP. FOR A LEFTHAND (CCW)
ROTATION PUMP THE INLET AND OUTLET PORTS WILL BE REVERSED.
2 INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 16 (SERVO POST) ABOVE ITEM 58
(REAR COVER) TO BE 44.27/44.37mm (1.743/1.747").
3 INSTALLED HEIGHT OF ITEM 28 (NEEDLE BEARING) ABOVE ITEM 58
(REAR COVER) TO BE 3.30/3.81mm (.130/.150").
4 INSTALL ITEM 4 (TRUNNION BEARING) INTO HOUSING FLUSH WITH THE
BOTTOM OF THE O-RING GROOVE.THE SEAM MUST BE ORIENTED TOWARDS
THE REAR COVER WITHIN ±30˚.

Pump Cut-A-Way PVP 41/48**** 10
23 N.m
SIDE PORTED
PUMP x 5.6 N.m
(50 IN-LB)
90
95 N.m (17 FT-LB)
(70 FT-LB)
68
60
13.6 N.m 26 (GASKET)

(10 FT-LB)
25
BOTTOM ON
SWASHPLATE
IN OUT
3
ROT
8
4 68 BOTTOM IN
INCLUDED IN 22
FRONT HSG
HOUSING ASS'Y
SEE NOTE 4 23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
x
REAR PORTED
PUMP
ROT
IN OUT
SEE NOTE 4
FOR INSTALLATION OF THE
TRUNNION BEARING (ITEM 4).

Control Options Model PVP41/48**** 10
"OMIT" COMPENSATOR ITEM 90 "ME" COMPENSATOR ITEM 92
REMOTE CONTROL OPTION "M" LOAD SENSE OPTION "A"

REQ'D W/POWER OPTION "H" OR "HLM" REQ'D W/POWER OPTION "C" OR "HLA"
ITEM 91 ITEM 93
P/N: 787823 -HORSEPOWER ASSY - ITEM 94
10 8 11
ORIFICE
.96 mm
(.038")
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION 4

1 787821 1 H.P. BODY
2 787822 1 H.P. CAM 3 1
3 787498 1 TORQUE PISTON
4 786254 1 TORQUE SPRING
5 2137 -7 1 O-RING 5
6 10X226 4 BOLT
7 787836 1 BOLT W/ORIFICE
8 787824 1 TUBING ASSY
9 4-C50X-S 1 ELBOW FITTING
10 787522 1 ORIFICE FITTING
11 788947 1 PRESS.ADJ.KIT
ORIENT CAM TOWARDS 2 6 5.6 N.m 34 N.m 7

REAR COVER AS SHOWN (50 IN-LB) (25 FT-LB)

Compensator Assemblies PVP 41/48**** 10
108X2
13.6 N.m
CAUTION (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
WHEN REPLACING PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY, 10X215 - 4 PLCS.
COMPENSATOR MUST BE 5.7 N.m
LOCKED OUT AT THE (50 IN-LB)TORQUE
MAXIMUM OPERATING
PRESSURE OF THE PUMP
787013
"OMIT" 787012
STANDARD
2009 -7
COMPENSATOR
787015 787018
787017
KIT P/N:
788948 787015
10X218 - 4 PLCS.
5.7 N.m
50 N.m (50 IN-LB)TORQUE
(37 FT-LB)
TORQUE 108X4
13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
800599
3 PLCS.
"A"&"ME"
10.8 N.m
(8 FT-LB)
"M","ME"&"A" TORQUE
REMOTE
COMPENSATORS
KIT P/N:
786952 786911-"M"
786912-"A"&"ME"
27 N.m
(20 FT-LB) 786910
TORQUE
787025 2009 -7
2014 -7
789066 107X14
3910 -9 789062
26X65 786914 787018
(3/8-16UNC) 789092
17X20
786775
786776
"M"&"ME"
"A"
OPTION
OPTION
789060
786755(2 PC.NOM.)
68 N.m 788499(2 PC.NOM.)
(50 FT-LB)
TORQUE 789061
3910 -9

Hi-Lo Control Model PVP41/48**** 10
P/N: 788017 - HI-LO ASSEMBLY - ITEM 95

1 787976 1 HI-LO BODY 12 107X10 2 BACK-UP RING
2 788713 1 HI-LO SLEEVE 13 107X11 2 BACK-UP RING
3 787822 1 HP CONTROL CAM 14 10X227 4 1/4-20X1.5 CAP SCREW
4 787975 1 HI-LO SPOOL 15 787836 1 BOLT - SPECIAL
5 787977 1 HI-LOW SLEEVE RET. 16 788490 1 TUBING ASSEMBLY
6 785170 1 SPRING 17 4F50X-S 1 90·ELBOW FITTING
7 2008 -7 1 O-RING 18 787523 1 ORIFICE FITTING
8 2010 -7 1 O-RING 19 108X2 4 -2 PLUG W/3902 -9
9 2011 -7 1 O-RING 20 10X89 1 3/8-24X1.25 CAP SCREW
10 2123 -7 1 O-RING 21 16X42 1 JAM NUT
11 107X8 2 BACK-UP RING 22 788947 1 PRESS.ADJUST.KIT
.96 mm
16 (.038 DIA.) 18
ORIFICE REF.
SEE
SLEEVE ASSY DETAIL
DETAIL
20
SEE
21 NOTE
1
5 3
27 N.m
(20 FT-LB)
TORQUE
10 17
9 13
6
34 N.m
(25 FT-LB)
8 12 TORQUE
15
2
22
7 11
4 1 14 19
5.7 N.m 5.7 N.m

(50 IN-LB) (50 IN-LB)
TORQUE TORQUE
NOTE: 4 PLCS
1. WITH THE PUMP AT FULL STROKE, INSTALL THE CAM (ITEM 3)
CONCENTRIC WITH THE HOLE IN THE HI-LO BODY.
2. MUST BE USED WITH PROPER COMPENSATOR ASSEMBLY. HI-LOW (POWER)
CONTROL ASS'Y DOES NOT INCLUDE PRESSURE COMPENSATOR ASS'Y. FOR "HLM"
OPTION USE "M" COMPENSATOR, FOR "HLA" OPTION USE "A" COMPENSATOR.

Thru-Shaft Options PVP 41/48**** 10
78
SET SCREW
13.6 N.m
THRU SHAFT VARIATION (10 FT-LB)
"6A1" TORQUE
REAR PUMP CONFIGURATION: O-RING

- SAE AA 2 BOLT #2033 -7
- SHAFT SIZE: O-RING
#2035 -7
6A1 - 1/2"STR.KEYED - KIT # 787233
17.7 N.m
(13 FT-LB)
TORQUE
SET SCREW
79 81 82
(VAR.B1,B2)
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS 13.6 N.m
"6A2","6A4","6A5","9A4",9A5" (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
- SAE A 2 BOLT ROLL PIN
- 3.250 PILOT DIAMETER (VAR.B3,B4)
- SHAFT SIZES:
GASKET
6A2 - 3/4"STR.KEYED - KIT # 787234 # 801209
6A4 - 9 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787236
6A5 - 11 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787392 17.7 N.m
9A4 - 9 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788208 (13 FT-LB)
9A5 - 11 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788209 TORQUE
O-RING
#2042 -7
SET SCREW
83 84 85 86
(VAR.B1,B2)
THRU SHAFT VARIATIONS 13.6 N.m
"6B1","6B2","6B3","6B4","9B3",9B4" (10 FT-LB)
TORQUE
REAR PUMP CONFIGURATION: ROLL PIN

- SAE B 2 BOLT (VAR.B3,B4)
- SHAFT SIZES:
O-RING
6B1 - 7/8" STR.KEYED - KIT # 787237 #2042 -7
6B3 - 1.0" STR.KEYED - KIT # 787238
6B3 - 13 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787239 17.7 N.m
6B4 - 15 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 787240 (13 FT-LB)
TORQUE
9B3 - 13 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788210
9B4 - 15 T,16/32 D.P.- KIT # 788211 O-RING
#2243 -7

Exploded View Model PVP41/48**** 10
13.6 Nm
(10 FT-LB)
O-RING TORQUE
#2035 -7 25
BOTTOM ON 5
SWASH PLATE
SEAM OF TRUNNION BEARING 8
TOWARDS REAR COVER ±30˚
BEARINGS INCLUDED 3
IN HOUSING ASSY
4
19
27
50
INCLUDED IN
SHAFT ASSY 15
18
SHAFT
ASSY 98 17
23 1
24
20
21
22 BOTTOM IN
FRONT HOUSING
2 PLACES
CONNECTED TO
SIDE PORT OF
"A" OR "M"
TYPE OPTION
COMPENSATOR
CONNECTED TO
SIDE PORT OF
"A" OR "M"
TYPE OPTION
COMPENSATOR
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL
HI-LO TORQUE HORSEPOWER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY CONTROL ASSEMBLY
USED ON OPTIONS USED ON OPTIONS
"HLA" OR "HLM" "H" OR "C"
13.6 N.m 13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB) 95 (10 FT-LB) 94
TORQUE TORQUE
NOTE:
1. ILLUSTRATION SHOWS RIGHTHAND(CW) ROTATION PUMP.LEFTHAND(CCW) PUMPS WILL HAVE THE
INLET AND OUTLET PORTS ON OPPOSITE SIDE AND PORT PLATE KIDNEYS REVERSED.
2. SEAL KIT(SKPVP41/48 10)CONSISTS OF: ALL O-RINGS,GASKETS,AND SHAFT SEAL.

Exploded View PVP 41/48**** 10
OPTION "A" OPTION "M","ME"

LOAD SENSE TYPE REMOTE TYPE VOLUME STOP
COMPENSATOR COMPENSATOR OPTION "2"
ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY OPTION "OMIT" O-RINGS 2011 -9
STANDARD & 3908 -9
93 91 92 COMPENSATOR
ASSEMBLY 72
90
5.7 N.m
50 IN LB
TORQUE
23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
O-RING #
3908 -9
71 13.6 N.m
(10 FT-LB)
66
INCLUDED IN
REAR COVER ASSY 16
40
65
67
O-RING
2035 -7
60
58
95 N.m
28 (70 FT-LB)
57
14 68
BEARING ONLY
13 INCLUDED IN
REAR COVER
12 ASSEMBLY
13 23 N.m
(17 FT-LB)
11 O-RING #
3910 -9
2 PLACES
10
9
PARTS INCLUDED IN
6 ROTATING GROUP REPAIR KIT:
7 RRKPVP41/48R10 (R.H. ROTATION)
RRKPVP41/48L10 (L.H. ROTATION)
2

Ordering Information Model PVP41/48**** 10
41
PVP
48
BASIC DISPLACEMENT PRESSURE SHAFT PORTING VOL.STOP
ROTATION
PUMP CC/REV RANGE OPTION OPTION OPTION
10 1000 PSI MAX COMP.SETTING ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION

20 2000 PSI MAX COMP.SETTING
OMIT 71 108X8 1 PLUG
2 72 787749 1 VOL.STOP KIT
R 57 787789 1 PORT PLATE - CW

ITEM PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION L 57 787790 1 PORT PLATE - CCW
41 40 787782 1 SERVO PISTON
48 40 787770 1 SERVO PISTON
R 58 787819 1 CVR ASSY REAR PORT
OMIT
L 58 787820 1 CVR ASSY REAR PORT
1 787761 1 SWASHPLATE ASS'Y R 58 787815 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG
2 787766 1 SLIPPER PLATE 2
L 58 787816 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG
3 787775 2 TRUNNION PIN R 58 787817 1 CVR ASSY SIDE THRD
4 788715 2 BEARING-TRUNNION 3
L 58 787818 1 CVR ASSY SIDE THRD
5 787772 2 TRUNNION PLATE R 58 788889 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG 6149
P 6 787765 1 SLIPPER RETAINER 8
L 58 788890 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG 6149
7 787115 11 PISTON ASSEMBLY R 58 788891 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG BSPP
8 2035 -7 2 O-RING 9
L 58 788892 1 CVR ASSY SIDE FLNG BSPP
9 787768 1 BALL SEAT
(COVER ASSEMBLY)
10 23X68 3 BARREL PIN
11 787759 1 BARREL OMIT 60 10X296 4 CAP SCREW
12 787779 1 SPRING-BARREL 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
V 13 787767 2 WASHER-SPRING 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
2
14 56X321 1 RETAINING RING & 66 12X221 4 BOLTS
15 787780 1 SWASH PLT SPRING 3 67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
16 787771 1 SERVO POST 68 108X10 1 PLUG
17 787769 1 SPRING GUIDE 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
18 56X352 1 RETAINING RING 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
19 56X337 1 RETAINING RING 8 66 212X126 4 BOLTS
P 21 787763 1 GASKET-COVER 67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
22 99X127 2 ROLL PIN 68 788516-12 1 PLUG - ISO 6149
23 800511 1 NAMEPLATE 60 10X300 4 CAP SCREW
24 39X10 2 DRIVE SCREW 65 787232 1 COVER PLATE
25 12X221 8 HEX BOLT 9 66 212X126 4 BOLTS
26 787018 1 GASKET 67 2035 -7 1 O-RING
27 787350 1 BALL BEARING 68 788175 1 PLUG - ISO 6149
28 787781 1 NEEDLE BEARING
OMIT 50 787747 1 SHAFT ASSY-B STR. OMIT OMIT

2 20 788069 1 HSG ASSY - INCH
B 50 787748 1 SHAFT ASSY-B SPL. B 3
C 50 787745 1 SHAFT ASSY-BB STR. C 8 20 788535 1 HOUSING - 6149
D 50 787746 1 SHAFT ASSY-BB SPL. D 9 20 788171 1 HOUSING - INCH & METRIC
K 50 788894 1 SHAFT ASSY-25mm 8 20 788817 1 HOUSING - METRIC
K
9 20 788172 1 HOUSING - METRIC
(SHAFT ASSEMBLY)
(HOUSING ASSEMBLY)

Ordering Information PVP 41/48**** 10
10
THRU
CONTROL SEAL PAINT DESIGN
SHAFT
OPTION OPTION OPTION SERIES
OPTION
1 1000 PSI MAX

2 2000 PSI MAX OMIT PUMP NOT PAINTED
3 3000 PSI MAX P PUMP PAINTED
36 3600 PSI MAX
ITEM PART N0. QTY DESCRIPTION
OMIT 98 787751 1 SHAFT SEAL-BUNA
V 98 787791 1 SHAFT SEAL-VITON
OMIT 90 787010 -* 1 STANDARD COMP ASSY

M 91 787028 -* 1 REMOTE COMP ASSY (INT)
ME 92 787029 -* 1 REMOTE COMP ASSY (EXT)
A 93 787027 -* 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASSY
94 787501 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
2 H
91 787028 -* 1 REMOTE COMP ASSY (INT)
94 787501 1 HORSEPOWER ASSEMBLY
3 C
93 787027 -* 1 LOAD SENSE COMP ASS'Y
95 788017 1 HI-LO ASSEMBLY
2 HLM
91 787028 -* 1 REMOTE COMP ASSY
95 788017 1 HI-LO ASSEMBLY
3 HLA
93 787027 -* 1 LOAD SENSE ASSY
NOTE: NOTE:
WHEN ORDERING CONTROLS FOR METRIC WHEN ORDERING CONTROLS M,ME,A,HLM,HLA
VERSION PUMPS(OPTION 8) FOR METRIC VERSION PUMPS(OPTION 8)
ADDITIONAL METRIC SCREWS ARE REQUIRED. ADDITIONAL ADAPTOR FITTING IS REQUIRED.
CONTROL PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION PORTING PART NUMBER QTY DESCRIPTION
OMIT 210X105 4 CAPSCREW-M5X35MM 8 788517 1 FITTING(ISO6149)
ALL
OTHER 210X108 4 CAPSCREW-M5X50MM
CAUTION
THESE SERVICE PARTS ARE INTENDED FOR USE IN HYDRAULIC PUMPS.
OMIT NO THRU SHAFT OPTION INCORRECT INSTALLATION OR ASSEMBLY OF THESE PARTS COULD CAUSE
A1 78 787233 1 "AA" PILOT,1/2 KEYED THE PUMP OR PUMPS BEING REPAIRED TO FAIL IN SUBSEQUENT USE,
A2 79 787234 1 "A" PILOT,3/4 KEYED OR TO OPERATE INCORRECTLY.
THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED:
A4 81 787236 1 "A" PILOT,9T SPLINE
1. ALL PARTS SHOULD BE CLEANED AND THEN LIGHTLY COATED
A5 82 787392 1 "A" PILOT,11T SPLINE
6 WITH MINERAL OIL, OR ANOTHER LUBRICATING FLUID COMPATIBLE
B1 83 787237 1 "B" PILOT,7/8 KEYED
WITH THE SYSTEM FLUID BEING USED, PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY.
B2 84 787238 1 "B" PILOT,1" KEYED 2. THE PUMP SHOULD BE DISASSEMBLED, REPAIRED, AND REASSEMBLED
B3 85 787239 1 "B" PILOT,13T SPLINE IN A CLEAN ENVIRONMENT.
B4 86 787240 1 "B PILOT,15T SPLINE 3. USE PROPER TOOLS TO DISASSEMBLE AND REASSEMBLE THE PUMP.
A4 81 788208 1 "A" PILOT,9T SPLINE 4. IF YOU ARE UNCERTAIN HOW TO INSTALL THESE PARTS, YOU SHOULD
A5 82 788209 1 "A" PILOT,9T SPLINE OBTAIN ASSISTANCE EITHER FROM A PARKER HANNIFIN DISTRIBUTOR, OR
9
B3 85 788210 1 "B" PILOT,13T SPLINE FROM THE FLUIDPOWER PUMP DIVISION.
B4 86 788211 1 "B PILOT,15T SPLINE
NOTES:
1 O-RING COMPOUND DESIGNATION - (OMIT)= NITRILE, V =VITON
2 FOR PROPER OPERATION OF "HLM" CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH A "M" OPTION COMPENSATOR.
3 FOR PROPER OPERATION OF "HLA" CONTROL, IT MUST BE USED WITH A "A" OPTION COMPENSATOR.
4 SEAL KIT P/N: SKPVP41/48 10
ROTATING GROUP KIT P/N: RRKPVP41/48R10 (R.H. ROTATION)
RRKPVP41/48L10 (L.H. ROTATION)

Service Procedure Model PVP41/48**** 10
SERVICE NOTES:
USE A CLEAN LUBRICANT(COMPATIBLE WITH THE WORKING FLUID)ON ALL
PUMP COMPONENTS DURING ASSEMBLY.
THOROUGHLY CLEAN THE RESERVOIR,SUCTION LINES,SUCTION STRAINER,
DRAIN LINES,ETC.BEFORE RE-INSTALLING THE PUMP.
MOST PREMATURE PUMP FAILURES OCCUR WHEN CONTAMINANTS FROM A PREVIOUS
FAILURE HAVE NOT BEEN REMOVED FROM THE SYSTEM,OR CAUSE FOR PREVIOUS
FAILURE IS STILL PRESENT(I.E.WATER IN OIL,FILTER BYPASSING,ETC.)
ALWAYS FILL THE PUMP CASE WITH CLEAN FLUID BEFORE STARTING A NEW OR
SERVICED PUMP.FOR FLOODED SUCTION,PURGE AIR FROM SUCTION LINES BY
CRACKING THE INLET FITTING OR VENT PLUG ON PUMP.THIS SHOULD
PREVENT AN AIRLOCK CONDITION AND ALLOW FOR FASTER PRIMING.
STARTING THE PUMP SLOWLY BY JOGGING(OR TURNING OVER ENGINE WITHOUT
ALLOWING IT TO START)WILL HELP THE PUMP PRIME AND MAKE IT EASIER
TO DETERMINE WHEN PRIMING HAS OCCURED.
START PUMP WITH AN OPEN CIRCUIT WHENEVER POSSIBLE.REDUCE THE COMPENSATOR
TO ITS MINIMUM SETTING DURING START-UP.CYCLE THE PUMP ON AND OFF STROKE
WHILE INCREASING THE COMPENSATOR TO ITS REQUIRED SETTING.
THIS WILL ASSIST IN BREAK-IN OF NEW COMPONENTS AND HELP PURGE AIR FROM
THE CASE.
BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING:
PUMP WILL NOT PRIME
PUMP SHOULD PRIME WITHIN 30 SECONDS.IF IT DOES NOT, STOP
CHECK FOR PROPER DRIVE ROTATION
MAKE SURE PUMP SHAFT IS TURNING(I.E. KEY AT COUPLING HUBS IS ENGAGED)
MAKE SURE RESERVOIR IS FULL
CHECK FOR MAJOR SOURCES OF A SUCTION LEAK(VENT PLUG OPEN,SHAFT SEAL
MISSING(PAVC),FLANGE NOT TIGHT,PINCHED O-RING AT FLANGE OR PUMP HOUSING)
CANNOT BUILD ANY PRESSURE

MAKE SURE PUMP IS PRIMED
CHECK ALIGNMENT,ESPECIALLY ON PAVC PUMPS WITHOUT"9"OPTION
MAKE SURE SYSTEM IS NOT AN OPEN CIRCUIT.
A PUMP PRODUCES FLOW,NOT PRESSURE.IT CAN ONLY LIMIT PRESSURE WHEN THE
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT IS HIGHER THAN THE PUMP COMPENSATOR SETTING.
CAN ONLY BUILD A FEW HUNDRED PSI

COMPENSATOR IS BACKED ALL THE WAY OUT
THE REMOTE OR LOAD SENSE LINE IS VENTED
CONTROL ORIFICE OR SPOOL IS PLUGGED
INCORRECT COMPENSATOR SPOOL(PVP).
PRESSURE CONTROL DART IS LODGED OPEN
TORQUE CONTROL PLUG IS MISSING(PAVC)
PUMP WILL NOT COMPENSATE

DIFFERENTIAL SPRING OVER-COMPRESSED(I.E. SPRING GUIDE DISLOCATED)
CONTROL DRAIN LINE BLOCKED(PAVC)
PRESSURE CONTROL STEM VENT HOLE IS PLUGGED
CONTROL SPOOL TRAVEL IS HINDERED
CONTROL ORIFICE IS MISSING(PAVC)
SATURATION ORIFICE IS MISSING IN LOAD SENSE CIRCUIT

Notes:
Offer of Sale PVP 41/48**** 10
The items described in this document and other documents or descriptions provided by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized
distributors are hereby offered for sale at prices to be established by Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiaries and its authorized distributors. This
offer and its acceptance by any customer ("Buyer") shall be governed by all of the following Terms and Conditions. Buyer’s order for any such items,
when communicated to Parker Hannifin Corporation, its subsidiary or an authorized distributor ("Seller") verbally or in writing, shall constitute acceptance
of this offer.
1. Terms and Conditions of Sale: All descriptions, quotations, proposals, right to alter, discard or otherwise dispose of any special tooling or other
offers, acknowledgments, acceptances and sales of Seller’s products are property in its sole discretion at any time.
subject to and shall be governed exclusively by the terms and conditions 8. Buyer’s Property: Any designs, tools, patterns, materials, drawings,
stated herein. Buyer’s acceptance of any offer to sell is limited to these confidential information or equipment furnished by Buyer or any other
terms and conditions. Any terms or conditions in addition to, or inconsis- items which become Buyer’s property, may be considered obsolete and
tent with those stated herein, proposed by Buyer in any acceptance of may be destroyed by Seller after two (2) consecutive years have elapsed
an offer by Seller, are hereby objected to. No such additional, different without Buyer placing an order for the items which are manufactured using
or inconsistent terms and conditions shall become part of the contract such property, Seller shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to
between Buyer and Seller unless expressly accepted in writing by Seller. such property while it is in Seller’s possession or control.
Seller’s acceptance of any offer to purchase by Buyer is expressly 9. Taxes: Unless otherwise indicated on the face hereof, all prices and
conditional upon Buyer’s assent to all the terms and conditions stated charges are exclusive of excise, sales, use, property, occupational or like
herein, including any terms in addition to, or inconsistent with those taxes which may be imposed by any taxing authority upon the manufac-
contained in Buyer’s offer, Acceptance of Seller’s products shall in all ture, sale or delivery of the items sold hereunder. If any such taxes must
events constitute such assent. be paid by Seller or if Seller is liable for the collection of such tax, the amount
2. Payment: Payment shall be made by Buyer net 30 days from the date thereof shall be in addition to the amounts for the items sold. Buyer agrees
of delivery of the items purchased hereunder. Amounts not timely paid to pay all such taxes or to reimburse Seller therefore upon receipt of its
shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law for each month invoice. If Buyer claims exemption from any sales, use or other tax imposed
or portion thereof that the Buyer is late in making payment. Any claims by any taxing authority, Buyer shall save Seller harmless from and against
by Buyer for omissions or shortages in a shipment shall be waived unless any such tax, together with any interest or penalties thereon which may
Seller receives notice thereof within 30 days after Buyer’s receipt of the be assessed if the items are held to be taxable.
shipment. 10. Indemnity For Infringement of Intellectual Property Rights: Seller
3. Delivery: Unless otherwise provided on the face hereof, delivery shall shall have no liability for infringement of any patents, trademarks,
be made F.O.B. Seller’s plant. Regardless of the method of delivery, copyrights, trade dress, trade secrets or similar rights except as provided
however, risk of loss shall pass to Buyer upon Seller’s delivery to a carrier. in this Part 10. Seller will defend and indemnify Buyer against allegations
Any delivery dates shown are approximate only and Seller shall have no of infringement of U.S. Patents, U.S. Trademarks, copyrights, trade dress
liability for any delays in delivery. and trade secrets (hereinafter ‘Intellectual Property Rights’). Seller will
4. Warranty: Seller warrants that the items sold hereunder shall be free defend at its expense and will pay the cost of any settlement or damages
from defects in material or workmanship for a period of 18 months from awarded in an action brought against Buyer based on an allegation that
date of shipment from Parker Hannifin Corporation. THIS WARRANTY an item sold pursuant to this contract infringes the Intellectual Property
COMPRISES THE SOLE AND ENTIRE WARRANTY PERTAINING TO Rights of a third party. Seller’s obligation to defend and indemnify Buyer
ITEMS PROVIDED HEREUNDER. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WAR- is contingent on Buyer notifying Seller within ten (10) days after Buyer
RANTY, GUARANTEE, OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND WHAT- becomes aware of such allegations of infringement, and Seller having sole
SOEVER. ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED control over the defense of any allegations or actions including all
TO, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR PURPOSE, WHETHER negotiations for settlement or compromise. If an item sold hereunder is
EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, TRADE subject to a claim that it infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a third
USAGE, OR COURSE OF DEALING ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. party, Seller may, at its sole expense and option, procure for Buyer the
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THERE ARE NO WARRAN- right to continue using said item, replace or modify said item so as to make
TIES WHATSOEVER ON ITEMS BUILT OR ACQUIRED WHOLLY OR it noninfringing, or offer to accept return of said item and return the
PARTIALLY, TO BUYER’S DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS. purchase price less a reasonable allowance for depreciation. Notwith-
5. Limitation Of Remedy: SELLER’S LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR IN standing the foregoing, Seller shall have no liability for claims of infringe-
ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE ITEMS SOLD OR THIS CONTRACT ment based on information provided by Buyer, or directed to items
SHALL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF delivered hereunder for which the designs are specified in whole or part
THE ITEMS SOLD OR REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY by Buyer, or infringements resulting from the modification, combination or
BUYER, AT SELLER’S SOLE OPTION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER use in a system of any item sold hereunder. The foregoing provisions of
BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL this Part 10 shall constitute Seller’s sole and exclusive liability and Buyer’s
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING sole and exclusive remedy for infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.
BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR IN ANY WAY If a claim is based on information provided by Buyer or if the design for
CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITEMS SOLD HEREUNDER, an item delivered hereunder is specified in whole or in part by Buyer, Buyer
WHETHER ALLEGED TO ARISE FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, shall defend and indemnify Seller for all costs, expenses or judgments
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY, OR IN TORT, INCLUDING WITH- resulting from any claim that such item infringes any patent, trademark,
OUT LIMITATION, NEGLIGENCE, FAILURE TO WARN OR STRICT copyright, trade dress, trade secret or any similar right.
LIABILITY. 11. Force Majeure: Seller does not assume the risk of and shall not be
6. Changes, Reschedules and Cancellations: Buyer may request to liable for delay or failure to perform any of Seller’s obligations by reason
modify the designs or specifications for the items sold hereunder as well of circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Seller (hereinafter
as the quantities and delivery dates thereof, or may request to cancel all ‘Events of Force Majeure’). Events of Force Majeure shall include without
or part of this order, however, no such requested modification or limitation, accidents, acts of God, strikes or labor disputes, acts, laws, rules
cancellation shall become part of the contract between Buyer and Seller or regulations of any government or government agency, fires, floods,
unless accepted by Seller in a written amendment to this Agreement. delays or failures in delivery of carriers or suppliers, shortages of materials
Acceptance of any such requested modification or cancellation shall be and any other cause beyond Seller’s control.
at Seller’s discretion, and shall be upon such terms and conditions as 12. Entire Agreement/Governing Law: The terms and conditions set
Seller may require. forth herein, together with any amendments, modifications and any
7. Special Tooling: A tooling charge may be imposed for any special different terms or conditions expressly accepted by Seller in writing, shall
tooling, including without limitation, dies, fixtures, molds and patterns, constitute the entire Agreement concerning the items sold, and there are
acquired to manufacture items sold pursuant to this contract. Such special no oral or other representations or agreements which pertain thereto. This
tooling shall be and remain Seller’s property notwithstanding payment of Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the law of the State of Ohio.
any charges by Buyer. In no event will Buyer acquire any interest in No actions arising out of the sale of the items sold hereunder or this
apparatus belonging to Seller which is utilized in the manufacture of the Agreement may be brought by either party more than two (2) years after
items sold hereunder, even if such apparatus has been specially the cause of action accrues.
converted or adapted for such manufacture and notwithstanding any 9/91-P
charges paid by Buyer. Unless otherwise agreed, Seller shall have the

2745 Snapps Ferry Road
Greeneville, TN 37745 USA
Tel: (423) 639-8151
Hydraulics FAX: (423) 787-2418
Web site: http://www.parker.com
Catalog 3105/USA Pressure Reducing Valves
Technical Information Series PRH122
General Description
The PRH122 Series, Pilot Operated, Pressure Reduc-
ing Valves can be used in any application where a
regulated pressure lower than system pressure is (3) (1)
required.
Operation (2)
The pilot section controls the valve setting when
reducing. As pressure at the regulated port exceeds
the valve setting, the valve throttles or closes in order
to maintain constant downstream pressure.
Pressure (3) (2) Drain/Vent
Features
Reg.
• Hardened, precision ground parts for durability (1)
• High accuracy, pilot operation design

• Ball-type pilot for added stability
• All external parts have yellow zinc dichromate. This
coating allows them to withstand a 200 hour salt spray
test.
Performance Curve
Specifications Flow vs. Regulated Pressure
Maximum Flow 113.7 LPM (30 GPM)
Maximum Inlet 380 Bar (5500 PSI) - Steel 6000 414
Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum
5000 345
Maximum 345 Bar (5000 PSI) - Steel
Setting Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum
4000 276
Pressure
Maximum 1.9 LPM (.5 GPM)

Drain Flow 3000 207
Operating Temp. -40°C to +93.3°C (Nitrile) 2000 138

-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon)
(-25°F to +250°F) 1000 69

LPM 19.0 37.9 56.9 75.9 94.8 113.7
GPM 5 10 15 20 25 30
Flow (Q)
Filtration ISO Code 16/13,

Mounting No restrictions
prh122.pm6.5, bl, ll

Hydraulics PC100 Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Dimensions Series PRH122
Cartridge Only
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
36.0 37.7 39.6 38.9
(1.42) (1.48) (1.56) (1.53)
1-1/4² Hex.
76 N.m.
* 1-1/16-12
Thread
UNF-2A (672 In.-Lbs.)
(2) Torque
57.9
(2.28)
(3)
(1) Ø 22.2 (.87)
Screw/Knob Version Fixed Cap/Tamper Resistant Version
Cartridge In Body
35.0
(1.42)
2
20.6
(.81)
42.1
(1.66)
3
73.0
(2.88)
88.9
(3.50)
8.7
(.34)
1
45.0 19.0
(1.77) (.75)
77.8 5.5 38.1
(3.06) (.22) (1.50)
88.9
(3.50)
Note: Static pressure in Port 2 to be 210 Bar (3000 PSI) maximum.

THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION

Ordering Information Series PRH122
PRH 12 2
5000 PSI Size Style Adjustment Pressure Optional Seals Body
Design Style Range Pressure Option
P.O. Pressure Setting
Reducing
Valve
1-1/16 - 12UN-2B Code Type

Threaded Cavity
with .87″ Dia. Seat Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon
Code Style
2 Pressure
Reducing Valve Description
Pressure ÷ 10
i.e. 16.2 = 162 Bar (235 = 2350 PSI)
Code Type Setting Range:
6.9 to 345 Bar (100 to 5000 PSI)
F Fixed style, preset at factory. Specify desired All settings at 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
flow and pressure.
i.e. 172.4 Bar (2500 PSI) @ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM).
Note: For any given valve setting, any change
in flow will cause a change in pressure.
Code Port Size & Material
K Knob Adjust
Omit Cartridge Only
S Screw Adjust
T Tamper Resistant Cap
Code Type
10 6.9 - 69 Bar (100 - 1000 PSI) 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-3-12P) Steel
Standard Setting:
34.5 Bar (500 PSI) A12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-3-A12P) Aluminum
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
20 6.9 - 138 Bar (100 - 2000 PSI)
Standard Setting: A6T SAE-6 (B12-3-A6T) Aluminum
69 Bar (1000 PSI) 8T SAE-8 (B12-3-8T) Steel
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM)
30 6.9 - 207 Bar (100 - 3000 PSI)
Standard Setting: 6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-3-6B) Steel
103.5 Bar (1500 PSI)
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM) A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-3-A6B) Aluminum
50 6.9 - 345 Bar (100 - 5000 PSI) 8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-3-8B) Steel
Standard Setting: A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-3-A8B) Aluminum
172.4 Bar (2500 PSI)
@ 11.3 LPM (3 GPM) 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-3-12B) Steel
NOTE:
SERVICE PARTS
Knob Option: 852526 & 852527
Shipping Weight
Cartridge Only .27 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK12-3V Cartridge in Body 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs.)

Catalog 3105/USA Relief Valves
Technical Information Series RAH161
General Description
The RAH161 Series, Pilot Operated, Spool-Type Relief
Valves are suited for continuous duty applications and
are primarily used to limit main system pressure.
In Out
(1) (2)
Operation
When inlet pressure exceeds the valve setting, the
pilot section opens. This pilot flow creates a pressure
imbalance across the main section causing the valve
to open, permitting relief flow to tank.
Features Tank (2)
• Low override curve Pressure

(1)
• Ball-type pilot for added stability
• High accuracy - pilot operated design
• All external parts have yellow zinc dichromate. This
coating allows them to withstand a 200 hour salt spray
test.
Performance Curve
Flow vs. Inlet Pressure
(Pressure rise through cartridge only)
Specifications
6000 414
Rated Flow 300 LPM (80 GPM)
Maximum Inlet 380 Bar (5500 PSI) - Steel 5000 345

4000 276
Maximum 345 Bar (5000 PSI) - Steel
Pressure
Setting Pressure 210 Bar (3000 PSI) - Aluminum

3000 207
Reseat Pressure 80% of crack pressure
(Valve returns to 2000 138
non-relieving
mode) 1000 69

0
Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F) LPM 75.8 151.6 227.4 303.2
-31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon) 0
GPM 20 40 60 80
(-25°F to +250°F) Flow (Q)

parts hardened steel.

rah161.pm6.5, bl, lk

Dimensions Series RAH161
Cartridge In Body
38.1 (1.50)
Dia. Knob
36.9 39.5 38.8

36.4 (1.55)
(1.43) (1.45) (1.53)
38.1 (1.50) Hex.

99 N.m.
44.5 * 1-5/16
12UN-2A (876 In.-Lbs.)
(1.75) Thread Torque
Tank
(2)
Pressure
(1) Ø 28.5
(1.12)
Screw/Knob Version Fixed Cap/Tamper Resistant Version
Cartridge In Body
0.8
(.03)
Max.
2
24.6
(.97)
57.1
(2.25)
76.2
(3.00)
1 4.4 R.
(.17)
8.7 Typ.
(.34)
Typ.
45.3 22.2
(1.78) (.88)
65.1 5.5 44.4
(2.56) (.22) (1.75)
76.2
(3.00)
Note: Static pressure in Port 2 to be 210 Bar (3000 PSI) maximum.
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION

Ordering Information Series RAH161
RAH 16 1
5000 PSI Size Style Adjustment Pressure Optional Seals Body
Design Style Range Pressure Option
Pilot Setting
Operated
Relief Valve
1-5/16 - 12UN-2B Code Type

Threaded Cavity
with 1.12″ Dia. Seat Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon
Code Style
1 Pilot Operated Description

Spool - Type
Pressure ÷ 10
i.e. 16.2 = 162 Bar (235 = 2350 PSI)
Setting Range:
6.9 to 345 Bar (100 to 5000 PSI)
Code Type
All settings at 37.5 LPM (10 GPM)
F Fixed style, preset at factory. Specify desired
flow and pressure.
i.e. 172.4 Bar (2500 PSI) @ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM).
Note: For any given valve setting, any change
Code Port Size & Material
in flow will cause a change in pressure.
K Knob Adjust Omit Cartridge Only
S Screw Adjust 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B16-2-12P) Steel
T Tamper Resistant Cap A12P 3/4″ NPTF (B16-2-A12P) Aluminum

16P 1″ NPTF (B16-2-16P) Steel
Code Type
12T SAE-12 (B16-2-12T) Steel
10 6.9 - 69 Bar (100 - 1000 PSI)
Standard Setting: A12T SAE-12 (B16-2-A12T) Aluminum
34.5 Bar (500 PSI) 16T SAE-16 (B16-2-16T) Steel
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM)
20 6.9 - 138 Bar (100 - 2000 PSI)
Standard Setting: 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B16-2-12B) Steel
69 Bar (1000 PSI)
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM) A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B16-2-A12B) Aluminum
30 6.9 - 207 Bar (100 - 3000 PSI) 16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-16B) Steel
Standard Setting: A16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-A16B) Aluminum
103.5 Bar (1500 PSI)
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM) NOTE:
50 6.9 - 345 Bar (100 - 5000 PSI) (3000 PSI), aluminum bodies can be used.
Standard Setting: Higher pressures require steel bodies.
172.4 Bar (2500 PSI)
@ 37.5 LPM (10 GPM)
SERVICE PARTS
Knob Option: 852526 & 852527
Shipping Weight
Cartridge Only 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs.)
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: SK16-2V Cartridge in Body 2.4 kg (5.3 lbs.)

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Shrink Disc Hollow Shaft Reducers
Installation and Removal Instructions 02 757 41 US
Figure 1. Mounting of Shrink Disc Hollow Shaft Units

The Shrink Disc is a frictional keyless solid shaft to hollow shaft connection
device which exerts an external clamping force on the hollow shaft. The
clamping force establishes a mechanical link between the solid shaft and the
hollow shaft. This type of connection can transmit high torques as well as high
axial loads.
Warning! Always ensure exposed, rotating parts are properly

covered to ensure safety.
: Never tighten the locking bolts before shaft installation, since the
inner ring of the Shrink Disc as well as the hollow shaft can be permanently
deformed, even at low tightening torques. See Pages 2 - 4 for shaft
dimensions, tolerances and recommendations.
1) Remove the protective cover from the reducer’s shrink disc assembly
(see Figure 1).
2) Carefully clean away any lubrication from the hollow shaft bore and the
driven solid shaft (see Figure 1). This step is very important, since lubrication
between the hollow shaft and the solid shaft in the load transmitting area will
greatly affect the torque transmitting capability of the Shrink Disc
connection. A thin coat of lubricant can be applied to the solid shaft opposite
the load carrying end. This will aid in shaft removal.
3) Slip the reducer over the driven solid shaft. Checking the position of
Shrink Disc on the hollow shaft, hand tighten 3 or 4 equally spaced locking
bolts and make sure that the outer collars of Shrink Disc are in a parallel
position. Hand tighten the rest of the locking bolts.
4) Use a torque wrench and equally tighten all the locking bolts one after
another in a clockwise sequence (see Figure 2, the actual number of locking
bolts varies from 4 to 15), by approximately 1/4 turn (even if initially some
bolts require a low tightening torque) until the specified tightening torque TB
is reached (see Page 4).
Note: To compensate for setting of bolts adjacent to a bolt just being torqued, Figure 2. Tightening Sequence
a tightening torque approximately 5% higher than specified is recommended
for the final round.
5) Reset the torque wrench and make sure that no locking bolt will turn at
the specified tightening torque TB.
Note: It is not necessary to check the tightening torque again after installation
is completed or the equipment has been in operation.
Removal is similar to the installation procedure. Gradually loosen the locking

bolts in the order shown in Figure 2.
Table 1. Lubricants for Shrink Disc Collars
Do not remove the locking bolts or the locking collars completely. The Lubricant (Mo S2) Type
locking collar assembly should only be removed if the assembly is rusty or Molykote 321 R (Lube coat) Spray
dirty. If it is to be removed, it must be cleaned and lubricated on the shrink disc Molykote Spray (Powder Spray) Spray
sliding surfaces with one of the lubricants shown in Molykote G Rapid /Aemasol Mo 19P Spray or Paste
Table 1. Dio-Setral 57 N (Lube coat) Spray or Paste
The locking bolts should be lubricated with multi-purpose grease.
SOUTHEAST MANUFACTURING MIDWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER WEST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

& ASSEMBLY CENTER 2001 West Main Street/Troy OH 45373 30599 San Antonio Road/Hayward CA 94544
1295 Old Spartanburg Highway/Lyman SC 29365 (937) 335-0036 Fax (937) 222-4104 (510) 487-3560 Fax (510) 487-6381
(864) 439-7537 Fax (864) 439-7830
SOUTHWEST ASSEMBLY CENTER EAST COAST ASSEMBLY CENTER

3950 Platinum Way/Dallas TX 75237 200 High Hill Road/Bridgeport NJ 08014
(214) 330-4824 Fax (214) 330-4724 (856) 467-2277 Fax (856) 845-3179
Helical-Bevel and the SNUGGLER® Shrink Disc Hollowshaft
and Recommended Customer Solid Shaft
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT KH166 - KH186
STANDARD BUSHING DIAMETER
KH37 - KH157 ALTERNATE BUSHING DIAMETER
FH37 - FH157 KH47, KH67 - KH157
FH47, FH67 - FH157
EH EH
VQ VR VQ VR
U U UF U UG UF
VS VT VS VT
V V V V
UA UA UA UH
CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
inch
Dimensions are
mm
Gearcase Customer Solid Shaft
Type Std. Output Hollow Shaft w/Alt. Bushing Dia. (Fig. 2)
EH U UF VQ VR UA VS VT UG UH
KH37 5.75 1.18110 +.00083 1.77 1.22 0.79 1.18110 +0 1.42 0.98
-0 -0.00051
FH37 +.021 -0
Not an available option
Std. Fig. 1 146 30 -0 45 31 20 30 -0.013 36 25
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH47 6.97 1.37795 1.97 1.26 0.79 1.37795 1.46 0.98 1.41732 1.41732
-0 -0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH47 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 177 35 -0 50 32 20 35 -0.016 37 25 36 -0 36 -0.016
+0.00098 +0.00098
KH57 7.68 1.57480 2.17 1.02 0.79 1.57480 1.22 0.98
-0 -0
FH57 Not an available option
195 40 +0.025 55 26 20 40 +0.025 31 25
Std. Fig. 1 -0 -0
+0.00098 +0 +0.00098 +0
KH67 8.19 1.57480 2.17 1.50 0.79 1.57480 1.69 0.98 1.65354 1.65354
-0 - 0.00063 -0 -0.00063
FH67 +0.025 +0 +0.025 +0
Std. Fig. 1 208 40 -0 55 38 20 40 - 0.016 43 25 42 -0 42 -0.016
+0.00098 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH77 9.49 1.96850 2.76 1.42 1.18 1.96850 1.61 1.38 2.04724 2.04724
-0 - 0.00063 -0 - 0.00075
FH77 +0.025 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 241 50 -0 70 36 30 50 - 0.016 41 35 52 -0 52 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH87 11.06 2.55906 3.35 1.61 1.57 2.55906 1.81 1.77 2.59843 2.59843
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH87 +0.030 +0 +0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 281 65 -0 85 41 40 65 - 0.019 46 45 66 -0 66 - 0.019
+0.00118 +0 +0.00118 +0
KH97 13.58 2.95276 3.74 2.17 1.97 2.95276 2.36 2.17 2.99213 2.99213
-0 - 0.00075 -0 - 0.00075
FH97 +0.030 +0 - 0.030 +0
Std. Fig. 1 345 75 -0 95 55 50 75 - 0.019 60 55 76 -0 76 - 0.019
+0.00138 +0
KH107 15.94 3.74016 4.53 2.52 2.36 3.74016 2.95 2.76 Contact the nearest SEW-Eurodrive
-0 - 0.00087
FH107 +0.035 +0
facility for optional hollowshaft
Std. Fig. 1 405 95 -0 118 65 60 95 - 0.022 75 70 Information.
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
KH127 19.09 4.13386 5.31 3.35 2.76 4.13386 3.74 3.15 4.17323 4.17323
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
FH127 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Std. Fig. 1 485 105 -0 135 85 70 105 - 0.022 95 80 106 -0 106 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
KH157 22.83 4.92126 6.10 3.54 3.15 4.92126 3.94 3.54 4.96063 4.96063
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
FH157 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Std. Fig. 1 580 125 -0 155 90 80 125 -0.025 100 90 126 -0 126 -0.025
+0.00138 +0 +0.00138 +0
27.56 4.33071 5.83 4.33 3.15 4.33071 4.72 3.54 4.40945 4.40945
-0 - 0.00087 -0 -0.00087
KH166 +0.035 +0 +0.035 +0
Fig. 2 Only 700 110 -0 148 110 80 110 - 0.022 120 90 112 -0 112 -0.022
+0.00157 +0 +0.00157 +0
31.10 5.31496 7.09 4.92 3.54 5.31496 5.31 3.94 5.51181 5.51181
-0 -0.00098 -0 -0.00098
KH186 +0.040 +0 +0.040 +0
Fig. 2 Only 790 135 -0 180 125 90 135 - 0.025 135 100 140 -0 140 -0.025
2
Helical-Worm Shrink Disc Hollowshaft
and Recommended Customer Solid Shaft
OUTPUT HOLLOWSHAFT
inch
Dimensions are
mm
Gearcase OUTPUT HOLLOW SHAFT CUSTOMER SOLID SHAFT

Type EH U UF VQ VR UA VS VT
+.00083 +0
5.47 0.78740 1.38 0.94 0.71 0.78740 1.14 0.91
-0 -0.00051
0.021 +0
SH37 139 20 35 24 18 20 29 23
0 -.013
+0.00083 +0
5.75 1.18110 1.77 1.22 0.79 1.08110 1.42 0.98
-0 -0.00051
+0.021 +0
SH47 146 30 45 31 20 30 36 25
-0 -0.013
+0.00098 +0
6.97 1.37795 1.97 1.26 0.79 1.37795 1.46 0.98
-0 -0.00063
+0.025 +0
SH57 177 35 50 32 20 35 37 25
-0 -0.016
+0.00098 +0
7.72 1.57480 2.56 1.50 0.79 1.57480 1.69 0.98
-0 -0.00063
SH67 +0.025 +0
196 40 -0 65 38 20 40 -0.016 43 25
+0.00098 +0
9.49 1.96850 3.15 1.42 1.18 1.96850 1.61 1.38
-0 -0.00063
SH77 +0.025 +0
241 50 -0 80 36 30 50 -0.016 41 35
+0.00118 +0
11.42 2.55906 3.74 1.57 1.57 2.55906 1.77 1.77
-0 -0.00075
+0.030 +0
SH87 290 65 95 40 40 65 45 45
-0 -0.019
+0.00118 +0
13.19 2.95276 4.72 2.17 1.97 2.95276 2.36 2.17
-0 -0.00075
+0.030 +0
SH97 335 75 120 55 50 75 60 55
-0 -0.019
3
Shrink Disc Connection
Shrink d U(UA) D H Tt 1) Fax 2) TB 3) Bolt B

Gearcase Disk in in in in lb-in lb lb-in S
Type Part No. mm mm mm mm Nm N Nm Quantity mm
0.945 0.78740 1.97 0.71 2036 5175 45
SH37 0139858 M6 10
24 20 50 18 230 23000 5
1.496 1.1811 2.83 1.02 5133 8550 106
SH47 KH37 FH37 6434657 M6 10
38 30 72 26 580 38000 12
1.732 1.3780 3.15 1.02 8400 12150 106
SH57 KH47 1226126 M6 10
44 35 80 26 950 54000 12
1.969 1.5748 3.54 1.10 14600 18675 106
SH67 KH57/67 FH57/67 6434754 M6 10
50 40 90 28 1650 83000 12
2.441 1.9685 4.33 1.22 28320 28800 106
SH77 KH77 FH77 6434665 M6 10
62 50 110 31 3200 128000 12
3.346 2.5591 6.10 1.61 53100 41600 265
SH87 KH87 FH87 1226339 M8 13
85 65 155 41 6000 185000 30
3.740 2.9528 6.69 1.81 79650 54000 265
SH97 KH97 FH97 122641X M8 13
95 75 170 46 9000 240000 30
4.528 3.7402 7.28 2.17 113190 63900 522
KH107 FH107 1226495 M10 17
115 95 185 55 15000 316000 59
5.315 4.1339 8.35 2.95 241600 117000 885
KH127 FH127 6434681 M12 19
135 105 212 75 27300 520000 100
6.102 4.9213 10.35 3.23 395860 160875 885
KH157 FH157 1226649 M12 19
155 125 263 82 44730 715000 100
5.512 4.3307 11.97 3.78 562860 259900 2212
KH166 1225006 M16 24
140 110 304 96 63600 1155000 250
6.890 5.3150 12.99 4.49 814200 306000 2212
KH186 1225065 M16 24
175 135 330 114 9200 1360000 250
1)
Tt = Max torque for the shrink disc connection. The gearbox torque limit may be lower than the shrink disc limit.
2)
Fax = Max axial load for the shrink disc connection. The gearbox axial load limit may be lower than the shrink disc limit.
Note: With combined axial and torque loads the possible torque transmitting capacity is reduced by the following formula:
æU ´ Fax ö2
Tt 2 - ç ÷
è 2 ø
3)
TB = Required bolt tightening torque.
Printed in USA 4 1202
ÚÔË×Ü ÔÛÊÛÔ ÙßËÙÛÍ
ÔÙ Í»®·»- r
¡ Ë´¬®¿-±²·½¿´´§ ©»´¼»¼ ¬®¿²-°¿®»²¬ °±´§¿³·¼ ³¿¬»®·¿´

¡ Í«·¬¿¾´» º±® ´«¾®·½¿²¬-ô ³·²»®¿´ô °»¬®±´»«³ ¿²¼ ©¿¬»® ¾¿-»¼ º´«·¼-
¡ Í«·¬¿¾´» º±® °®»--«®·¦»¼ ®»-»®ª±·®- øîêð ÐÍ× ³¿¨ò÷
¡ Ó¿¨·³«³ ±°»®¿¬·²¹ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» îïîpÚ øçðpÝ÷
¡ Þ«²¿óÒ Ñó®·²¹ -»¿´-
¡ Æ·²½ °´¿¬»¼ ¾±´¬-
¡ ïèðp ª·-·¾·´·¬§ ±º º´«·¼ ´»ª»´
Ñ°¬·±²-æ ¡ ÔÙ ëþ ¿²¼ ïðþ ½¿² ¾» -¸·°°»¼ ©·¬¸ ï ñîóïí ¾±´¬-
¡ Ú¿-¬ ³±«²¬ ®»¯«·®»- ²± ·²¬»®²¿´ ¿½½»-- ±® ¬¸®»¿¼- ¬± ³±«²¬
¡ Ð®±¬»½¬·ª» ¹«¿®¼ øÔÙóëÙô ÔÙóëÌÙ÷
¡ Ø·¹¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ª»®-·±² Š ½±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§
¡ Í°»½·¿´ ª»®-·±² ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» º±® «-» ©·¬¸ ¾±·´·²¹ ©¿¬»® ±® º´«·¼- ½±²¬¿·²·²¹
¿´½±¸±´
¡ Í¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ ¸¿®¼©¿®»
¡ Ê·¬±² -»¿´-
¡ Þ´«» ¬¸»®³±³»¬»®
Ò±¬» Š ß²§ ½±²¬¿½¬ ©·¬¸ ¿´½±¸±´ô ¿´½±¸±´ó

¾¿-»¼ ©¿-¸·²¹ º´«·¼-ô ±® °»¬®±´»«³
¼·-¬·´´¿¬»- ³«-¬ ¾» ¿ª±·¼»¼
¡ Ü± ²±¬ ½¸¿³º»® ¬¿²µ ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸±´»-
¡ Þ±´¬ ¬±®¯«» ç º¬ò ´¾-ò øé º¬ò ´¾-ò º¿-¬ ³±«²¬÷
¡ ÔÙóíæ ³¿¨·³«³ ©¿´´ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ðòëþ
¡ ÔÙóëô ÔÙóïðæ ³¿¨·³«³ ©¿´´ ¬¸·½µ²»-- í ñè þ
¡ Í½¿´»æ íîpÚ ¬± îïîpÚ øðpÝ ¬± ïððpÝ÷
ÔÙ Í»®·»- ÔÙóëÙ Ù«¿®¼
Þ Ù ß
Ý Ø Ü
ÔÙóí ÚÓ ±°¬·±² Û ¼·¿ò ã ðòêîë øëñè÷

ÔÙóëô ïð ÚÓ ±°¬·±² Û ¼·¿ò ã ðòêèè øïïñïê÷
Þ±´¬ Ý»²¬»®
Ð¿®¬ Ò±ò ß Þ Ý Ü Û Ì±´»®¿²½» Ú Ù Þ±´¬ Ø
ÔÙóí ·²ò íòðð ìòïé ïòðê ðòêí ðòìî oðòðî ðòéï ïòíï Óïð¨ïòë ðòèí
³³ò éê ïðê îé ïê ïð oðòë ïè ííòì Ý±¿®-» îï
ÔÙóë ·²ò ëòðð êòíì ïòîî ðòéï ðòìé oðòðî ðòçð îòçï Óïî¨ïòéë ðòçð
³³ò ïîé ïêï íï ïè ïî oðòë îí éì Ý±¿®-» îí
ÔÙóïð ·²ò ïðòðð ïïòìî ïòíè ðòéï ðòìé õðòðì ñ óðòðî ïòðî éòêð Óïî¨ïòéë ðòèë
³³ò îëì îçð íë ïè ïîV õïòð ñ óðòë îê ïçí Ý±¿®-» îî
ïî Î»-»®ª±·® ß½½»--±®·»- Ð¸±²»æ øèðð÷ éèéóèëìî Ú¿¨æ øèðð÷ íîçóëìîî

ÚÔË×Ü ÔÛÊÛÔ ÙßËÙÛÍ
×²-¬¿´´¿¬·±²æ Ì·¹¸¬»² ²«¬- ±² ¾±´¬- ¬± ¬¸» °±·²¬ ©¸»®» ²«¬- ¿®» -²«¹
¿¹¿·²-¬ ¾«-¸·²¹-ò ß°°´§ ±²» ¼®±° ±º ¬¸®»¿¼ ´±½µ ¬± ´¿-¬ »¨°±-»¼
¬¸®»¿¼ ¿¬ »²¼ ±º ¾±´¬-ò Ó±«²¬ ±² ¬¿²µ ¿²¼ ¬·¹¸¬»² ¬± é º¬ò ´¾-ò
øÜÑ ÒÑÌ ÑÊÛÎóÌ×ÙØÌÛÒ÷ò
Î»³±ª¿´æ Ô±±-»² ¾±´¬- ¿²¼ ®»³±ª»ò

ø×ÓÐÑÎÌßÒÌæ ÌØÎÛßÜ ÔÑÝÕ ÐÎÛÊÛÒÌÍ ÑÊÛÎóÔÑÑÍÛÒ×ÒÙ
ÑÚ ÞÑÔÌÍ ÌÑ ÐÑ×ÒÌ ÉØÛÎÛ ÒËÌÍ ÜÎÑÐ ÑÚÚ ×ÒÌÑ ÌßÒÕò÷
Ñ®¼»®·²¹ ×²º±®³¿¬·±²
ÔÙ Š í Ì ö
Þ±´¬ Ý»²¬»® Í»®·»- Ñ°¬·±²- Í»®·»-

í í ·²½¸ ß´´ ßÎ ß´½±¸±´ Î»-·-¬¿²¬ ÔÙóëñëÌ øÝ±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§÷
ë ë ·²½¸ ß´´ Ù Ù«¿®¼ ÔÙóëñëÌ
ïð ïð ·²½¸ ÔÙ ÚÓ Ú¿-¬ Ó±«²¬ ÔÙóíñíÌô ÔÙóëñëÌô ÔÙóïðñïðÌ
ÍÍ Í¬¿·²´»-- Ò«¬- ú Þ±´¬- ÔÙóëñëÌô ÔÙóïðñïðÌ
Ê Ê·¬±² Í»¿´- ß´´ ø»¨½»°¬ Ú¿-¬ Ó±«²¬÷
Ì¸»®³±³»¬»® Ñ°¬·±²- Í»®·»-
ï
ïí ñîóïí Þ±´¬- ÔÙóëñëÌô ÔÙóïðñïðÌ
Ñ³·¬ Ò± Ì¸»®³±³»¬»® ß´´
Ì Î»¼ Ì¸»®³±³»¬»® ß´´
ÌÞ Þ´«» Ì¸»®³±³»¬»® ÔÙ
Ð¸±²»æ øèðð÷ éèéóèëìî Ú¿¨æ øèðð÷ íîçóëìîî Î»-»®ª±·® ß½½»--±®·»- ïí

Catalog 3105/USA Directional Control Valves
Technical Information Series DSH121
General Description DSH121C

Out (1)
The DSH121C and DSH121N solenoid valves are
used in applications requiring on/off valves and low
leakage. Single acting cylinder applications typically In (2)
utilize valves of this type. Valves can be used for bleed DSH121N
down flow and/or raising and lowering a vertical Out (1)
cylinder. Normally open and normally closed configura-
tions plus manual overrides are available.
In (2)
Operation
Normally Closed
The valve pilot is held on its seat by spring force, In (2)
blocking pilot flow. This allows pressure at the inlet to Out

hold the poppet on its seat, thus, preventing flow (1)
through the valve (inlet to outlet). When the coil is

energized, the valve pilot is pulled off its seat. This
vents pressure inside the poppet to the outlet port,
creating a pressure imbalance across the main poppet
which allows flow from the inlet to the outlet.
Normally Closed, Fast Response
The operation of this version is identical to the nor-
Specifications
mally closed valve except for the travel of the poppet. Rated Flow DSH121C 90 LPM (24 GPM)
The distance that the poppet travels is much shorter. DSH121N 90 LPM (24 GPM)
This gives the fast response valve a faster opening
time and a reduced maximum flow rate. Maximum Inlet 345 Bar (5000 PSI) - Steel
Normally Open
The valve pilot is held off of its seat by spring force. Leakage 10 drops/min. (2/3 cc/min.)
at 345 Bar (5000 PSI)
Pilot flow is vented to the outlet port, creating a
pressure imbalance that moves the main poppet off it’s Minimum 90% of rated voltage
seat, allowing flow from the inlet to the outlet. When Operating Voltage at 345 Bar (5000 PSI)
the coil is energized, the valve pilot and main poppet
are forced to close, thus blocking flow from the inlet to Range (Ambient) (-40°F to +200°F)
the outlet. -31.7°C to +121.1°C (Fluorocarbon)
(-25°F to +250°F)
Features Cartridge Material All parts steel. All operating
• Low hysteresis
• Replaceable, one piece encapsulated, coils with minimal
amperage draw
• Variety of coil terminations and voltages
• Variety of manual override options available
dsh121.pm6.5, bl, ll

Hydraulics DC52 Elyria, Ohio 44035 USA
Technical Information Series DSH121
Performance Curves
Pressure Drop vs. Flow (Through cartridge only)
Normally Open Normally Closed

PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt) PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
440 30 440 30
360 25 360 25
ut
-In
DSH121NR
-O
t
Ou
In
300 21 300 21
-In
-In DSH121CH
t-I
ut
ut
Ou
DSH121CHR
O
240 17 O 240 17
DSH121N En.
DSH121NR En.
160 11 160 11
DSH121C t
-Ou
t Ou
In DSH121CR In-
80 6 80 6
DSH121N
DSH121NR
0 0
LPM 26 53 80 106 132 LPM 26 53 80 106 132
0 0
GPM 7 14 21 28 35 GPM 7 14 21 28 35
Flow (Q) Flow (Q)
Solenoid Coil Specifications
Voltage 10 VDC 12 VDC 24 VDC 120 VAC 240 VAC
Watts 20 20 20 20 20
Amps 1.45 1.17 0.57 .144 .079
Response Time DSH121C & DSH121CH & DSH121N & Wire “H” for all
(at nominal flow, DSH121CR DSH121CHR DSH121NR Class voltages
5000 PSI) (Normally Closed) (N.C. Fast Res.) (Normally Open)
A.C. Integral full
Open 100ms 60ms 150ms Rectifiers wave bridge
Close 150ms 60ms 70ms

Dimensions Series DSH121
41.7 (1.64) 46.1 (1.82) 41.7 (1.64) 46.1 (1.82)

Normal Coil Coil Normal
31.9
Operation Overridden Overridden Operation 22.9 (1.26)
(.90)
Push & Twist Push & Twist Flush Extended

Manual Override Manual Override Manual Override Manual Override
(DSH121C Only) (DSH121N Only) (N.O. Valves Only) (N.O. Valves Only)
Cartridge Only
48.9 37.3 (1.47)
(1.93)
See Coil
Information
2.9 For Terminal 17.0 (.67)
(.12) Connectors N.O. M.O.
11.6 11.6
121.7 (.46)
(.46)
107.6 (4.79)
(4.24)
31.8 (1.25) Hex.

41.2 41.2 28 N.m.
(1.62) In (1.62) In (250 In.-Lbs.)
(2) (2) Torque
* 1-1/16
12UNF-2A
Thread
Ø 22.1 Out (1)
(.87) Normally Open
Out (1) * For applications over 210 Bar
Normally Closed Compound is recommended.
Cartridge In Body
23.0
(.91)
0.8 (.03)
Max.
57.2
2 (2.25)
8.7 76.2
(.34) (3.00)
4.4 R.
(.17)
65.1 19.1
(2.56) (.75)
76.2 38.1
(3.00) (1.50)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION

Ordering Information Series DSH121
DSH 12 1
Solenoid Size Poppet Style Override Seals Coil Coil Coil Body
Valve Type Option Voltage Wattage Termination Option
Code Type
Code Type
Code Style Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon Omit Cartridge
12 1-1/16″ - 12UNF-2B without Coil
L 20 Watt
Code Type Code Description

Code Description
Omit Without Manual Override Omit Cartridge without Coil
C Normally Closed, Out (1)
E Push Type Manual Override C 1/2″ NPTF Conduit
Metered with Extended Rod Connector with
reverse flow. (Normally Open Only) 24″ 18 AWG Wires
In (2)
M Push Type Manual Override D DIN 43650
CH Normally Closed, Out (1)
with Flush Rod (Hirschmann)
Metered (Normally Open Only) Plug Face
reverse flow.
Fast response In (2) T Push & Twist P SAE 1B-0.25 SAE
Manual Override Double Spade
CHR Normally Closed, Out (1)
(DC Only)
Full reverse flow.
Fast response W Double Wire, 24″
In (2) 18 AWG (DC Only)
CR Normally Closed, Out (1) WP Waterproof
Full reverse flow. Double Wire, 24″
Code Description 16 AWG (DC Only)
In (2)
Omit Cartridge without Coil
N Normally Open, Out (1)
Metered D010 10 VDC Code Port Size & Material
reverse flow.
In (2) D012 12 VDC Omit Cartridge Only
NR Normally Open, Out (1) D024 24 VDC 6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-6P) Steel
Full reverse flow. A120 120/110 VAC, 60/50 Hz A6P 3/8″ NPTF (B12-2-A6P) Aluminum
In (2) A240 240/220 VAC, 60/50 Hz 8P 1/2″ NPTF (B12-2-8P) Steel
SERVICE PARTS 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B12-2-12P) Steel
Coil Size Coil Wattage Coil Termination Coil Voltage
Code Size Code Type
S10 5/8″ I.D. L 20 Watts A6T SAE-6 (B12-2-A6T) Aluminum
SW10 5/8″ I.D. 8T SAE-8 (B12-2-8T) Steel
DIN Connector: C Conduit D010 10 VDC A8T SAE-8 (B12-2-A8T) Aluminum
See Coil Data Sheet
D DIN 43650 D012 12 VDC
Coil Nut: 12T SAE-12 (B12-2-12T) Steel
P Double Spade D024 24 VDC
DSH121C, CR, CH — 118127-00
DSH121N, NR — 118113-00 S Double Screw A120 120 VAC A12T SAE-12 (B12-2-A12T) Aluminum
W Double Wire A240 240 VAC
Nitrile Seal Kit: 6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-6B) Steel
DSH121 — SK12-2 WP Waterproof
Double Wire
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: A6B 3/8″ BSPG (B12-2-A6B) Aluminum
DSH121 — SK12-2V Notes: See Series 12 Coil Data Sheet.
For other coil voltages and terminations, consult factory. 8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-8B) Steel
S10 Coil applies to all terminations except WP.
SW10 Coil applies to WP termination only. A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B12-2-A8B) Aluminum
Shipping Weight NOTE: If system pressure does 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-12B) Steel
not exceed 210 Bar (3000 PSI),
Cartridge Only .50 kg (1.1 lbs.) aluminum bodies can be used. A12B 3/4″ BSPG (B12-2-A12B) Aluminum
Cartridge in Body .95 kg (2.1 lbs.) Higher pressures require steel bodies.

Technical Information Series CV041P
General Description
The CV041P Series, Ball-Type, Check Valves allow
free flow in one direction while preventing flow in the
reverse direction. They can be used to isolate portions In Out
(1) (2)
of a hydraulic circuit or to provide a free flow path
around a restrictive valve.
Free Flow
Operation
against the ball, pushing it off its seat and permitting Outlet (2)
free flow. Reverse flow through the check is blocked
by the ball.
Inlet
(1)
Features
Performance Curve
• Fully guided ball for smooth operation
Flow vs. Pressure Drop
100 6.9
Maximum Flow 3.8 LPM (1.0 GPM)
Maximum 245 Bar (3500 PSI)

75 5.2
Inlet Pressure
Leakage 5 drops/min. (1/3 cc/min.)

at 210 Bar (3000 PSI) 50 3.4

25 1.7
(-25°F to +250°F)

LPM 1.0 1.9 2.8 3.8
GPM .25 .5 .75 1.0
Flow (Q)

cv041p.pm6.5, bl, lk

Technical Information Series DS161
General Description DS161C

Out (1)
The DS161C and DS161N solenoid valves are used in
circuits requiring on/off valves and low leakage. Single
acting cylinder applications typically utilize valves of In (2)
this type. Valves can be used for bleed down flow and/ DS161N
or raising and lowering a vertical cylinder. Normally Out (1)
open and normally closed configurations plus manual

overrides are available.
In (2)
Operation
Normally Closed
In (2)
The valve pilot is held on its seat by spring force,
Out
blocking pilot flow. This allows pressure at the inlet to (1)
hold the poppet on its seat, thus, preventing flow
through the valve (inlet to outlet). When the coil is
energized, the valve pilot is pulled off its seat. This
vents pressure inside the poppet to the outlet port,
creating a pressure imbalance across the main poppet
which allows flow from the inlet to the outlet.
Normally Open
The valve pilot is held off of its seat by spring force.
Specifications
Pilot flow is vented to the outlet port, creating a Rated Flow DS161CH
pressure imbalance which moves the main poppet off (At 70 PSI ∆ P) 60 LPM (15 GPM)
it’s seat, allowing flow from the inlet to the outlet. When All other versions
the coil is energized, the valve pilot and main poppets 150 LPM (40 GPM)
are forced to close, thus blocking flow from the inlet to Maximum Inlet 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
the outlet. Pressure
Leakage 20 drops/min. (1-1/3 cc/min.)

Features at 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
• Low hysteresis
Minimum 80% of rated voltage
Operating Voltage at 210 Bar (3000 PSI)
• Replaceable, one piece encapsulated, coils with minimal
amperage draw
• Variety of coil terminations and voltages
• Variety of manual override options available (-25°F to +250°F)


ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll

Technical Information Series DS161
Performance Curves
Pressure Drop vs. Flow (Through cartridge only)
Normally Closed Normally Open

PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt) PSI Bar Hydraulic Oil 135 SSU @ 100°F (28 cSt)
150 10 150 10
DS161N
125 9 125 9 DS161NR
In
t-In
In-Out
ut
t-

-O
Ou
t
Ou
Ou
In
100 7 100 7
In-
DS161CH DS161N
75 5 75 5 DS161NR
Out-In
DS161C & Energized
DS161CR
50 3 50 3
DS161NR
25 2 25 2 Out-In
De-Energized
0 0
LPM 38 77 115 154 192 LPM 38 77 115 154 192
0 0
GPM 10 20 30 40 50 GPM 10 20 30 40 50
Flow (Q) Flow (Q)
Solenoid Coil Specifications

Voltage 6 VDC 10 VDC 12 VDC 18 VDC 24 VDC 36 VDC 48 VDC 120 VAC 240 VAC 480 VAC
Duty STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD. STD. HD.
Watts 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 30 17 N/A
Amps 2.43 4.84 1.58 3.20 1.44 2.30 0.94 1.86 0.72 1.20 0.43 0.88 0.30 0.58 0.15 0.26 .075 .125 .038 N/A
Response Time DS161C & DS161N & Wire “H” for all
(at nominal flow, DS161CR DS161CH DSS161NR Class voltages
3000 PSI) (Normally Closed) (N.C. Fast Res.) (Normally Open)
A.C. Integral full
Open 50ms 40ms 45ms Rectifiers wave bridge
Close 130ms 60ms 75ms
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll

Dimensions Series DS161
22.9 (.90) 27.4 (1.08) 24.4 28.7

Normal Coil (.96) (1.13)
Operation Overridden Normal Shifted
3.4
(.13)
Push & Twist Pull and Release Flush Rod Extended Rod
(N.C. Valves Only) (N.C. Valves Only) (N.O. Valves Only) (N.O. Valves Only)
Cartridge Only
40.6 8.3 19.8 (.78) 31.8
(1.60) (.33) N.O. M.O (1.25)
See Coil
Information
For Terminal
55.5 Connectors
(2.19) 100.0
10.6
(3.94)
(.42)
38.1 (1.50) Hex.

55 N.m.
(475 In-Lbs.)
44.5 1-5/16 Torque
(1.75) 12UNF-2A In
Thread (2)
Ø 28.5
(1.12) Out (1)
Cartridge In Body
19.1 (.75) Hex.

3.4 N.m.
(30 In.-Lbs.)
Torque 6.4
(.25)
0.8
(.03)
Max.
2
57.2
(2.25) 24.6
76.2
(.97)
2 (3.00)
1
4.3 R.
8.7 (.17)
(.34)
30.9 22.2
(1.22) (.88)
65.1 5.5 44.5
(2.56) (.22) (1.75)
76.1
(3.00)
THIRD-ANGLE
PROJECTION
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll

Ordering Information Series DS161
DS 16 1
Solenoid Size Poppet Style Override Seals Coil Coil Coil Body
Valve Type Option Voltage Wattage Termination Option
Code Type
Code Type
Code Style Omit Nitrile
V Fluorocarbon Omit Cartridge
16 1-5/16″ - 12UNF-2B without Coil
L 17 Watt
Code Type H 30 Watt
Omit Without Manual Override
E Push Type Manual Override Code Description
Code Description with Extended Rod
(Normally Open Only) Omit Cartridge without Coil
C Normally Closed, Out (1)
M Push Type Manual Override C 1/2″ NPTF Conduit
Metered Connector with
reverse flow. with Flush Rod
(Normally Open Only) 24″ 18 AWG Wires
In (2)
P Pull and Release D DIN 43650

CH Normally Closed, Out (1)
(Hirschmann)
Metered reverse Manual Override
(Normally Closed Only) Plug Face
flow. Fast response
(15 GPM Max.) In (2)
T Push & Twist P SAE 1B-0.25 SAE
Manual Override Double Spade
CR Normally Closed, Out (1)
(DC Only)
Full reverse flow.
S1 Single 8-32 Screw &
In (2) Nut, internally ground
Code Description
(DC Only)
N Normally Open, Out (1)
Metered Omit Cartridge without Coil W Double Wire, 24″
reverse flow. D006 6 VDC 18 AWG (DC Only)
In (2)
D010 10 VDC W1 Single Wire, internally
NR Normally Open, Out (1) ground, 24″ 18 AWG
Full reverse flow. D012 12 VDC (DC Only)
In (2) D018 18 VDC

D024 24 VDC Code Port Size & Material
D036 36 VDC Omit Cartridge Only

D048 48 VDC
A120 120/110 VAC, 60/50 Hz
Shipping Weight 12P 3/4″ NPTF (B16-2-12P) Steel
Cartridge Only .58 kg (1.3 lbs.) A240 240/220 VAC, 60/50 Hz A12P 3/4″ NPTF (B16-2-A12P) Aluminum
Cartridge in Body 2.0 kg (4.4 lbs.) A480 480/440 VAC, 60/50 Hz 16P 1″ NPTF (B16-2-16P) Steel
SERVICE PARTS Coil Assemblies 8T SAE-8 (B16-2-8T) Steel

851017****** 17 Watt Conduit Coil A8T SAE-8 (B16-2-A8T) Aluminum
DIN Connector: 851018****** 30 Watt Conduit Coil
12T SAE-12 (B16-2-12T) Steel
Grey — 692914 851019****** 17 Watt DIN (Hirschmann) Coil
Black — 692915 851020****** 30 Watt DIN (Hirschmann) Coil A12T SAE-12 (B16-2-A12T) Aluminum
Coil Nut: 851021****** 17 Watt Double Spade Coil 16T SAE-16 (B16-2-16T) Steel
DS161C, CH, CR— 851022****** 30 Watt Double Spade Coil
118127-00 A16T SAE-16 (B16-2-A16T) Aluminum
851023****** 17 Watt Double Wire Coil
DS161N, NR— 8P 1/2″ BSPG (B16-2-8B) Steel
118113-00 851024****** 30 Watt Double Wire Coil
851025****** 17 Watt Single Screw Coil A8B 1/2″ BSPG (B16-2-A8B) Aluminum
Nitrile Seal Kit:
SK16-2 851026****** 30 Watt Single Screw Coil 12B 3/4″ BSPG (B16-2-12B) Steel
Fluorocarbon Seal Kit: 851027****** 17 Watt Single Wire Coil
SK16-2V 851028****** 30 Watt Single Wire Coil
(******Calls out voltage. For example: 851021-012VDC 16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-16B) Steel
is a 12 volt, 17 watt Double Spade Coil.) A16B 1″ BSPG (B16-2-A16B) Aluminum
ds161.pm6.5, bl, ll


Desenho Unitizadora

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Desenho Unitizadora

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

United States of America 6584891 Austria EPC 1274626

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

10 UNITYER® TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS .............105

11 SAFETY DURING INSTALLATION

12 SAFETY DURING DE-INSTALLATION

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

13 RECOMMENDED UNITIZING WIRE

14 ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS AND PARTS LIST..............119

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

FIGURE 2.1 E9700 UNITYER®

FIGURE 4.1 LOADING THE COIL CARRIER

FIGURE 5.1A TYING UNIT SWITCH LOCATIONS

FIGURE 6.2.1 REMOVING THE TYING UNIT FROM THE

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

ES1B EMERGENCY STOP 1ST BUTTON (ON TYING UNIT)

FTADS1 FEED TENSION ACCUMULATOR DOOR SWITCH #1

PMR PNEUMATIC MANIFOLD RELAY

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

MSL MACHINE STATUS LIGHT

AAV AUTOMATIC AIR VALVE

FTM FEED AND TENSION MOTOR

WESD WIRE EJECT SOLENOID

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

1.2. SAFETY WARNINGS.

Prohibited: Black image on White circle with Red Slash.

Mandatory: White Image on Blue Background.

Warning: Yellow triangle with Black border and image.

1.3. PERSONAL SAFETY PROVISIONS.

General Danger Symbol

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

Crush Hazard, from above

Electric Shock Hazard

Hot Surface – Burn Hazard

Puncture Hazard Due To High Pressure Fluid.

Do Not Remove Guard

Foot Protection Required!

Hand Protection Required!

Use Appropriate Hearing Protection!

Use Eye Protection!

Lock Out The Machine In The De-energized State.

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

THE E9700 UNITYER® OPERATION IS FULLY AUTOMATED AND

THE E9700 UNITYER® IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF AN

PRECAUTIONS MUST ALSO BE TAKEN TO PREVENT UNITS FROM

FOR ALL MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES, NOT REQUIRING THE

CAREFULLY READ AND THOROUGHLY UNDERSTAND THE

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

1.4. MECHANICAL SAFETY

1. Never work on the Unityer® when it is energized.

2. Remain clear of the bundle opening when the

1.5. ELECTRICAL SAFETY

The following safety precautions must be observed when installing operating or

1. Ensure the correct voltage and phase is supplied.

See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

1.6. PNEUMATIC AND HYDRAULIC SAFETY

The following safety precautions must be observed when using or

1. Do not exceed the maximum operating pressure of the Unityer®.

© COPYRIGHT 2008 OVAL INTERNATIONAL® –

See Chapters "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS", “SEQUENCE OF OPERATION” and

1.7. NOISE LEVEL.

WEAR EAR PROTECTION WHILE OPERATING THE MACHINE.